Ghosts of the Walls

July 5, 2022

After writing yesterday’s blog, I remembered a few little things that I hadn’t written down. So here they are. First, a tale of trade routes long gone. In our near-perfect campsite at Garnet Lake, Emily found a knapped shard of obsidian. The closest place to mine obsidian is probably 150 miles north and east of Garnet Lake, in the valley around the town of Davis Creek, NV (5/9/23: well, when I wrote this, I thought that was true, but a reader educated me to an obsidian dome very close by, near Mammoth Lakes. Thank you!). A remembrance of vigorous trading and intermingling among Native American peoples from up and down the east and west sides of the Sierra range. Sometimes, we find a bit of shell, maybe from a person who walked Muir’s route from the Bay Area to the high Sierra long before he came along. I wish I had taken a photo of the shard. After she found that first one, we found some more. I’m sure there is a lot to see, if you start looking for it.

Upon hitting the “outside” world, and turning on my phone, I was hit with a frantic message left a couple of days ago by my older sister. Some urgent family business had come up that needed my approval/input immediately. I had missed a deadline, being out of touch for the few days. Damn! So Emily and I went to Lee Vining for our evening meal and I let quite a long time sitting on a bench in a little parklet alongside Highway 395. As my sister was talking, I noticed a woman smile at me with a look of recognition in her eye. I continued with my business, but saw her sort-of hanging out, and sitting in her car adjacent to where I was sitting. The conversation ended up being about a half hour long. Just as she was about to drive away, I signed off and put away the phone. She approached me, introduced herself, and said that she had just been working up in Tuolumne Meadows for a period of time (a couple of weeks, as I recall, but maybe more or less). And she presented me with a very adorable iron-on patch of a pika with a mouthful of flowers, inspired to give it to me because of my Pika Song. Such a thoughtful gift! She was completely amazed to see me sitting in Lee Vining. But you know, like-minded folks often run into each other in what would seem like unlikely places. It reminded me of the time that Tom Rozum and I were hiking, late in the day, in the Alakai Swamp high up on Kauai. The trail was deserted at that hour, and we were surprised to hear, from the voice of the only other hiker, “Tom and Laurie! Hello!” Turned out he was a music person from Santa Cruz. We find our people, and it’s not really all that random.

My pika patch. I haven’t figure out yet where it will go. Maybe on my nice white backpack (though it adds weight…).

Okay! So back to July 5, 2022. We left off with Emily and me happily ensconced by a creek at a lovely clean public campground just up Highway 120 from where it hits 395. We woke early and spent some time cleaning our tents inside and out and making ready to pack them away for there next trip. But as soon as everything was dry and packed, we set off for the ghost town of Bodie. This is a place I have always assumed I would get to over the years, but as yet I never had. It’s down a long well-maintained gravel road at the end of a long narrow paved road, east of Highway 395 north of Lee Vining. What is now Bodie State Historic Park doesn’t open until 9:00 AM, and we arrived at the sage-strewn plateau above the town at about 8:30 AM. It was nice to have some time to just stretch, wander through the sage, and watch the day develop.

We were the first car in to the park that morning and had the place to ourselves. It was already getting hot and the sun was relentless as it slowly climbed into a pure blue sky. But there was a fresh breeze, which kept it from being overbearing. From the Bodie.com website:


In 1859 William (a.k.a. Waterman) S. Bodey discovered gold near what is now called Bodie Bluff. A mill was established in 1861 and the town began to grow. It started with about 20 miners and grew to an estimated 10,000 people by 1880! By then, the town of Bodie bustled with families, robbers, miners, store owners, gunfighters, prostitutes, and people from every country in the world. At one time there was reported to be 65 saloons in town. Among the saloons were numerous brothels and ‘houses of ill repute’, gambling halls and opium dens – an entertainment outlet for everyone.

On a daily basis miners would emerge from the mills and head for the bars and the red light district to spend their earnings. The mixture of money, gold and alcohol would sometimes prove fatal. Newspapers reported that townspeople would ask in the mornings “Have we a man for breakfast?” Meaning ‘Did anyone get killed last night?’

The gold had long since played out, and then the copper, and the last remaining occupants deserted the town after The War Production Board suspended mining operations in 1942. It became a park in 1962.

The view inside one of the churches in town. This is one of the few buildings which has been restored.
Wallpaper through the ages
These photos were taken by putting my camera/phone up to the windows of the buildings. Almost all of the structures are locked and left as they were when deserted.
Now, this is a pretty little home! I like that glassed-in sun porch, which I’ll bet was a great source of warmth in the shoulder seasons.
A peek into the general store was entertaining. I’d love to rummage through there, certain that there’s something that I’d realize I can’t live without.
More general store: sleds, saws, lanterns and extra chimneys. The barrels were probably once full of three-penny nails and flour.
In the schoolhouse. Signs that there was music in their lives.
Where the children of the town learned they Three R’s.
As the day progressed, are people showed up to walk the dusty streets and gawk at the sights. I was surprised by the number of foreign visitors, mostly Japanese and Indian tourists, and of course carloads of curious Americans like us.
This is part of a big mural that is hanging in what is now the Visitor’s Center and gift shop. It’s a painting of San Francisco Bay, from the late 1800’s. Amazing how much has changed in so little time.
On our way back out to the road, we saw big herds of sheep moving slowly through the green valley, accompanied by a sheepherder or two and their good dogs.
On the way back over Sonora Pass, we stopped at The Columns of the Giants, to find out what it was all about (basalt pillars left from volcanic activity in the area), and to put our feet in the Stanislaus, the free-flowing water that in my childhood sparked my love for rivers. It was cold up there!

I took the title of this day’s rambles from a song written by Peter McLaughlin, about Bodie. I found a live version online here. It’s worth a listen.

Thank you for joining Emily and me on our little adventure in the Sierra. I am hoping to get back up to the High Country this year, but it looks like it might not be until late, late summer. I hope not, but the snow seems to be sticking around, and as it melts, the stream crossings are too treacherous for me to attempt. If I go, I’ll let you know.

Independence Day 2022

July 4, 2022

Today, I forgot to write anything in my journal. So the 2023 me is just winging it, based on the photos, a map, and my possibly faulty memory. Here goes:

We awoke to the most beautiful morning. Perfectly still lake and clear blue skies. After lazing around camp and taking breakfast overlooking the lake, Emily and I decided that we would hike out today, and visit there ghost town of Bodie tomorrow. Neither of us had ever been there, and we were curious. And though this area of the Sierra is incredibly beautiful, it is also pretty populated. It IS the Fourth of July, of course, and one would expect a crowd. Not that we saw any crowds, but we sort-of expected them.

We began to climb out to the JMT. Beautiful views of Garnet Lake!
Finally, we will be turning our backs to Ritter and Banner. But we still had to turn and look often.
So close to ready to go!
I feel so much better today. My legs feel springy and my pack feels light. My youthful step is regained. Emily is strong and steady.

At every turn in the trail there is slightly different list, and I keep taking photos, thinking that each one will be better than the last. Not true, but it doesn’t stop me.

From our campsite, the trail winds uphill for a mile or so until it reaches the John Muir Trail. We turned south and walked down to the Garnet Lake outflow and the little footbridge. Just across the bridge, we turned east off the trail, roughly following the creek down to the San Joaquin River and the River North Trail.
Goodbye to Garnet Lake. It was finally warm enough that we stopped for an actual swim at a little beach just out of this frame. It felt so good to immerse ourselves in the cold water!
It’s funny. I am still wearing the same pants, shirt, gaiters, and gloves that I wore on the JMT in 2014. I guess good equipment doesn’t wear out that fast. Same trekking poles, too. I think I have a new hat and of course my new pack (Emily is using my old one). I’ve been through lots of pairs of shoes since then. I love the feel of the New Balance Minimus trail runners, but they only seem to last about a year.
After a long and winding steep path, we hit the San Joaquin. This trail is certainly more popular than any of the other new we’ve been on.
We stopped to dawdle by this little slide, and Emily started making up verses to “I Wish I was a Mole in the Ground.” This entertained us for a few miles.

I wish I was some moss on a rock (2x) Moss on a rock, I wouldn’t have to talk. I wish I was some moss on a rock

I wish I was a bubble in the stream (2x) A bubble in the stream, I’d just float along and dream. I wish I was a bubble in the stream

I wish I was a fish in the flow (2x) A fish in the flow, I’d know just where to go. I wish I was a fish in the flow

I wish I was a dipper in the spring (2x) A dipper in the spring, I’d just dip and dance and sing. I wish I was a dipper in the spring

I wish that I was naked in the creek (2x) Naked in the creek, haven’t bathed in a week. I wish that I was naked in the creek

I wish I was a pebble in the stream (2x) A pebble in the stream, oh how my skin would gleam. I wish I was a pebble in the stream

That’s as much as I wrote down. There were probably more, and maybe a few that aren’t fit for public consumption.

It’s easy to figure out where we are on the map. We’re looking at San Joaquin Mountain and The Two Teats. Well-named!
And across the river valley are the granitic Sierra, looking so different from the Nevada-facing volcanic mountains in the previous photo. I love those big bread-like domes.
I think this is our last view of Ritter and Banner, before we head toward Agnew Pass. Say goodbye!
Pretty little Summit Lake. So lush and green, even in this drought year.
i asked Emily to take a photo of me with this venerable old lodgepole, and she caught some magic.
Minus the magic, you can get a better idea of this great tree.
We came around a curve and topped a rise, and suddenly, there’s Mono Lake and Nevada stretching out before us. This whole side of the mountains is volcanic rather than glacial. Red cinders everywhere. And just below us is Gem Lake, where we spent our first night.
Emily struck some poses on a likely-looking pedestal rock, in anticipation of documenting some photos of me which I won’t show here. Every year, for maybe at least the last twenty, I have taken photos of myself standing in tree pose, usually around my birthday, usually in a national park or other wilderness setting, and almost always without clothes. It’s hard to do on one’s own, to set the timer, and hobble barefoot over the rocks and hit a good pose in ten seconds. So I took advantage of Emily and asked her to take this year’s photo. Since I’m not going to show it to you, I will tell you that it is a thing of rare beauty and grace, nicely framed against the Mono Lake backdrop. Afterwards, we were joking about how easy it would have been for me to fall off that rock and really hurt myself. That would be very hard to explain to the rescue crew.
We skirted Spooky Meadow. It was a little scary for some reason.
the trail down to Agnew Lake is “not recommended for stock”. It’s really exposed and rubbly and goes for a long way over a very unstable rocky hillside which looks like it has seen its fair share of slides.
Here’s a good view of it.
Back down past Agnew Lake, and out of the slide area, I feel much safer. We came across a couple of giant blazing stars. I can’t remember having noticed these flowers before. They are so big and showy, even as they are wilting in the heat of the day.

We finally made it down to Silver Lake and the van. Weary, hot and dusty. We ditched our packs and went to the lake for a swim. Of course, the wind came up again right then, and it was cold. But we did it anyway. Just enough to get rid of the trail dust and sweat and feel new again. Then it was a drive up Highway 120 a few miles to a lovely campground. We found a site and settled in for the night. There was a big Spanglish-speaking group that had about ten sites together. The multi-generational gathering was celebrating the 4th with a barbecue, lots of laughing and singing, and promenading from site to site. It looked like so much fun. But I pooped out early. The phone says we did 10.2 miles. Our camp was near a beautiful creek. Tomorrow, Bodie, here we come.

A Good Decision

July 3, 2022

What a night! The wind started howling through the trees above us at about 9:00 PM. I thought they would abate, but they lasted almost all night, letting up at times but never being still. I am so grateful that we moved from Thousand Island Lake, where we would certainly have been blown to bits. Here, the wind stayed in the treetops, only occasionally ruffling the tents. I was reminded of hiking through a region about ten miles south of here while on the JMT, where an entire swath of forest was felled by a “freak” wind event not that many years ago. like a mini mountain cyclone. Could it happen here? Can these trees around us withstand the force? Last night, they held, for which I am grateful.

Emily and I met a couple people coming down from Thousand Island Lake, who confirmed that it had been a brutal night up there, with lots of tents mangled and sandblasted by the wind. One hiker summed it up succinctly: “It was stupid.” I guess those sorts of weather events are part of what have formed that area into its current stark nearly-treeless beauty. And I am thankful that we didn’t try to stick it out up there.

A mama marmot brought her kid over to check us out. Probably teaching the tyke to beg.

Yesterday (and the day before) I as so tired walking uphill—just slogging along—and today I am taken over with a flood of gratitude that I am here, that I can still do this, that it’s an actual option for me.

Ritter and Banner tower above us. I haven’t gotten tired of being in their presence.

Emily and I are staying in this camp again tonight. I wish I had a guitar for this day off. When the wind slacks off, it feels like summer and I imagine a swim a little later, in the heat of the day. But then it starts up again and those plans are shelved. It’s a beautiful day no matter what.

There is a couple camped not too far from us, on a gorgeous rocky peninsula. They have a two-person Tarp Tent and a Bearikade. They must be Californians. I have yet to see them at their campsite or around the lake.

The view from my rocky promontory, looking east.

This morning, I took a leisurely ramble/stroll/saunter out to the end of a promontory and found a ledge that blocked the wind. I stared at the deep blue restless lake. It’s so calming. I listened to the wind approach and recede through the susurrating lodgepoles. There are so many difficult pressures and demands on my home life these days, and I need this physical distance and space, to be here now, to give me the strength to be there then.

In which I try for an Ansel Adams feel. Sometimes, black and white is the way to go, especially in these mountain realms where much of the palette is already more than halfway there.
These trees are the constant wind made visible. I love their tenacity: if you can’t grow up, then don’t. But keep growing. That’s actually a pretty good lesson!
In the afternoon, Emily and I explored the lake edge together. What is it about some people, that they can look stylish wherever they are?
Rock garden

I started making up verses to one of my favorite old-time songs, “Look Down that Lonesome Road,” and set Emily to the task as well.

Look up, look down that long lonesome road, hang down your head and cry, my love, hang down your head and cry

The best of friends must sometimes part, so why not you and I, my love? Why not you and I?

The darkest night I ever saw was the day that you left home, my love, the day that you left home

The sweetest words I ever heard were when you said hello, my love, were when you said hello

Ah, but the saddest words I ever heard  were when you said goodbye my love—I hung my head and I cried

My heart is broken clean in two and half will go with you my love, half will go with you

And when you weary of your path follow it back to its other half, and I will welcome you

The banjo and the fiddle love were meant to sing as one, my love, were meant to sing as one

But now that you are gone from me our song is left unsung my love—my heart, it is unstrung

And when we two once more will meet we’ll make the mountains ring, my love, with all the songs we’ll sing

And on and on. It’s going to be a very long song!

Choppy water, rough bank. Chilly and warm at the same time. I love this place!
Here’s a new phenomenon for me: an upside-down rainbow in blue sky!

Exploring up toward the peaks, I found a couple of mini-lakes nestled alongside their mama. If it were only a bit warmer, I’d be in this water. Or maybe if the wind wold be still, that would be enough. As it is, I content myself with looking and dreaming of returning some year in late August.

We hiked around the lake for a ways, and then turned back. I can’t remember why. Now that I look at this photo, I just want to keep going around the bend and up that valley toward the heights. Next time.

Who wouldn’t want to put one foot in front of the other on a path like this one?
Lenticular clouds above our beach near our campsite. Another example of the wind made visible.
My favorite mini-lake. A deep chasm filled with melted snow.
I have a little crush on the buckwheat up here. I am going to take a wild guess and say this is sulphur buckwheat.
It feels like we have this whole lake to ourselves. We haven’t seen any other humanoid forms this long afternoon, except for the occasional shadow.
The evening settles in slowly, and with it come the mosquitos. By 8:00, I am hiding in my tent, away from the cold and the little blood-suckers. It’s cozy in here.
The lake looks like hammered gold, except that it is in constant motion. Tomorrow, we don’t know where we will go. We’ll decide in the morning, or somewhere along the trail. Oh, that magic feeling, nowhere to go! Good night.

A Walkabout day

July 2, 2022

I stayed in bed this morning until the sun hit the tent, at 7:00. Eleven hours in there! Mosquitos are still swarming—as soon as it warms up they get busy feeding. I ate breakfast (oatmeal, dried fruit, a few nuts. I love a good cup of tea!), and Emily and I packed snacks, some miso and the stove for a hike around the lake.

This place is like a well-manicured park, but with only faint trails to follow some of the time, around the western edge. I worry about stepping on too many wildflowers, which are abundantly strewn everywhere I look. I try hopping from rock to rock, but I’m afraid some flowers were crushed by the steamroller that is me. The weather is cool and sunny. Perfect for a walk.

We are in the uninhabited part of the lake. Didn’t see another human soul, though we did find some fresh-looking footprints. The marmots don’t even know to beg over here.
Emily might be a water sprite. Or an ancient banjo-picking fiddling yogi reborn.

We stopped to spend a little time by one of the streams rushing into the west side of the lake. COLD! Emily put her face in the water, just for the shock of it, so I had to, too. It made my sinuses ache at my third eye.

Emily after repeated face dunks.
Looking east at Thousand Island Lake. A beautiful day!
Our first patch of snow! I know, not much, but somehow exciting for this coastal non-snow person.
Banner Peak rises above us. I didn’t have to stop myself from an urge to climb to the top.
The rocks are particularly rusty-looking in streaks within the mostly grey granite. The buckwheats seem to prefer it here.
So many kinds of buckwheat up here! I think what we have here is Sierra Nevada buckwheat. Above is sulphur flower and pussy paws.
on the southeast edge of the lake, there is this strange and beautiful pattern in the horizontal slabs of rock. I wish I knew my geology, and could say what caused it. Do you?
And what giant diamond-toothed bread saw sliced this loaf so perfectly?
Mountain Pride penstemon. I love the common names of the flowers.

It’s about 4.7 miles around the lake. We stopped at a little sandy beach on the uninhabited part of the lake (which is really about 80% of it) to strip and get in the water a little. Too cold for actual swimming (for either of us), but it felt great! The skin feels so alive and tingly. We stopped a little later at a beautiful secluded, perfect campsite (next time, this is where I will head), and fixed cups of hot miso while we sheltered from the breeze and enjoyed the sun. I wish I had thought to take a photo of this perfect spot.

We were back at camp @2:00 for an early dinner, followed by a siesta. But the wind had picked up dramatically, until it was howling and blowing sand in the tents. We decided to pack up and head to Garnet Lake to find more shelter.

Coming down to Garnet Lake.

Garnet Lake is where I lost Betty, not Thousand Island! All the puzzle pieces of my memory have been correctly assembled now. But I realize I could have just gone back and read my blog entry from 2014:

Our cozy campsite at Garnet Lake.

Now, at 5:00 PM, we have a very good, more sheltered camp. I am so tired. My body really feels its age and I trudge up the trail. I need a rest. Tomorrow. Phone says 7.8 miles today. There are many fewer mosquitos down here, and many fewer people for them to feast upon. This camp is in a little clearing among trees, a long mile from the JMT. The kind of place you have to want to go to, rather than a convenient stop on the way to somewhere else. In 2014, I had the best swim of our hike in Garnet Lake, but this year (1.5 months earlier), it’s too cold for me to really enjoy it.

7:30 PM: It got really cold when the sun disappeared. Since we are 1500 feet lower in elevation than Thousand Island Lake, I’m guessing it’s much colder up there. I’m in my sleeping bag already, and after some writing and reading, I think I’m in for an early bedtime. I’m working on a song. Here’s the first verse and chorus:

This gritty city’s so full of noise, you can barely hear the robins sing / This cracked and dirty pavement, boys, it punishes my knees / At night the lights obliterate the stars / the shadows are fractured by headlights of cars / and I wonder how I got here, and will I ever leave?

But when I close my eyes I see the mountains rise around me / stark and wild above the timberline / And I find my place when that immensity of space surrounds me / One tiny spark in the forever flame of time

We shall see how it progresses from here (or not).

July 1, 2022

5:58 PM

We thought it’d be a short day, but it was 9 miles. Too much for this poor old lady. My engine is feeling the wear and tear. But it is such a beautiful day!

I woke early at Gem Lake, and watched the sunlight slowly approach. Last night I had a mishap with the new inflatable sleeping pad. It kept deflating. I’m sure it’s operator error, and I just need to learn how it works, but it made me crazy at 2:00 AM. Also, sometime in the night I was awakened by a scurrying and scratching sound on the side of my tent. Made me wonder if I had inadvertently pitched it on top of someone else’s home.

Are these the marks of a thief?

Last night, a critter stole the insulated lid for my cup. This is a small but very necessary item, since I have gone to reconstituting my dinners in my cup instead of in a plastic bag. Must keep it hot while it rehydrates! Luckily, I can use the lid from the cooking pot for the rest of this trip.

Goodbye to Gem Lake. Not bad for a reservoir…
Teeny-tiny Billy Lake, on the trail. Our first natural lake of the day.
Rush Creek lives up to its name.
The trail sign at Clark Lakes. We spent some leisurely time here, filtering water and eating snacks.
One of the Clark Lakes. Our route was punctuated by the sounds of frogs splashing into the water on our approach.
Another of the Clark Lakes. Mount Ritter and Banner Peak in the distance.
First glimpse of where we’re headed—toward the foot of Mt. Ritter and Banner Peak. Snow!
This dog has the most idyllic spot, near the outflow of Thousand Island Lake, at the start of the Middle Fork of the San Joaquin River. By the time this river hits the Delta, over 100% of the water in it has been allocated by farmers and municipalities, and then recycled into the stream. I hate to think of all the agricultural runoff and sewage spills it is made up of by then!
If I wasn’t happy before, I am now! First pussy paw buckwheat of the trip (that pink stuff)!

We are at Thousand Island Lake. it’s very beautiful and very mosquito-y. Banner Peak and Mt Ritter tower above us like a Bierstadt painting. They seem so out-of-scale.

Emily is great—easy and open. At least two of today’s miles were caused by me insisting that there was another Thousand Island trail, to access the northern part of the lake. I swear I accidentally took it while hiking the JMT with Betty, and it’s where I lost her for the bulk of a day. But we couldn’t find it. Argh! Had to double-back and walk along the lake. Lots of campsites taken on this holiday weekend, but we found a nice one for two tents, up away from the lake edge. Even on 4th of July weekend, it’s easy to spend most of every day out here without seeing other humans. I both curse and embrace the trail quota system.

Home, sweet home—for the night.
Banner Peak
It’s more than enough to just observe the change of light as the day lengthens.
That’s what Emily is doing up there.

I cleaned the dust and sweat of the day off in the lake, which felt fantastic. It’s cold. Or as I prefer to say, refreshing.

It doesn’t take much soil to put down roots up here.

Mosquitos are so bad that we got in our tents at 8:00 PM. There’s a rustler’s moon tonight, a tiny golden sliver in the west. I woke a few times in the night to watch meteorites. The stars are so bright you can easily see to get around without a flashlight. I am content. I think I got my pad figured out, and am warm and comfy. I no longer feel the exhaustion of the day. Just glad to be here now.

The view from my tent.

What a Difference a Year Makes

Today, on July 3, 2023, I am going to start writing about a backpacking trip I took at this time last year. It was hot and as dry as could be. This year, my plans for hiking at a lower elevation than this one are thwarted by the abundant remains of the incredible snowfall of last Winter.

Last year, I was asked by my friend Katie to resupply her northbound John Muir Trail trip by bringing her food and gear to a meeting place at Thousand Island Lake, in the Ansel Adams Wilderness. I remember loving this area, when I hiked the JMT a decade ago. So why not visit a place you loved every ten years? I readily agreed to be her mule. When we got together to look at what she wanted me to bring, however, I was really daunted by the weight and volume. So I enlisted my strong young friend Emily to help me, and to spend a few days just hiking around before and after the drop. She was definitely up for it, and I got to spend a few days doing something I love with someone I love. So win-win!

A week before our scheduled meeting, though, I received a message from Katie that she had abandoned the JMT hike, and wouldn’t be needing her resupply. Though I felt sad for her for having to leave the trail, it was literally a huge weight off my shoulders. What follows is my log of that adventure.

We take our first steps up the trail. What adventure lies ahead?
There is something that really gets to me about these weatherbeaten, blasted old trees that just keep growing. I wouldn’t mind being one in my next life…

Emily and I decided to keep our rendezvous with the wilderness, and left Berkeley at 9:00 AM on June 30, 2022. We drove over Sonora Pass and south on Highway 395, stopping in Lee Vining for lunch at Bodie Mike’s before we headed farther south to the Rush Creek trailhead, at Silver Lake. We were on the trail at 4:00 PM. It’s a hard climb up a hot, rocky and exposed trail. My hips are tired, but I’m glad to say that my new pack feels good. I had hemmed and hawed over this purchase for about a year, since my trusty Z Pack was starting to show a lot of wear and tear after ten years of hard use, and I was attracted by the promise of more cushy shoulder straps. Plus, the new white Hyperlight packs look so beautiful. Of course, staying pristine and white in the back country is a little too much to ask of a piece of equipment. I learned to quickly let go of the urge to clean off every scuff mark. One of the things I love about backpacking is that most equipment purchases are a one-time expense. Unless something catastrophic happens.

Luckily, the sun dipped behind the ridge pretty early on in our hike, making the climb more comfortable.
The trail crisscrosses the old railroad track that was built to haul equipment up to the dam sites (Agnew and Gem Lakes). I wish it were still running and could have given me a lift on this first day.
So many wildflowers blooming , the higher we go!
Looking down to Agnew Lake, the first of the dammed lakes we hiked past today.
I remember why I love being up here when I get to the junipers. Every tree deserves a portrait.
Ta-da! We enter the Ansel Adams Wilderness, with Gem Lake below us. Emily still looks fresh as a daisy.
Me, not so much. Looks like I’m happy to have a leaning post.

I don’t think I could have made the climb up to Gem Lake (only 5 miles), carrying the added weight of Katie’s resupply. Well, I suppose it would have been a much slower slog, in any case. Gem Lake, our first-night destination, is a reservoir in a steep canyon. The few flat campsites that had water accessibility were taken already, by early evening, and Emily and I worried that we might not find a campsite that had access to the lake. Finally, though, we did. We set up our tents, made dinner, and I collapsed into my tent at 9:00, ready for sleep. My phone shows that we hiked 5.8 miles, and I feel like it was more like 10. Out of shape! It is a beautiful night, threatening wind. At some point, I heard loud splashing in the lake below us, just out of eyesight. Something big is down there. It’s definitely more interested in splashing and swimming than it is in us. Good night.

Our little campsite above Gem Lake. So happy to be here!

Reconstructing the Trail Home

August 14

Good morning, Moon!

Like so many journals I keep, the last day of the trip never gets written up. We rejoin the busy, urban world, and I don’t have that time to sit and relate the day’s events. So I am just going to have to go by my faulty memory of that day.

Daybreak over the lake.

I recall that the days started fairly early, with beautiful clear skies in the morning and a quiet around the lake. I think most campers were still slumbering by the time we got up and packed. Now that we have decided to hike out a day early and to a different trailhead, we are wondering how we will get to the van, which is still parked (we hope) at White Wolf. We will now be exiting the trail at Yosemite Creek/Ten Lakes trailhead. We could hitchhike, but I have found that, even though all the guide books say that hitchhiking in Yosemite is easy, it has never worked for me. Nobody has ever pulled over, even when I raise my thumb up higher so no decent soul can miss it, to paraphrase Gordon Lightfoot. I am thinking that two bedraggled hikers with backpacks might be even more difficult. So maybe one of us could hitchhike and retrieve the car while the other just waited with the packs. I also recall having fantasies that the van had burned up in a fire while we were out on the trail. The brain gets active.

It was a little difficult at first, finding the right trail, as the overused area around Ten Lakes is braided with trails. But eventually the main trail emerged from the pack.

As we climb out of Ten Lakes Basin, we began to see fingers of smoke encroaching from the east.
Yep. Definitely smoke. But blowing in from somewhere far away.
Down to the left is the deep Tuolumne River canyon. It boggles my mind to imagine the river cutting that deep channel through the ages.

The views start looking like the Great Smokey Mountains, with the mist hanging in the valleys. Only, of course, it’s smoke.

A peek-a-book view of our lake, nestled among the folds of granite.
Hiking out of the basin, feeling good on the last day. That is always the case, it seems.

At Ten Lakes Pass, we entered a broad open expanse of gravelly ground, with beautiful little buckwheats and other flowers growing sparsely throughout the area. It made it difficult to think about stepping off the trail, for fear of crushing something. But we did. We carefully picked our way over to a mixed stand of junipers, spruce, and lodgepole perched on the edge of the pass, set down our packs and just sat there for awhile, soaking up the high mountains, munching dried fruit and nuts and coming to terms with saying goodbye. We could look down into the Tuolumne River valley, and almost trace our entire trek from this vantage point. I didn’t want to leave.

Looking across the valley to Rancheria Mountain (I think).
Awwww…

Then it was back to the trail and the descent to Highway 120. The trail winds down switchbacks through quiet forests, occasionally breaking free of the trees to traverse granite patches of sunshine, with views down towards what I think is Cloud’s Rest, and Tenaya Peak. I really need to get that app that shows the peaks so that I can know what it is I’m looking at!

1,500 feet lower, B and I ran into two women, Kelly and Bren, hiking out to the Ten Lakes trailhead. they were the only other people we saw on the trail today. B is so easy with starting a conversation, and in no time we had a ride to our van all arranged! At some point, I quit taking photos. I remember walking through a big recently-burned area of forest, with blackened spires of trees standing among lush green grasses and brilliant fireweed, and down long granite slopes toward the valley below. The women were an interesting pair, who had decided last-minute to take a little overnight backpacking trip. They both work in or near Yosemite, and had been nearly trapped together in the big Creek Fire of 2020. Their accounts were so harrowing, but since I didn’t write it down, I really think I’ll get it wrong if I try to describe it. One of them had just had to evacuate from her home in Mariposa a few weeks earlier, due to the Oak Fire. They were both dedicated and veteran backpackers, and I asked what areas they most wanted to return to, but alas—I didn’t take notes and can’t remember their responses.

We finally emerged at the parking lot alongside Highway 120, and I sought out the creek for a little cooling bath before we hit the road. It felt great, lazing in the stream, nearly under the highway bridge. And again, the waters made me whole and new-feeling in this old world. 

Just a little smoke peeking over the range. We were incredibly lucky to get the clear air that we got. I’m sure that the next few days were much smokier.

Barbara and I loaded our packs into Kelly’s car and she drove us back to White Wolf, where our still-intact van awaited. It turned out that Kelly is in charge of wilderness rescue curriculum of Nature Bridge in Yosemite, a wonderful organization of which I had previously been unaware. Then it was the long journey home in the afternoon sun, bright in my eyes as I drove down the mountains. Soon, we were within cell phone reach, and the phones started beeping and downloading messages from the last six days. Ugh! Re-entry is so difficult. So abrupt and un-nuanced. Life goes on without us. Every time I see a message, a little jolt of fear runs through me. What cataclysmic event happened when I was out of range? I drove while Barbara checked her phone, and responded to her people, and then she drove while I did the same. Luckily, all is well, it seems, though Tom had a rough time while I was gone. Lots of back pain.

I’m happy to report that my shoes held up well enough for me to have no problems with the hike out. So far, I have ordered three different kinds of shoes to replace my beloved New Balance Minimus trail runners, but have sent them all back for various reasons. I expect my next pair to show up next week. Because of my foot issues, I prefer getting men’s shoes (wider toe box), but no stores stock men’s shoes in small enough sizes for me (not that they are all that small…). It’d be so much easier if I could just go somewhere and try everything on!  Oh, and I need to make sure that I always have a roll of Tenacious Tape in my pack. That stuff is amazing! Tough, lightweight and so sticky. Of course, I imagine that if I have to use it on my shoes, I am leaving a trail of microplastics on the rocks behind me, which will get washed down to the streams and carried to the rivers and end up in the ocean where a blue whale will ingest it as a part of her 95-pounds-a-day of microplastic consumption. It’s hard being a responsible member of the community of Earth. But I’m so thankful I didn’t have to walk out barefoot, or in my campsite Crocs, which would have been really dangerous on the rocks.

The phone shows a nice easy 6.6 miles for today’s hike. We were back home to Berkeley in time for dinner. I want to go again. Thanks for hanging with me as I revisit the hike. Wish I had more photos of the day, but it just didn’t happen.

Wherein I walk my shoes off

August 13

At 9:00 PM last night, I definitely smelled smoke in the air. I know it’s a long ways off, wherever it is, but I got anxious and couldn’t sleep. I lay in my bag plotting escape routes, and figuring how quickly we could get going if need be. Not good for sleeping. Plus, it was cold, and i kept rolling off my Neo Air pad. I guess I erred on the side of too much air last night.

6:00 AM and B and I are up and on the trail by 7:30. I love the mornings. We had been dreading the climb over into Ten Lakes Basin, but it was remarkably easy and short! There were exposed rocky switchbacks, but not for very long. The weather was perfect but for the smoke hanging in the lower elevations. This morning, I can see it down there, but not smell it. We saw a small fire not far from Ten Lakes, but the majority of this smoke is coming from some place much farther away—thankfully.

As we started up the switchbacks, we looked back toward Tuolumne Peak, and up the Cathedral Creek valley
Junipers. What’s not to love?
Today, I am happy and my pack feels light. I am made to walk.
Higher and higher we climb.

Coming up the switchbacks, we passed many beautiful junipers. They are so picturesque! I want to do a portrait of each one.

My favorite portrait of the day.
Looking down into the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne. Directly across from where Cathedral Creek plunges into the T is our campsite of three days ago.
The iconic shot of the intrepid hiker.
Barbara chose the less-dramatic pose.
At 9,398 feet, we arrived at the first lake in Ten Lakes Basin.
A beautiful morning!
Such clear water!
I think that little blue dot is our destination for the day.
A couple of nice young men took our picture. They were impressed with my age, surprised that I’m not bedridden at 72. Ah, youth!
A day of dreaming at the lake. I can see why it’s such a popular destination.

We got to North Lake and dropped our packs at a beautiful sport, only to be invaded ten minutes later by an REI outing with 14 people. Apparently, this was their chosen lunch spot. We let them have it, and wandered around the lake, lazing in the sun and shade. It was nice talking for a bit to the guides Jeremy and Millie, based out of Richmond, CA. Our neighbors! Jeremy knows my compass class instructor from REI, Banning Lyons. Banning had told me that he was writing a book, when I took the class maybe six years ago. Apparently, he has finally finished it, and has a publisher! His story was an interesting one, and I look forward to reading it in print.

Smoke on the horizon!
At 8,947 feet, our elevation for the night.
I took a photo of Barbara, which ended up being on the back of her new album. Check it out!
Barbara is having her CD release show on December 18, 2022, at the Freight and Salvage in Berkeley! Check it out!
Our campsite, on a little spit of rocky land jutting out into the lake. Perfect!

My shoes are falling apart. Large chunks of the sole have just disintegrated and peeled off. This, and the fact that B is still having some pain with her blister, has made us decide to cut our trip a day short and hike out tomorrow. I used all the remaining Tenacious Tape to fasten the soles back on. I hope it works. I had bought this pair of New Balance Minimus trail runners on EBay a couple of weeks ago, because my feet love those shoes, and apparently New Balance has discontinued them. So an online search came up with this pair, at a reasonable price, looking to be in good shape. But I don’t feel too good about my score right now.

Happy update on the shoes: I wrote to the people who sold them to me, and they graciously issued a full refund, even though I said I wasn’t asking for one! So much for shoes that match my gaiters. I am trying out other shoes, but haven’t found a pair that I like yet. I have had troublesome feet, with a very painful Morton’s neuroma and a bunion, and the Minimus shoes have, happily, done away with those issues. Suggestions for replacements are welcome.

There is great swimming in the lake, but way too many people around here. I mean, you can get privacy, but not nearly as much as I would like. Because of our feet, we decided to stay put, though, and not find a more remote lake.

The REI folks fed us their leftover lunch of beautiful goat cheese, fresh snap peas and apples. That was nice of them. It’s rare to get fresh veggies and fruit on a backpacking trip. The flavors just explode in the mouth!

In the evening, the lake was quiet and the sky clear. I lay watching for the occasional shooting star and making wishes. Well, you never know…there might be something to that. Now that we have made the decision to leave tomorrow, I am feeling anxious to get home, to make sure everything is okay. This was a relaxed, slow low-mileage day.

Today was an easy 9 miles, much of it spent just strolling around the lakes and wandering up side trails. I feel good physically, and there is a bounce in my step that wasn’t there on Day 1. I want to be back up in the high country, as we were on occasion the last couple of days. Tomorrow will be one big up and then down, down, down.

The Ups and Downs

August 12

Morning at McGee Lake

Today was a long day, from McGee Lake to the south fork of Cathedral Creek. Lots of up and down, and I felt pretty good all day. But B was suffering from her blistered foot and got very tired. I ended up waiting for her for long stretches of time—long enough that I began to wonder if I should reverse direction and try to find her. We have a rule to always wait at all water crossings and trail signs. And I have done that, but still, there are long waiting periods. And then she shows up, all happy and smiling and ready to push on. Such a trouper!

Up in the granite, my favorite place.
North fork of Cathedral Creek. The water is low, but so clear and cool.
Suddenly, a little patch of mass so green it almost hurt my eyes!
This lookout point was really special. A nearly flat expanse of smooth granite with randomly-spaced boulders scattered across it.
Where we are headed and not headed. The last time I was on this trail was in June 2018. The snow nearly obliterated the signs, and there was nobody else to be seen anywhere—though there were footprints.

We saw an osprey at Glen Aulin fly right over our heads and land on a snag overlooking the T. Saw dippers in the river, lots of stellar jays, a few ravens, woodpeckers, mountain chickadees, juncos and robins. I always think there should be more wildlife than we see, but this is a well-traveled area and maybe they avoid us—except for big fat marmots who want to chew a hole in our packs. Actually, I don’t know where they are around here. Haven’t seen any so far.

I guessed that this is Tuolumne Peak, towering above us, but later on decided I was probably wrong. Maybe not…
The trail at the top of the first pass, over into the valley of the South Fork of Cathedral Creek. We stopped at the saddle for a little while to just enjoy the sunshine and the air.
Looking down on the little pond on the far side of the pass. It has no name.
Looking across at the far side of the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne. We will be spending the night somewhere at the bottom of the valley. It’s a long ways down…
Slow-motion group dance of the lodgepole pine. They look like they are doing a hula!
We entered into an area of very happy hemlocks, growing all around a lovely green meadow.

I love being up high. We stopped for our midday hot meal in a hemlock grove by a tiny freshet running over the granite. It was a perfect Japanese rock garden, only better.

Yeah…it’s a lousy photo of Barbara. This is our lunch spot.
Celebrating a mother tree, surrounded by her offspring. I am currently reading “Finding the Mother Tree,” by Simone Simard.
Definitely smoke is beginning to blow in. From where?

We camped this evening near an area where Cathedral Creek runs over smooth, sculpted granite. I bathed in a tub-sized pool and sat naked in the sun to dry. It was so free-feeling! I rinsed out my clothes as usual and spread them to dry in a little hemlock tree.

This little lake was the last water until we hit South Cathedral Creek. It’s a tiny gem, nestled right up to the lip of the rock before it spills over into the valley.
…and down the other side we go. Somewhere down there is tonight’s campsite.
I waited for a long time at the point where the trail hits Cathedral Creek, for B to show up. Such a lovely late-season flower garden here.

Late in the afternoon, I saw smoke blowing in—or at least visible. It looked like it might be coming from way over by Sonora Pass, maybe. We are in a valley now, with blue skies everywhere, but I think I can see some smoke to the north. I can’t smell it, though.

The creek runs over smooth granite with lots of little bathtub-sized pools. The smooth stone on my bare feet is such a tactilely rich experience.

I love the walking up and down, through the various biomes. We are now in lodgepole and hemlock. Yesterday, we passed a Jeffrey pine that made the air smell so delicious—butterscotch, vanilla, maple syrup. I stopped to put my nose to a crevice in the plates of bark, and just breathed it in. Glorious!

More people on the trail today—short hikers from Tenaya or May Lakes, going to Glen Aulin. But after the May Lake turnoff, there has been nobody. No, not exactly right: there was a group led by a Teva-sandaled woman guide, one young man from Oakland and a lone Aussie woman.

Much of every day up here—hours on end—is spent alone, with just my thoughts and emotions. I spend a lot of the time just trying to register, take in and retain the beauty all around me. Sometimes it is overwhelming, and I start to cry. All my emotions seem to be just under the skin, and the skin is so easily torn, like a delicate covering of tissue paper. Waves of sorrow wash over and around me in the midst of all this space. There is the intense depth of the drought, the fact of Tom’s physical decline, the worry over everything in the World, the guilt and fear of being away from home if something were to happen. And then the wave is past and I am again floating in the Beauty, grateful for what is here around me.

Our campsite for the night is in a large clearing among sparsely-placed lodgepole and little hemlocks. There is an “improved” campfire ring, surrounded by wooden benches and tree-stump seats. But it looks sort-of like a ghost camp. Where are all the people? This is a relatively untraveled area connecting two of Yosemite’s popular hiking destinations. Yet we see nobody on the trail, which winds along on the far side of the creek from us. Out on the rocky slope below our camp, you can catch glimpses into the Grand Canyon f the Tuolumne, and trace our path.

My phone shows 11.3 miles today. There were precious few places to camp on this stretch where water is available. I guess that’s why people avoid it. It’s a long pull. But so beautiful! My favorite part of the trip so far.

Most definitely smoke! I started smelling it at around 9:00 at night, and I stayed awake for hours plotting escape routes, just in case.

Definitely Not Too Old! I am Reborn

August 11

A really good night’s sleep last night! I immediately noticed that I was stepping more lightly and surely on the rounded stones, going down to the river this morning. 

Packing up in the early morning light. Such a good night’s sleep!

We woke at 6:00, and were packed and on the trail by 7:30, stopping to talk to our neighbors–the same couple who have gravitated to each of our campsites. They are lovely 30/31-year-olds, really into vacationing with backpacks in beautiful places. They hadn’t noticed the grinding holes or rock-lined storage places, but now maybe they will know to look and start seeing the history around them.

A little too early in the day and too shady for me to think about swimming, but the pools are just gorgeous!
There are some mighty fine trees along the river!

B’s foot feels a little better today. We doctored it with moleskin, kept in place with Tenacious Tape. Man, that stuff is sticky!

We swam, or at least submerged ourselves three times today. All beautiful spots. Now that we are closer to Glen Aulin and the famous series of waterfalls, we are seeing more people on the trail, including some larger groups of 4-6 people.

Crossing Return Creek on a very civilized bridge.
There has been so much work put into creating and maintaining this “trail.” It’s really a walk in the park.
Ewe approach the first of the famous falls.
Looking back the way we came.

The waterfalls are spectacular, even with so little water in the river. Waterwheel Falls is less than overwhelming at this flow, but still throws out a mighty hump of water.

Waterwheel Falls
B takes a break at LeConte Falls. I recently finished reading Kim Stanley Robinson’s “The High Sierra: A Love Story,” wherein he advocates for the renaming of many of the Sierra places. This fall would be a good candidate for a name change.
Sometimes, the woods are so thick and green and the water so placid, that if it weren’t for the towering cliffs, we could be in the north woods of Wisconsin.
All day long, we leapfrogged the young couple who took “our” campsites, as either they or we would stop to swim or just take in the sights. We caught up with them in the broad meadow above California Falls, and exchanged photo-taking.
All day long, I found myself musing on the quantity of mules and dynamite it must have taken to make this trail. Everywhere I looked, there were the signs of blasts in the granite, like this one. It makes it ever so easy to stroll through the park. Too easy.
Our last swimming stop of the day, just below Glen Aulin. B was watching the fish exfoliate her legs. No comment.
Looking up from the swimming hole.

We arrived at Glen Aulin in the afternoon and rested there for a bit. We had been considering hiking out from there to Tuolumne Meadows because of B’s foot, but she has decided that we should go up to McGee Lake and reassess tomorrow.

Glen Aulin and the popular pool below White Cascade. Too many people for me
Looking west from the bridge across the Tuolumne in Glen Aulin. As we were standing there, an osprey flew overhead and landed on the top of the dead tree on river left, barely visible. I considered blowing up this photo so you could see it, but it’s a nicer picture this way. You will just have to imagine that it’s there.

After we passed one couple hiking from May Lake, there was nobody on the trail from Glen Aulin up to McGee Lake, and we have the place to ourselves. The lodgepole woods are so very quiet. Not a soul nearby. Ahhh! We walked to the shore of McGee Lake, a good-sized body of water surrounded by trees, with views north to Cold Mountain and over toward Ragged Peak. I had visited Ragged Peak in probably 1969. Haven’t been back since. On that trip, my boyfriend Charles and I took our dog, Noah, off-leash the whole way, which is of course a no-no in Yosemite. But we were free-range hippies and didn’t pay much attention to rules back then. Now, I would probably be pretty unhappy with my younger self if I met her and her dog on the trail. Though I would probably still like that dog a lot…

This stub-tailed lizard was hanging out at our campsite. It didn’t seem particularly distressed that we were there, but maybe it was still in shock from losing part of its tail.
A well-established campsite, with all the amenities, just a little ways off the trail and completely private. At the far end of McGee Lake.

We ate an early dinner, and now it’s 7:00 PM and B is already in her tent. I just went to mine to avoid the mosquitos, which just started coming out.

McGee Lake.

Tonight there is a full moon, and the cold light turns the granite to molten silver. It’s otherworldly out here. I watch the moon arc across the sky through the trees.

Today, we covered 9.8 miles. Pretty-much all uphill. We are back up to 8100 feet elevation. I am happily tired, glad to be where I am right here, right now. Good night.

I really need to get some new long underwear! I think these may have made their last trip. Silk doesn’t stand up to wear and tear very well, but is just so comfy for sleeping.

Am I Too Old For This?

August 10

My brother Brian’s birthday! I, of course, forgot to send him a message before I left, and now there’s no way to call. But I am celebrating his birth anyway.

It was a long night. I haven’t figured out my new pad. It’s very narrow, and if it’s too full, it bucks me off. So last night I erred in the direction of too little air. Tonight, I’m going to get it perfect. I hope. It has shaved a number of ounces off my base weight and created more room in my pack, and I do want to love it. I woke—or rather, decided to finally get up—at 6:00 AM. I puttered around camp and visited the river nearby to watch the sun expand over the valley. Beautiful. 

A tree skeleton, among the living. Morning light on the river.
How many years does it take the sculptor to come up with this work of art?
Golden in the sun, gray in the shade.
I’m in love with light on water.
Except for the reflection, you wouldn’t know there is water covering the rocks. It’s so crystalline.
The river is so low, this late in the summer and in this year of terrible drought. But nothing is more beautiful.
“Just like a tree that’s standing by the water, we shall not be moved”

B is tired today. Me, too, but I am also invigorated just being up here. Lack of sleep doesn’t seem like that much of a problem once I’m up and moving around. Poor Barbara has a blister on the bottom of the ball of her foot, which is very painful. We treated it: drained it and applied antibiotics and moleskin, but today it’s back. She waited too long. We discussed hiking out from Glen Aulin, if it is continuing to cause her pain. I’m okay with that. We need to do what we have to do to take care of each other.

Packing up our campsite, day 2.
I relished the shade in the early part of the hike, walking under the overarching oaks.
The Tuolumne flows over smooth granite stone, dropping into pools that are sometimes impossible to just walk past.

It was a long hot walk today. We only saw three people and two rattlesnakes on the trail all day. The climb up over the Muir Gorge cutoff nearly killed my spirit, and I wondered why I do this. For fun?? And maybe I’m too old. I guess I need to hike easier trails in cooler weather—but not too cool.

Can you see it? The rattler wouldn’t hold still for a portrait, so all I got was the receding tail. I’m not quick enough with the camera.

We stopped and swam twice in the Tuolumne, and it was fantastic! The water is cold and bracing, and so refreshing. Every time, it makes all the negative thoughts and tiredness just flee my mind.

The holy waters make me whole. I am filled with gratitude to be right where I am.
It’s hard to imagine the eons of moving water and ice involved in the making of this canyon.
A small bear skull greeted us at Rodgers Creek.
I apologize if these photos are a bit grizzly. Actually, they are black bear. I found it fascinating.
And finally, I turned my attention to what was just behind me, on the other side of the trail! Rodgers Creek is one of the few water sources entering the canyon from the north.
Looking back down the canyon, climbing up the Muir Gorge cutoff.
And up towards the gorge.
A long hot walk in beauty. We finally hit the river again.

We finally made it to our chosen campsite, a nice oak-shaded flat shelf above the river, not far from a lovely swimming hole, only to find that the couple who were at “our” campsite last night beat us to it again! They complimented us on our taste in campsites. There’s room down on the second level for a couple of little tents, so we are staying here.

On one of my many tours of Germany, I recall looking at the Rhine, near the headwaters, and painstakingly creating a sentence in my limited German. Das Wasser is vie flussige jade. Right here, right now, in this late afternoon light, that is what the Tuolumne looks like. Liquid jade.

We swam, rinsed and hung out our sweaty, dusty shirts, pants, socks, sun gloves, gaiters, and underwear, ate our dinner (I didn’t write anything about it and now can’t remember if it was good, bad, or indifferent) by the river perched on perfect chair-shaped rocks and watched a dipper hopping upstream. We are almost directly across from where Cathedral Creek runs into the Tuolumne. You can look across and up at about three waterfalls.

Looking across at Cathedral Creek.
The view from our dinner spot. Not bad!

Today was a 9-mile day, pretty-much all uphill, except for the mile or so coming back down to the river from the top of the Muir Gorge cutoff.

2022 Visits to the High Country

It has been a long time since I have written anything in my High Sierra Rambles blog. Some of that time, of course, could be attributed to winter, when I generally avoid the mountains. I am not a snow person, having gotten a rough start at snow camping and snowshoeing on a high school trip to the Donner Pass area. It involved getting the flu and shivering for two days in a wet sleeping bag, which led to a mild case of frostbite which affected my toes for a few decades. But enough about that. I like the look and the smell of snow, and I love that it is what makes California stay as green as it does late into the season in the high country. But another thing that has been keeping me from writing is that so often when I am in the mountains, I am thinking of home these days, and worrying that I am not there. As some of you readers may be aware, my long-time partner in music and life, Tom Rozum, is dealing with Parkinson’s. It has already taken away his ability to play music, and much of his joy. Now it has progressed to the point where it is not easy to get around or do simple things like dress himself. Left to his own devices, it can take five minutes or more to get his shirt on. If I assist, it takes a few seconds. This is help I willingly give. But it means that I am not as free as I once was to go off on a ramble. So each trip feels even more precious and important than the last, knowing that I may not be able to do this much longer. And at 72, I am thankfully still strong and supple and can still glory in the uphill struggle posed by a faint, rocky trail. But for how much longer? Who can say? I never take the granite for granted.

I wanted to finally let all of this out of my heart a bit, in order to be able to write my blog more freely and openly. I hope that you, dear companion, don’t feel overly-burdened by what is making me feel a little lighter. And so with this as a backdrop, here is a little tale of a hike that Barbara Higbie and I took in August in Yosemite National Park.

August 8, 2022

Barbara and I got together to gather our equipment at my house at about 2:30 in the afternoon. About an hour later, we were riding the first wave of rush hour traffic out east: 580, 205, 5, 120, 99, 120. The highway numbers are so familiar to me that I don’t really think them anymore. I just point the van and go. 

At 6:00, we found ourselves in Groveland, sharing a combination plate and a beer each at Cucina Michoacana. Then it was back on the road to our camping site off of Cherry Lake Road. It’s a handy place, quiet and lonesome, up a dirt road to the top of a hill. The sunset was beautiful and quiet, except for the crickets chirping incessantly almost all night long. I woke many times to watch the gibbous, nearly-full moon cross the sky, and to watch the stars in their slow procession. The sky was clear, and the night was warm. We had been so afraid of fires canceling our trip, but so far, it looks gorgeous.

Well, yes, it’s “soft focus,” but it’s all I have…

August 9, 2022

Morning came early, at 5:30 for me. I woke B up at 6:00 and we packed up and drove to Camp Mather for breakfast and coffee at the Evergreen Lodge. For so many years, I made the pilgrimage up here to the Strawberry Music Festival, and I love seeing the little cabins, the dusty grounds, and tall pines under which so much great music was made and enjoyed. And there are so many memories tied to that place—ranging from ecstatic joy to deep heartbreak, and everything in between, from probably 1982 until the Rim Fire of 2013 caused the festival to have to change locations. Generations of kids raised at the festival now have families of their own. Barbara and I lingered, taking advantage of the wifi to check email for the last time and to just savor the place. Then it was on to Big Oak Flat, where we stopped to claim our permit. The ranger was so beautiful, clear-eyed, and fit that I think I momentarily fell in love. She told us we could change our permit to start at White Wolf, instead of hiking in at Lukens Lake, to hike the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne and then circle back on the south side up into Ten Lakes Basin. This meant that we didn’t have to hike as fast or as far, since the Lukens Lake trailhead required us to backtrack for the first day.

At White Wolf, about to start our downward journey. The campground here is closed, and has been since the start of the pandemic. Eerily quiet.
We hiked through an old burn, and the little seedlings looked so happy!
At the lip of the canyon, looking west toward Hetch Hetchy. Now it’s down, down, down.
The intrepid Barbara Higbie. Behind her is one of the three hikers we saw on this trail that day.
It never fails to amaze me how these trees grow out of a tiny crack in solid granite!

B and I had hiked up the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne before, circling down into it from the north, and we had been so enamored of the Pate Valley area and the river itself, that we wanted to visit it again. The hike from White Wolf into Pate Valley is a long, long downhill, and it was hot and dry! We each, at separate times, hit a little wall of exhaustion. When the trail leveled out alongside the river, the tiredness caught up to me, and I had to drop my pack and stretch out my waffle pad to rest for awhile. We were right above what looked to be a good swimming hole, but I couldn’t muster the energy to scramble down the steep bank to allow the water to invigorate me again. I just lay there, looking up at the cedar and lodgepole pine surrounding me, waiting for the urge to move to re-enter my body.

We stopped for lunch and a rest where Morrison Creek meets the trail. The next couple miles, we had the creek beside us, plunging steeply down to the valley floor.
Suddenly, I was stopped in my tracks by a message! And yeah…I know you are admiring my beautiful orange shoes that match my Dirty Girl gaiters. Above the gaiters, my legs are filthy with trail dust. Probably works better than sun screen to block the sun’s rays.
Pate Valley far below, our destination for the day.
Hetch Hetchy Reservoir. I would love to see that dam removed. Surely there’s a better way to save water and get electricity!

Today, the trail crew—the CCC—were working on the steep trail from White Wolf. Hard, good work. As I came upon the first of them, he said, “You are the first person to ever set foot on this step,” pointing to his handiwork under my descending shoe. By the end of the season, who knows how many other feet will have stepped there?

All the way down the White Wolf trail, we saw only one group of three people: a father and his son and daughter. They had huge packs and the dad didn’t look like he was going to make it. We passed them, and never saw them again. I spent a little bit of my energy worrying about them. When we got the Pate Valley, we could see a number of tents in the main campground, and passed the sprawling CCC camp just at dinnertime. The smells made me suddenly very hungry.

Finally! Relatively flat walking. I love how the wood and stone, lichen, leaves and moss blend together.
And at last! The Tuolumne River flows below us. Even in my tired state, the sight is exhilarating—slightly, anyway…

B thought that she had a little pebble in her shoe. She ignored it all day long, and it became a very painful blister, which dogged her for the rest of the trip. But then finally there we were, at our swimming hole by the grinding rock. The big slab of granite has at least 20 mortar holes. An overhanging bench sported a row of pestles, ready for the people to come along and put them to use. Someone had added to the pestles we had lined up in 2020, and some of the stones were of questionable shapes to be really useful, but it proved that we weren’t the only people to have discovered this hidden gem of a spot. A swim in the water made me new again, and all the tiredness and frustration of the long downhill slog floated off of me like so much trail dust.

The swimming hole and grinding rock, just off the main trail, but not often visited. I’ve never seen anyone else there.
Ah! those dirty legs are about to come clean again!
B stops to take off her shoes. You can see some of the many mortar holes scattered on the rock.

Tramping down the trail, I was imagining the gatherings that must have taken place in Pate Valley, with Miwok, Paiute, and Mono people from both sides of the Sierra converging here for late summer harvest. I was wondering if they used this steep trail, and then I realized that of course they wouldn’t. They would have been camped all the way up the Hetch Hetchy Valley, fishing for salmon, gathering acorns and seeds, drying the fish on racks in the meadows, trading fish and acorns for obsidian from the eastern side of the mountains. No need to take this steep trail when you could saunter up through the valley. Off to the west, we caught glimpses of Hetch Hetchy, now a big reservoir with a wide bathtub ring in the near-white granite. So much has been lost here. But if the dam were removed, I think that the valley would begin to regrow in no time. That would be a sight to see!

Pestles lined up under the rock overhang, ready and waiting for the people to return.

We headed for our campsite of 2020, in a clearing near the Tuolumne, tucked away behind a barrier of young pines growing close together. We left the main trail on a little footpath and wound our way past the remains of stone-lined storage pits and threading our way through the pines to the campsite, only to find it occupied! But we found a nice place a little farther upriver. It was all good. This is, after all, in Yosemite National Park, and we are bound to see other folks on these well-trodden trails.

We ate, washed out our sweaty clothes and cleaned our filthy feet. There’s a lot of fine dust on that White Wolf trail. We doctored Barbara’s blister, and then it was time for early bed.

Elevation at White Wolf: 7875 feet

elevation at Pate Valley: 4380 feet

Miles traveled: 11.8 (longer than I’d like on the first day out)

So many times today, and every day spent in the Sierra, I see things I would love to share with Tom. I regret that we never backpacked together. He would love it here.

Day 6, August 31, 2021

Farewell to the San Joaquin. I have had Jim Ringer’s masterpiece song, “Tramps and Hawkers,” stuck in my head all week as we crossed and recrossed this river.
Tome Rozum sings so beautifully!

We got up early today, around 6:00, and packed up so that we would have time for one last soak in the hot springs before we had to leave to catch the ferry at Florence Lake. This morning, our favorite soaking pool was already occupied by four young through-hikers by the time we got there. But they were about ready to leave, and invited us to join them, which we did. It’s fun hearing the stories of the trail. Some seem born to ramble, and some are definitely being dragged along. One couple had met on a backpacking trip led by the father of one of them, and I think they are in it for life. The other two met on the trail, and were just teamed up for the duration of the trek. A fiercely independent young woman who liked having a man around the house, just in case…

The forest floor
I love the junipers so much, I hate to say good-bye to them.

The dusty miles back to the ferry dock are starting to look very familiar to me, as I have hiked them six times now, I think. We met one of the Muir Trail Ranch crew returning on horseback, leading a mule carrying supplies back to the ranch. We stopped and chatted for awhile. I was very curious about how one makes reservations there these days, and whether they could arrange for a less-able-bodied person to ride in on horseback. The answer to the latter was yes, they do that all the time. The answer to the former was that the ranch is generally rented out to groups, and if you know a group, there are often accommodations available for one or two people extra within that group. I would love to come back with my partner, who would be hard-pressed to do the hike at this point. So if anyone reading this knows of a group that is making or has made reservations for 2022, I’d love to hear if there’s room to be included to piggyback on their stay. The other thing I thought about was actually forming a group and reserving the whole place for a week. Expensive, but idyllic. It would be a great place to have a music gathering! But of course I would need the more affluent to help sponsor the less affluent. That could work.

We walked through the dry meadows. I’d love to see what the view is like from the needle up on the hill!
We hate to say goodbye…
Modern art installation, courtesy of Ma Nature.

By the time we got to the ferry dock, we were hot and dusty, and took advantage of the free half hour or so to swim in the lake. How wonderful that felt! At first, it seemed too cold, and then after a few minutes I didn’t want to get out. The shallows over the smooth granite were almost warm. My skin felt completely alive.

Severely-depleted Florence Lake. We are still quite a ways from the shore, and you can clearly see the old waterline on the boulder in the foreground.

The ferry operator told us that as of midnight tonight, all national forests would be closed. Nobody can enter, so that firefighters and other personnel don’t have to worry about any more people who might need to get rescued from potential fires—or who might start them. There was one more hiker on the ferry with us, who was going to the Florence Lake store to meet a friend who was supposed to drive up from SF with his resupply, and join him on the trail for a week. The friend hadn’t arrived yet, and I overheard from a phone conversation that he hadn’t yet left SF. He HAD to get there by midnight, or the hiker wouldn’t get his supplies and his friend couldn’t join him. As it was, if they missed the last ferry of the day, they would have to hike around the lake, since after today there would be no more ferry service. I hope they managed to get together!

Looking back at the mountains.

The woman running the Florence Lake store (who was also the ferry operator) told us that she had to, on very short notice, close the store down for the season tomorrow. That meant shutting off the electricity, which meant that all of the frozen foods left behind would have to be thrown out. She gave us It’s It ice cream sandwiches (“a San Francisco tradition since 1928”), and offered us more. If only we had had a cooler! I discovered It’s Its when I was in my 20’s, and for years they were my very favorite treat. I don’t eat that stuff much anymore, and hadn’t had one in decades. It was sooooo delicious! Margaret and I were in post-hike ice cream heaven. Plus, the store dog was a real pleasure to hang out with. I wish I had taken some pictures of him. He never begged for food or even asked for attention. But he accepted pets, seemed to enjoy the company, and regarded me with deep soulful eyes.

Here’s what the ferry ride was like.

Margaret expertly drove the slow Kaiser Pass road out to the highway, and then we were zipping back down the mountains and foothills into the smoke-choked San Joaquin Valley. It feels good to be back home, with ocean breezes protecting us from the drifting smoke, but oh, how I miss being at 10,000 feet. Here’s hoping for a big snowpack leading to a late season in 2022. I’m planning the next excursion already. Thank you for sharing the trail with us!

Day 5, August 30, 2021

My phone says we have hiked 10 miles. The map says we have hiked 7. Hmmm…I choose to believe my phone.

Our dusty camp near the first San Joaquin bridge
The view from the bridge, as we start off in the morning.

We are at Blaney Hot Springs, across the San Joaquin from Muir Trail Ranch. For some reason, all the other backpackers are on the other side of the river, which is great for us. We have a spacious, beautiful campsite to ourselves, with nobody else anywhere nearby, a short walk from the springs. We sat for a long time in the hot springs and soaked. I have felt a little beat up, with my Morton’s neuroma making itself felt. Yesterday I dug a sliver out of the bottom of the dame foot—a remnant of the Grand Canyon raft trip last March. I stepped on a sharp shard of something or other on the first night of the 21-day trip. At the time, I got most of it out, but a little bit remained. It finally worked its way to the surface of my foot, five months later.

Our nicely-appointed campsite near Blaney Hot Springs

This morning’s hike was pleasant, but my knee was hurting and I was feeling sad about coming out of the high country. The outside world’s worries were starting to weigh on me again. We haven’t seen much wildlife on this trip. A doe, her two fawns from this year and her yearling daughter, and a fine buck. Chickarees, ground squirrels, chipmunks, jays, dippers, juncos, Clark’s nutcrackers, a few hawks, a marmot or two. It’s a quiet time of year and a fairly busy trail.

Another bridge, another view, early morning on the trail.

Today, at the Piute Creek bridge, we met Vanya. She is from Bulgaria, came to the US as a teenager, was homeless for awhile, and is now a cardiac surgery nurse. She has brought over her parents—for whom she is the primary caregiver—and several cousins who are all doing well. She was maybe in her late 40’s (it’s harder and harder for me to tell anyone’s age), warm and bubbly, full of energy. I asked if she sang any Bulgarian songs. She was surprised that anyone would ask her that, and with lots of apologies about not being much of a singer, she launched into a song, full of the Eastern ornamentation and the bold, committed vocal style. It was great!

This particular hot spring pool is perfect! Shoulder-deep, clean, and a just-right temperature.
Ahhhhh…we had this little pool to ourselves today.
The view from our pool. Not bad.

So dry! My skin is flaking away. The sky remains thankfully deep blue and smoke-free. At this lower elevation, we are surrounded by aspen and pine.

A short walk through the meadow the trail led us to a perfect little lake, just right for a dip after the hot springs.
Another view of the little lake.

I highly recommend Fernweh mushroom pot pie backpacking meals. They are really good. Well, I take one meal, open it up and add various other ingredients: home-dehydrated spinach, kale, kashi, and parmesan, and potato flakes. Then I extend it to two meals. Margaret brought delicious chicken broth, and my dehydrated miso is great, too. We are eating really well on this trip.

My knee kept me awake last night, even with three ibuprofen. The hot springs are helping a lot!

Margaret and I stopped to weigh our packs and get rid of a little garbage at the Muir Trail Ranch backpacker station. I haven’t been here since they moved it over from the main ranch yard. Makes more sense for the ranch to have it removed, but I liked being near the horses and snooping around the grounds (exactly why they moved it!). My pack weighs 20 pounds, after I removed about a pound of detritus picked up along the trail, including some wrecked footwear. Nice to be rid of it. I go into the wilderness and gather lost soles—my own personal Savior Complex.

The new backpackers’ station at Muir Trail Ranch. Not nearly as interesting as the old station. There’s a little store where you can purchase necessities, and through-hikers can mail their resupply buckets here. People were under the pop-up tents with the contents of their packs spread out on the tables and benches, sorting and repacking. There are some buckets on the porch with food and other supplies that people left behind, and anyone is welcome to take what they want. I still have two pair of then-new socks that someone left behind in 2014.
We lingered on the banks of the San Joaquin, cleaning up and basking in the changing light.

1:58 AM Sleep is hard to come by, but I don’t really mind. The stars are brilliant and the night is still. The river is murmuring in its rocky bed in the distance. This is the most comfortable I’ve felt in my tent. Must be the lower altitude, the flatness, the cool air, and time spent soaking in the hot springs. Such a beautiful unexpected spot. Just took three more ibuprofen and am hoping that they will lull me back to sleep soon.

Crescent moon is just coming up among the trees. I heard the owl far off as I drifted to sleep earlier. It could be one of the same ones we heard on our first night. We are not far downstream from there. Good night.

Day 4, August 29, 2021

Early morning on Evolution Lake
Sun just hits the escarpment towering above us.
Beside the tree to the right is our open-floor-plan kitchen. I hear my cup of tea calling.

Margaret and I enjoyed a beautiful, relaxed morning at Evolution Lake. We walked over to the outflow overlook again, just to admire the view. There was more smoke in the valley this morning, but we were blessed with clear skies. We broke camp and shouldered our packs at about 9:00 AM. I suggested that we drop our packs at the faint trail to Darwin Bench and go have a look-see. Margaret was all for it.

A little later.
Ta-da!
Looking west in the morning, we could see a layer of smoke lying heavy in the San Joaquin Valley.
One of the many creeks flowing from the Darwin Bench. More dippers! I really wish they were still called water ouzels.

It was so beautiful up there. You have to look pretty carefully to find the path at times, especially because everything is calling so loudly for you to come take a look. It’s easy to wander off the trail. Fields of Spring wildflowers were still in bloom, even this late in the season—lupines, mostly—and streams were flowing everywhere. It put me in mind of John Muir writing about the Sierra. He often referred to the mountains as fountains, because of how the water sprang from them. Even in this dry, dry season of a dry, dry year, there is water flowing. Good thing, since it is the drinking fountain for most of California.

The little path through a garden of lupine beside the singing creek led us onward and upward.
Looking back down the trail.

We spent a couple of hours enjoying the place, and almost talked ourselves into a swim in the frigid lakes. If the wind hadn’t been blowing, I believe we both would have immersed ourselves completely. If Barbara Higbie had been there, she would have done it! And then I would have to rise to the challenge. Lucky for me, she wasn’t there As it was, I settled for some good splashing and then lying in the sun for a bit.

Brrrrr!
There is something about being above 10,000 feet that just makes you want to keep climbing upward. I guess the light-headedness is intoxicating.
We caught this marmot by surprise, and it hunkered down and stayed still, hoping we wouldn’t see it.
It was refreshing to meet a marmot who was unaccustomed to handouts from humans, and didn’t boldly come begging!
We watched each other for a long time.
Looking at the backside of the ridge that ran along the east side of Evolution Lake. One of those peaks is Mt. Mendel.

After a bit, we walked back down and retrieved our packs. We hadn’t seen a human anywhere, since we turned off on the Darwin Bench trail. No evidence of camps, either. Margaret suggested that we camp near Evolution Creek, just above the steep set of switchbacks. I didn’t recall seeing any campsites around there, but it was such a beautiful spot, and I readily agreed to the plan.

Farewell to the High Country

We went, but there were no campsites anywhere, search though we did on both sides of the creek. So we ended up hiking all the way down to the San Joaquin, where we have set up camp before the first bridge. There’s lots of space and nice sites, but it all seems beaten-down, dusty and dirty, after our time on the granite slabs above. I hate to leave the high country, but this has been a very good visit. I am still feeling the lack of conditioning, and though I am grateful for what I have, I miss the 69-year-old me!

Lunch break on the trail. I harvested my neighbor’s orange tree, and dehydrated the slices. It’s an amazing burst of flavor! And so pretty!
McClure Meadow again.
We met this intrepid and very well-dressed hiker today.
Of course, she was in the National Park, where dogs are prohibited, but I think it’s questionable that she really even qualifies as a canine.

We hiked 12.2 miles today. More than I would have ideally wanted, but every step was so, so worth it! Tomorrow, we soak in the hot springs.

Day 3, August 28, 2021

I realized, in looking over yesterday’s entry, that I didn’t do much to describe the trail we have been on so far. Except for the first 4.5 miles, it is all part of the John Muir Trail, so not the most remote stretch you could find, by a long shot. But the majority of backpackers are going the same direction as us, north-to-south, or as the through-hikers say, “SoBo” (as opposed to NoBo). Still, we walk for hours on end without seeing anyone else. The first 4.5 miles of the trail are heavily trafficked by horses and four-wheel-drive trucks, bringing supplies into and out of Muir Trail Ranch. Then there’s about a mile of dusty trail before backpackers can even think about making camp. The first campsites we saw are lovely, shaded, flat, and near the river. But also, they were all taken when we arrived sometime around 5:30. A short walk away, through a narrow defile between granite ridges, we found a level, shaded campsite alongside the river, and didn’t see another human until we hit the trail the next day. Then, yesterday, we walked along a well-worn trail that ran about a quarter mile away from the banks of the San Joaquin until we came to the bridge across Piute Creek, at the junction with the Piute Pass trail. There is a beautiful swimming hole right there at the bridge, and of course we took advantage of the chance to cool off before continuing. From Piute Creek, the very rocky trail runs just above the steep banks of the San Joaquin, until it levels out and moves on into quiet spruce, fir, and pine forests. We crossed the river twice (on bridges), before we came to the Big Climb. The trail climbs with many switchbacks from about 8500 feet to 9200 feet, in the space of about a half mile. Then you come out at the mouth of Evolution Valley, and smooth sailing. That gets us to last night’s campsite, along the creek in the quiet woods.

The view from my tent in the morning.
Home, sweet home!

Today, we walked through McClure Meadow, which is a beautiful open park, with a meandering stream that flows slowly through the now-dry mostly-golden grasses. We stopped to talk with the ferry guys along the way, and met a young man from Santa Barbara who is a musician. I said I used to know quite a few musicians in that area, but they were mostly retired or moved away by now. But the first person he mentioned was Vince Semonsen, a friend and former river guide on the Tuolumne and Rogue rivers. Small world!

Skunk cabbage or Camas lilly? Of course, I was wrong…
Evolution Creek winds through McClure Meadow
A little higher up is Colby Meadow. I don’t know where one ends and the other begins.
Someone lost a shoe!
I think this might be a fossilized land shark.

It was a long day today. The climb out of Evolution Valley to Evolution Lake just about killed me! It was a slow slog through beauty, and I felt every muscle on every step. I remember it being kind-of tough in 2014, but nothing like this. But I also noticed that when I would rest, or be overtaken by young, hale backpackers, I only needed to casually mention my age to be called “bad ass.” It does the spirit good! Everyone out here is younger than me. I reminded myself of my former neighbor, Mrs. Sephus, who would start almost every conversation with “I’m 70-something years old. Of course, my husband, he’s younger than me. I walk downtown every day to the Blue and Gold Market.” To which my 20-something self could only reply, “You’re an inspiration!” It’s been a hard year for me to try and stay in shape, what with the knee injury, vein surgery, and carrying around all this worry about my family, and my voice issues. I am getting in touch with the fact that I am just plain exhausted. But I am so, so thankful to be here. Te weather is clear and dry. No smoke today at all.

Young backpackers I met along the trail.
I recall that two of them were Margaritaville and Rascal, but I can’t remember the third one’s trail name, I’m sorry to say.

On the trail up to the lake, I stopped at a nondescript spot to take a little break, and said hello to a young man coming down the trail. He said I was close to the top now, and continued on his way. I watched him go down another couple of switchbacks, stop, and then turn around and come back up. He said he had missed the very faint turnoff to the Darwin Shelf, which happened to be right where I was sitting. He said he was camped up there, that it was beautiful, and was taking day hikes from there. He said that today, he had climbed up to the razor-thin ridge leading to Darwin Peak, and decided it was just too foolhardy to do on his own. Smart young fellow. I filed that information away, and continued the climb.

Evolution Lake, Darwin Peak and the ridge up to Mt Mendel
Home, sweet home, again!

Evolution Lake is beautiful! There is a broad open flatfish smooth granite bench along the bank, and that’s where we made our camp. We had to share it with three other people, but that was okay. I took a walk over to the outlet, where the creek plunges over a lip and down into the far reaches of the valley below. It was a perfect place to enjoy the sunset, and watch the fish jumping like crazy for some recent hatch, while the bats swooped above. Many of the fish flashed red in the low sun, and though I am woefully ignorant, I would guess they were cutthroat trout—and I’d probably be right.

Looking back from whence we came. That little comma of a meadow at the far end of the valley is where we were this morning, I think.
I had to resist getting sucked into this vortex!
Looking back at Evolution Lake, as the sun began to sink low.
The lip of the lake, looking down to the “secret park” at the top of Evolution Valley. I want to go there next time!
No place I’d rather be.
Ahhhhh…

The alpenglow was spectacular.

Immense jagged ridges hem in the lake

Because I hadn’t slept much the last couple of nights, I accepted the offer of an Ambien, a drug I had never tried before. I slept like the proverbial dead for four hours, and then staggered out of my tent to answer Nature’s call. Then I went back to my fitful sleep until morning. I don’t think I like that drug. I would much rather just be awake and aware of the incredible shifting night sky than to be knocked out like that.

The phone says we hiked 9.4 miles. My legs think it was more like 15.

The silver waterways turn gray, the darkness overtakes the day, and the Magic Light has gone away…

Day 2, August 27, 2021

Our first camp, after doing the wash. Almost time to gather everything up and get it all back in the packs, as soon as I finish my cup of tea.

Today is looking a little smokier than yesterday, but it’s still not bad. This morning, some hikers coming down from Evolution Valley said it was clear there, and they were right. I got very tired out today. We had meant to maybe hike as far as Evolution Lake, but stopped a few miles short of there, at the mouth of Evolution Valley. Our campsite is beautiful and quiet, though we saw lots of people on the trail. We are hidden behind a large granite outcropping not far from slow-moving Evolution Creek. We see nobody, and they don’t see us. The four men from the ferry kept leap-frogging with us all day. Luckily. They found Margaret’s credit card and return ferry ticket on the trail.

Our trail followed the San Joaquin up into the high country. There were some beautiful falls and swimming holes.
We saw very few really big trees still standing, but there were some mighty ones that had fallen. Without the trail crews, this one would have been quite the impediment to forward travel.

We have scrapped the Goddard Canyon plan for sure. We would need one more day to make it not be too much of a push. I am feeling good, in fact euphoric, being up here in the Sierra, but so very, very tired. Margaret is far more fit (well, I do have 10 years on her), and is making us some broth, which tastes delicious. As does almost all the food we brought. Flavors seem to explode in the mouth up here. Some highlights are my dried Damsun plums, from the backyard tree. They are like natural, organic Sweet Tarts!

We found out today that Richard, one of the four men sharing our route, is our neighbor. He lives perhaps two blocks from Margaret and four blocks from me! It always amazes me how many fellow Berkeleyans I run into up here in the mountains.

We stopped for a nice long lunch break where the trail leaves the San Joaquin and begins to climb steeply up to Evolution Valley. Here, Margaret poses nonchalantly alongside my big purchase of the year: a brand-new Bearikade bear canister. It has lightened our load considerably!

We stopped multiple times today for dips in the San Joaquin, and scrambled down to very beautiful Evolution Creek for more negative ions. There isn’t much water, but it is so invigorating and refreshing! The ford at Evolution Creek was only ankle-deep. I didn’t even bother to take my shoes off, but just splashed through. My hiking shoes, which are New Balance Minimus trail runners, dry remarkably quickly.

Looking back down the way we came, as we climb up to Evolution Canyon. I had been wanting to revisit this place since hiking the John Muir Trail in 2014. But I had forgotten what a slog it is to get up here! One step at a time…
We couldn’t resist dropping our packs and scrambling down to Evolution Creek, as it tumbles through its scoured granite bed.
Steep!
Ahhh…this was a good stop.
We indulged in a brief dip in this pool. That’s some cold water!
Toward the mouth of Evolution Valley, where the creek starts to level off, we took yet another break to cool our toes.
Made it over with nary a miss-step.
This part of Evolution Creek was so idyllic, winding among the sweet-smelling pines. The dippers hunted in the riffles, so intent on their work
that they didn’t even seem to notice us.

Well, it happened! I was sitting in my tent writing and sipping broth, and I managed to spill the broth on my clothes and the tent floor. Now I have more chores to do. And I KNEW I was taking a risk, bringing food into the tent. When will I learn to heed my own warnings?

The view upward from near our campsite. Tomorrow, those mountains will be a lot closer!

I had to move my tent about six feet over, to a much more level place. What looked perfect when I set up, ended up having a hump in the middle, so that no matter which way I faced, my head was downhill.

It is so quiet and peaceful here. The phone says we covered 8.7 miles and climbed 25 flights of stars. I am amazed at the difference in my conditioning that a year has made. I really am dragging, but thankful that my knee isn’t acting up. Sometimes, I think I can just burst out into song, but when I do, the voice is still not there. I hit walls and just can’t access much of my range. Doctors prescribe rest and patience, both of which are difficult for this patient.

Another early night to bed, after watching the bats feeding above the creek.

Alpenglow on the peaks. I am in my happy (albeit tired) place.

The Only Outing of 2021

When this year started, I had planned two excellent backpacking excursions, but had to cancel the July outing due to a knee injury (I was riding hills on a bike in Wyoming with a too-short seat and strained my knee). By the time August rolled around, I was definitely stir-crazy, and anxious to be up in the mountains. In my non-hiking life, things were going slow. I had had to cancel all my concerts after I lost my voice due to a viral infection in early July. I was in a deep funk, and couldn’t wait to spend a week just walking. Luckily, I had planned a trip with my friend and neighbor Margaret, and though we had to cancel the first two days of it due to canceled flights (for me) and smoke fears, we thought we’d take the plunge. We ended up spending 6 beautiful, clear days in Kings Canyon National Park and the John Muir Wilderness. Here’s how it went down.

Margaret closing up her pack, on the granite shore of Florence Lake. The boat on the upper right is our ferry.

Day 1, August 26, 2021

Margaret and I left Berkeley at about 6:30 AM, heading off in the crepuscular light to drive to Florence Lake, about 6 hours south and east of home. Although I had played music at Margaret’s wedding some 20 years ago, we didn’t really know much about each other, so we chatted and filled each other in on our families and our histories. The sky was smoky and the land we drove through was incredibly parched and dry. We gasped at the devastation wrought by last year’s Creek Fire, and worried for the future of the Golden State. Arrived at Florence Lake at 1:30, after a long, slow drive over Kaiser Pass Road. It’s only 22 miles long, but took at least an hour and a half to navigate the potholes and hairpin turns. Purchased tickets for the ferry that would take us across the lake to the trailhead, and had time for a lovely swim beforehand.

Sharing our ferry ride was a group of four men, all probably in their early 50’s, three of whom gone to high school together. The four had been backpacking together every summer for 30 years. We had similar itineraries, to hike up alongside the San Joaquin River into Evolution Valley, and on up to Evolution Lake. We figured we would be leap-frogging each other for the next few days, anyway. Originally, I had wanted to hike up to Lake Wanda and then head overland to Goddard Canyon and back down to the San Joaquin. However, our shortened trip made that feel too ambitious for my one-and-only outing of the year. Better to take it easy and have no expectations.

The well-worn trail led through beautiful meadows up to Muir Trail Ranch. Much of the trail is traveled by horsed=s and heavy trucks, so is very dusty.
Still, it was beautiful, heading always slightly upward and closer to the heart of the Sierra.

” I have stayed at Muir Trail Ranch twice before, the first time being when I hiked the John Muir Trail in 2014 (see Day 12, Muir Trail Ranch, August 24, 2014″) and second time when my sister and I tried to do the same route that Margaret and I had planned, in 2016 (see “Day 5, Muir Trail Ranch, July 12, 2016”). That hike was aborted by forest fires. So the first part of the trip was very familiar to me. I recognized particular inclines and declines, meadows and streams, from years before, and it felt a little like coming home again. On our first night, Margaret and I ended up staying at the same camp that my sister Kristin and I had stayed at, alongside the San Joaquin just about a mile or so past Muir Trail Ranch. This is where we were attacked by a bat and forced to make a hasty retreat (see “Day 2, World on Fire, and a Bat Attack!”). Luckily, there were no attack bats present, though I assiduously avoided the tree where the bat’s roost had been.

Margaret brought too much food for the first night, and we had to eat it all because there was no extra room in the bear canister. I felt a little over-full, and very tired after all the driving, swimming, and hiking. We had a lovely dip (a splash, really) in the very low San Joaquin, rinsing off the sweat and dust. The river runs languid and cold here. I think there’s more algae than in previous years, but who knows? It’s a low-flow, warm year.

8:30 bedtime. My hip flexers are tired out. It was a hard and long first day, but I am so glad to be here! I have this feeling like my voice will return, which is welcome. The anguish of having lost the ability to sing has been weighing heavily on me this last month. I forgot to bring a book. Margaret brought her Kindle and crossword puzzles to do while the food rehydrates.

“I’m not superstitious, but I’ll knock on wood.” —Margaret Norman

Awake at midnight, I watched the waning gibbous moon climb through the Jeffrey pines, and listened to the owls calling each other: who whoooo who who, and the response a fourth higher. Sometimes they would overlap for a note or two, sounding like gentle ocarinas in the night.

Wandering down the forest path, we heard voices calling to each other. Eventually, a few people joined us on the trail. One had a guitar and sang us a little traveling music. Unexpected!

My phone says that we hiked 7.2 miles today. Not too bad for the first outing of the year, with a fully-loaded backpack. The Jeff pines welcome us with their butterscotch scent, the river burbles along, mumbling to itself, and my muscles are talking to me in a gentle tone, saying they will try their best but lease don’t push too hard. I am happy to wake often, see the slow circling of the stars, and drift off into sleep again.

The Heights

9/11/20

We couldn’t resist stopping once again at the coffee cart, and saying hello to our friends.

Up at 7:00 AM, for a breakfast of oatmeal and tea. My knee feels fine, so we decided to try to go to Johnson Lake from the Snake Creek Trailhead (the same trailhead where we started up the Shoshone Trail to the bristlecones on our first day), and go cross-country along the ridge to the bristlecone forest we enjoyed so much on Tuesday. We didn’t have any topographical maps of the area, but only the map on the park brochure. It showed a little dotted-line route— not a trail—along the ridge.

Aspens again. As I write this, a month later, I am imagining how they look now, in their gold and silver finery under that crystalline blue sky.
If you squint your eyes, you can see a very tiny Barbara way down that trail headed my way.
The trees are covered with graffiti from decades of travelers. Most is pretty crude, but this L. H. Larsen guy had a nice hand, back in 1939.
Resting in the shade on the way up the trail.
I was surprised to see an old-style trail marker. Everything else was so new!
Welcome to Johnson Mill

All the way to Johnson Lake, my knee felt fine. The trail wound through aspen groves and across sage-filled meadows and steep forests of spruce and pine up through Johnson Mill, an old tungsten mill that was active from 1908 to 1950. It boomed during World War One, and then barely survived after that, when the price of tungsten went down. Ruins of old log buildings and rusted metal machinery were scattered about, and the forest was actively reclaiming the area.

Read on, if you want a little more background.
Trees were reclaiming the old mill. They seem unstoppable, thankfully.
I can’t imagine the effort it took to fell these trees and build these structures. And now they are all slowly returning to the earth. If I were one of the laborers, I think I’d be pretty irritated.

At Johnson Lake, the trail went up steeply to a pass. After resting my legs in the freezing cold water for a bit, we started up. The top was gorgeous, with views of the backside of Wheeler Peak, Jeff Davis Peak, and Pyramid Peak looming right above us. We took off along the ridge, but at a particularly narrow place, I was stricken with a bout of vertigo. I had to sit down and close my eyes to let the jitters pass. I have experienced a healthy fear of heights all my life, but in recent years I really thought I had pretty-much overcome it, as long as my feet were on solid ground. But this just came on so strong, and I decided I couldn’t/shouldn’t go on. Plus, it began to look like it was much farther than we had anticipated, with scree slopes and drops of many thousands of feet to the basin floor on both sides. I hadn’t felt this kind of fear of heights since I was a kid, and occasionally since then (once on a very steep tram up a mountain in Switzerland: I had to exit the tram at the half-way stop and walk back down—which was actually really beautiful and just great). As we descended back down to the pass, we saw a lone hiker, who waved and then sat down to wait for us. Having not seen another soul all day so far, it was a pleasure to sit and talk. Even more so, since he turned out to be the superintendent of Death Valley National Park, off on a little vacation. Barbara mentioned how nice all the amenities at Great Basin are, and how we had imagined that it was the pork barrel project of some Congressperson. The Ranger, of course, knew all about it. We have former Senator Harry Reid to thank, though the web of water interests, Mormon cronies, Nevada and Utah ranchers, and hydrologists is an immensely tangled one. This talk with the ranger led me to read a long, three-part article from 2008 in the Las Vegas Sun newspaper, which is really informative. Read it here. It sounds like “Chinatown” and the draining of the Owens Valley all over again. Meanwhile, I had made up my mind that if Ranger Mike had wanted to hike over to the bristlecones along the ridge, I would follow him. I was disappointed when he chose to go another direction.

We arrived at Johnson Lake. That water is cold!
This photo doesn’t give you any idea of how high and steep that ridge is above us.
As we start climbing, maybe you can get the sense of it…
Great views down to the former Lake Bonneville and Utah.
And still we kept climbing.
We finally reached the saddle, and left the trail to try our hands at the cross-country route to the Bristlecone Forest.
That’s Wheeler Peak on the left, and Jeff Davis Peak on the right. B and I renamed it Angela Davis Peak. Do you think the powers that be would go for that?
We start up cross-country toward to ridgeline.
Here’s the ridge we would have had to navigate, with no trail. In retrospect, looking at this photo, it seems like it would have been so easy. In reality, it scared the s**t out of me.
Looking down the other side of the ridge.
Barbara took this photo of me, walking back down to the pass. One of those little black specks is Ranger Mike sitting and waiting for us.

As our Ranger acquaintance left, a couple we had met yesterday at Kerouac’s showed up and we chatted with them awhile. Our solitary day suddenly became very social, sitting in the rocky saddle between the peaks without a tree in sight. Then the long steep downhill back to the trailhead. Stunningly beautiful weather—just warm enough, with clear blue skies and a light breeze. Perfect hiking weather. My knee did well, until the last couple of miles, and even then it was okay. I just had to be careful about how and where I placed my feet, and use my right leg for any big steps down.

Sun-baked bones of long-dead tree people.
Heading back down, through the aspens and conifers, on a different trail.
This late in the season, most of the color comes not from blossoms, but from the various stages of dying foliage.
We could see over to Mt Washington, and the hillside we climbed on our first day up to the bristlecones. I was sure we could get there from the ridge, but alas, it will have to wait for the next expedition.
I recognize this place! We are almost back to the trailhead.

One of the drawbacks of this place is that the water is so cold, and there aren’t any places to get into to swim, anyway. B and I are both missing the refreshing dips of the Sierra, and are feeling really grubby most of the time. So we stopped at a campsite along Snake Creek for a good private rinse in the water. Bracing and restorative. We put on clean clothes (it’s a different experience to have a van full of extra things, rather than a backpack full of only the essentials), and went to Kerouac’s for dinner again. Sorry, no food photos today…

The bar at Kerouac’s. I especially like that little sign that announces COOKIES!

I tried to convince Barbara that we should stay over another day, but duty was calling from California, and I resigned myself to the fact that tomorrow we would pack up and drive 10 hours back to the hell which is California now. My poor beautiful state!

After dinner at Kerouac’s, we caught up with the news from the home fronts. Poor California is burning up, while we are breathing clear air and will soon be gazing at a million stars.

13.4 miles, 237 flights of stairs climbed today. I am so thankful, in spite of my knee and other mishaps, for this opportunity to explore this magical place. I will come back, and I will find a way to hike along that damn ridge from the bristlecones to the Johnson Lake trail. And I am going to order a topographical map of the area. Gotta visit before Las Vegas drains all the groundwater, kills off the greasewood, and makes it a dustbowl up here.

A Good Day

9/10/20

Chamisa in the morning light is a beautiful sight.

I slept so well last night! It was decidedly warmer, and every time I had to get up was a treat—first the brilliance of the stars against the inky blackness, and then the waning half moon lighting up the forest around us. I stayed in bed until 7:30. Woke hungry and refreshed. Oatmeal and tea for breakfast, and then a hike from camp down to Grey Cliffs and up Pole Canyon to Timber Trail, and back to camp. 8.3 miles of a gentle trail through piñon and juniper and then aspen and Engelmann and mixed conifers. Meadows and clumps of sage, winding through thickets of wild roses (all long through blooming and fruiting), past stands of rugged mountain mahogany. And everywhere the brilliant gold blooming chamisa. My knee is letting me know it’s there, but nothing like yesterday.

The trail down to the Grey Cliffs led through aspen gardens, alive with butterflies and wet with dew in the crisp morning air.
This area has lots of pictographs, but they are in unmarked locations. We saw a few, in a sheltered rock overhang, the red paint mostly obscured by many years of campfires below them These cliffs look like likely places to find more, but I’ll save that search for the next visit..
Barbara communes with the aspens along the trail.
The Pole Canyon trail wandered alongside meadows and through forests.
So many slender aspens, growing in an old fire zone. We could see old, decaying burnt stumps of pines scattered among them.
The Timber Trail led up and over a little pass, giving us views down Pole Canyon and the surrounding forests.
Who lives there?
The landscape is a far cry from the glory of the Sierra, but it has its own beauty and scale, contrasts and soaring views.
The summit of the Timber Trail, at around 9,000′, looking back from whence we came.
Looking ahead, we could see the peaks and the high country above us. But we aren’t going there today…waah!
B standing on the bridge over Baker Creek, almost back to our camp.

Now, at noon, we are back at camp and B is working on my leg again. I forgot to mention that she did this yesterday, too. She has a great touch, and strong piano-playing hands, and has really helped in the rapid healing of my injury. Lucky me!

A chipmunk joined us for lunch at our campground. We didn’t feed it (not intentionally, anyway)

We saw only one person on the trail, and when we got to the trailhead, we met two young women and a man about to take off with their backpacks. We talked for awhile, and they said they had planned on hiking up to Young Lakes in Yosemite (very close to where we had been planning on going), but the apocalyptic smoke drove them out here, same as us. They also said that they had received a message from the Park Service cancelling their permit because of the smoke and fire. From Marin County, so close by us in that sense, too.

Baker Creek. This area is so dry, it is always a thrill to see the water flowing, especially so late in the summer. It’s amazing to me that there is enough rain and snow on the peaks to keep these streams running all year long!
All the trail markers, parking lots, and pit toilets are in perfect shape. Your tax dollars at work.

8:00 PM

After a lunch of crackers and peanut butter, rooibos tea, and dried fruit, Barbara and I had a nice little mid-day siesta. So pleasant. About 2:00 PM, we headed to the Wheeler Peak parking lot for a recommended 3.2-mile hike to Stella Lake. It’s one of the few fairly level paths in the park, because I am still babying my knee. It did fine until the way down, almost to the van. Suddenly, it started hurting a lot and I was trying not to limp. Then it was down the winding road to Baker, and a side trip to the Baker archeological site. In 1994, they uncovered a Fremont Culture large camp or small city on the site of a former creek (it had been re-channeled by white settlers for farming, and now was dry). The Fremonts had a large five-story building, surrounded by lots of adobe homes, and farmed corn, squash, and beans, as well as hunting for meat (elk, deer, and whatever else) in about 1200AD. The entire archeological dig is now just an expanse of sagebrush flatlands, and there really isn’t much to see there now, for the untrained eye.

The trail up to Stella Lake went through miles of aspen groves. So beautiful in the slanting afternoon light.
Through a break in the aspens, we caught views of Wheeler Peak. We had intended to take a day to hike up to the summit, but my knee changed our plans.
Stella Lake. Too cold to swim. And maybe too shallow and mucky.
more aspens…
The road from Wheeler Peak trailhead down to Baker is about 20 miles of lots of turns. Here, we were able to see where we are going.
Kerouac’s. Apparently, Jack Kerouac stopped in Baker at some point.

Then it was off to Kerouac’s for an amazing dinner. I have never passed through Baker when this restaurant has been open, and it was a real treat! It’s open Thursday-Sunday in the summer months. We had pizza with pesto and zucchini and fried Brussels sprouts. B had a couple of beers and I had a couple of glasses of a very good Sangiovese. This is a whole new backcountry experience for me, and not my usual sort of blog entry.

Yummm!

The young owners of Kerouac’s are from Manhattan. On a trip to GBNP 7 years ago, they fell in love with the area, and happened to see a place for sale, and bought it. They run a 3-room year-round motel (The Stargazer Inn) and the restaurant, which is open seasonally. It’s a great scene. COVID-19 precautions were in full swing, everyone wore masks, the servers were behind plexiglass, and we sat outside socially-distanced at picnic tables and along the porch on stools. We were waited on by the people who had made our espressos at the coffee hut down the street. We chatted with folks from San Mateo and Colorado and then came back to our little camp. Heard in a phone call home that the AQI in Berkeley is over 300. We are so lucky! Clear blue skies and cool weather.

They are anywhere the action is.
Some 20 years ago, on a previous trip to GBNP, I spent a couple of nights at this lonesome motel.

Midnight:

I woke up when I think I heard a branch break, thinking of the crackling of fire. There are no campfires permitted here anywhere, and this evening while strolling around the campgrounds, we saw a fire at one of the sites. It was in a fire ring, and people were tending it. But just now I woke up panicked about wildfire and imagining that it had escaped the ring and was burning the forest. So scary. I’m too awake now to go back to sleep for awhile.

Critters have been pretty hard to see here, except for the nonchalant deer and the few brazen chipmunks. But we did see that ringtail, and a beautiful big owl, so we know they are out there. Today on the Timber Trail we saw elk prints, and today at dusk a fine big buck. And of course, we have heard lots of Clark’s nutcrackers and various little birds flitting through the trees. I wish I could identify them all.

Today’s mileage shows as 11.8. Not bad for a gimpy knee.

One last aspen forest, before I sign off for the night.

Day 2: Recovery

9/9/20, 9:30 AM

Going nowhere fast today!

Well, last night was hell. When I lay down, my legs started cramping—I guess from the nearly 16 miles of hiking yesterday, which might have been overdoing it for the first day. I rubbed them, tried to quiet them, and drank water, but the only thing that worked was to get up and walk (requiring unzipping the bag, grabbing my parka from the sleeping bag stuff sack which I use as a pillow, finding my shoes, donning my balaclava and gloves). Walking calmed the legs. More ibuprofen and lots of water. Try again to sleep. The night was crystal-clear and the temperature hovered around 29 degrees F.

As soon as I lay down again, the same thing! Got up and walked as the waning gibbous moon was rising and washing out the stars. The road was white in the moonlight, and I cast a long black shadow. As I turned back down to the tent, my knee went crazy again. I decided maybe I should try sleeping in the van, in a seated position. That worked like a charm for my legs, but not for being able to sleep. Ugh. I keep lots of blankets in the car, and wrapped my legs well, but couldn’t get the rest of me warm enough. Back out into the cold to the tent to grab my sleeping bag and back to the van to try again. That at least kept me warm enough, but sleep evaded me.

Finally, at 3:00 AM, I decided to try lying in the tent again. This time, the legs cooperated more or less, and I slept fitfully until 7:30 AM.

My knee is pretty painful, so we drove up the road to the Wheeler Peak trailhead and Bristlecone Campground (closed for the season). B is hiking to the bristlecones and I am hanging out in the van resting my knee. Not what I had planned, but it is fine. Maybe in an hour I’ll walk around some. I’ve been up here a few times in the past to visit the bristlecones and the glacier, and I didn’t want her to miss it.

A glimpse of the remains of the glacier, nestled in the crook of Wheeler Peak

Now, at 10:30, I have combed and braided my hair (not an easy task after yesterday’s hike and the night in my balaclava cap), taken two more ibuprofen, and laid out my waffle pad in the back of the van. Too cold to nap outside—for me, anyway. Lying down for a try at another bout of sleep, beautiful sleep. Aspens surround me, their leaves talking in the breeze. We are at 10,000 feet on what was once an island in Lake Bonneville. It’s quiet, calm and warm in the van.

I slept like a rock for two hours, and woke only minutes before Barbara returned from her hike to the bristlecones and the glacier—or rather the remains of the once-mighty one. Now it’s just a dusty patch of year-round snow and ice, tucked up against the cliffside of Wheeler Peak. Did I mention that on yesterday’s epic hike, we saw nobody else all day long? We were all alone in that area of the park. Today, we are at the most popular spot, and there are lots of hikers, motorcyclists, tourists of all stripe milling about up here.

I took the ADA trail through the Engelmann spruce, limber pine, and aspen. Read all the informational displays and was thankful that my knee seemed to be doing okay on flat ground. At least there’s that (and that’s a lot!).

I learned lots of little factoids from the ADA trail plaques.
This trail wasn’t here the last time I was up here.
Great Basin NP is really an island! So fascinating!
I was so thankful for this little flat trail today, after my knee issues. I love that it makes at least a little of this area accessible to so many more people.
And here’s Lehman Creek, which runs year-round and waters the ranch lands below.
After reading the display about forest fires and the progression of regrowth of trees on my ADA path walk, it was easy to see the mountainside as a patchwork of various burn areas over decades, and centuries, of lightning fires.

On the way back down to our campsite, we detoured to the Lehman Caves Visitor Center. The caves are closed this year. I had toured them decades earlier, long before they were a part of a non-existent park, when they were one of the roadside attractions along Hwy 50. I mostly remember that they had colored lights trained on various stalagmite and stalactite “features,” which bore names like “Madonna and Child,” and such. I’m sure it’s not so hokey now that it’s part of a national park! The cafe at the Visitor Center was a revelation, and I had a delicious, fresh salad and B had world-class chili.

Did I tell you that on our arrival to the park, we saw a ringtail cross the dirt road in front of us? So cool! It was gone in a flash, of course. They are also known as miner’s cats and ringtail or civet cats, though they are members of the raccoon family.

There’s really not much more to tell about today. We went back to the coffee stand in the morning, and met two dogs who sort-of run the town of Baker. We found out about good hikes for tomorrow.

The chihuahua is the ringleader of this two-member gang, who terrorize the inhabitants of Baker for handouts. Barbara befriended them with treats, and they became our instant best friends.
Sculpture in downtown Baker.
We stopped at the ranching exhibit, midway between our campsite and Baker. Didn’t learn much of anything, but enjoyed the silhouette art.
And of course we had to take advantage of this photo op in a nearby field of sagebrush.

We had each bought beers at the cafe—a Great Basin Wild Horse Ale for me and an Icky IPA for Barbara (named for the Nevada state fossil, the ichthyosaurus). We sat comfortably in the van parked at our campsite and drank. Not the trip we had planned in any way, but full of incredible beauty, and clear smokeless skies. Forecast low tonight will be 32 degrees F. Warming up!

I walked 1 mile today.

Escape from the Fire

9/8/2020

After our last backpacking trip in Yosemite, I wanted to head right back up to the high country, for another backpacking trip. So I applied for a permit to go to Ten Lakes Basin, a relatively short hike up from Tioga Pass Road. I had an idea that Barbara and I could practice our off-trail skills and I could practice my compass-reading. Plus, this late in the season, swimming would be great in the lakes! We were stoked, and had our packs all ready to go two days in advance of leaving. But California was on fire, and the smoke blanketed the state. It was looking really bad, though the AQI still showed clear air in the Sierra. Yesterday morning, I called the ranger station in Tuolumne Meadows and talked to a ranger, who, after a lengthy discussion, said that he would not recommend coming up. He said hikers had started leaving the high country due to the smoke. We were crushed, so I spent some time on the computer looking for another place we could go, out of the smoke and where we could still get a permit, if needed. There was nowhere in the whole state.

Then I had a brilliant idea, to drive 9+ hours to Great Basin National Park! This little-visited gem is on the border of Nevada and Utah, on US Highway 50 (The Loneliest Highway). It didn’t take much to talk Barbara into it, when she realized it was either go there or nowhere. And a long drive for a road warrior musician is no big deal, unless there’s a sound check and a gig at the end of it. I LOVE this place. Long before it became a National Park, it always held a magic spell on me. There is a place on the highway where you can glimpse the cliffside of Wheeler Peak, which reminded me of Blueland, from The Dragons of Blueland, which I read when I was 7. I always imagined there was something special up there, and when, in the 1980’s, I drove by and saw it had become a new National Park, I immediately started exploring it. It IS magical! An island rising up in the middle of the big dry lake which is the Great Basin, crowned with 4,000-year-old bristlecone pines and year-round springs running down to the desert surrounding it.

Driving over the Sierra, the smoke was horrendous, and even worse in Reno. We left home at about 12:45 PM yesterday, and arrived here in the dark at about 10:30, found a campsite at the Baker Creek campground (3+ miles up a dusty washboard dirt road), set up our tents and went to sleep. A crazy powerful wind started up at some point, and woke us and kept us awake most of the remainder of the night. The ground was too hard to drive tent stakes, so we used rocks, which got dragged about by the wind and collapsed our tents. But we awoke in pretty good moods, and walked around the campgrounds looking for a more sheltered site. We decided to visit the Visitor Center and make a plan for the five days which stretched before us.

IMG_5412

IMG_5413IMG_5415IMG_5417IMG_5414

Okay. I admit, I am being stymied by the new WordPress program. I can’t figure out how to add captions to some of the photos. So here are the captions I would have attached, had I been able to, for the above photos:

  1. Barbara standing at the Shoshone trailhead. This park has such great new infrastructure. We kept wondering who made a deal with whom to make it all happen. Not that we don’t love it, mind you!
  2. Mt. Washington, straight ahead and up.
  3. Looking back down the trail, and across at the white granite escarpment of Granite Peak.
  4. I honestly can’t remember which direction I was looking for this shot, or the next one. I was just in awe of the expanse of space around us.

We stopped at the little coffee trailer in Baker, on our way to the Visitor Center, and were really impressed by the quality of the espresso. After studying the maps, we decided to hike up the Shoshone Trail to the bristlecone forest on the ridge.It took about a 45-minute drive up a dirt road to get to the beautiful new trailhead (opened in 2017, I think). It was a steady climb up through aspen, spruce and pine to Mt. Washington and the first bristlecones. Then we wandered along the ridge toward Pyramid Peak, through a wonderland of healthy bristlecones and limber pines of all ages.

Up in the high country!

IMG_5427IMG_5426IMG_5425

All the while, a storm seemed to be brewing up by Wheeler Peak, and deep grey skies were quickly approaching us.

Stormy weather approaching. Wheeler Peak is obscured by cloud. Pyramid Peak rises in the distance.
Approaching the summit of Mt Washington, we were met with ominous clouds.
Hello, darkness!

We reached an elevation of 11,775′, and the trail was very difficult to follow. I thought it skirted a peak, so I took off over the scree—you could see that others had gone that way, but maybe they were mountain goats instead of humans. It was rough going and slow. After a while of wandering up and down the slope, I cut back up to the ridge and hollered to Barbara to join me. Suddenly, we were surrounded by more bristlecones, growing out of the gravelly granite. The more exposed to the elements the trees are, the longer they live, as the dry winds keep them from rotting, for thousands of years. That is something to ponder. I mean, what does a 4,000-year-old being think about, minute-to-minute? We must seem like so many ants to them.

IMG_5423IMG_5437IMG_5436IMG_5435

I found a sign, which said, “Bristlecone forest. Please stay on trail.” Immediately after the sign, we lost the trail completely in the hard rubble, but we figured it must just follow the ridgeline.

We really wanted to stay on the trail, but there was none to be found. Which was, at the same time, really great and as the day wore on a little disturbing.

The wind at the top was incredibly powerful, and I confess I was worried that I would be blown off and over the edge, where we could see down 4,000′ or so to the basin floor. I walked crablike, using my trekking poles on the left side to push me away from the edge.

The wind wanted to send me flying over the edge, or so I thought…

Finally, we saw a trail heading down a draw where we thought we needed to go. It was, by this time, 4:30, and I feared we might run out of sunlight before we got back to the van. We happily left the windy ridge, following the fainter and fainter trail until we lost it. Rather than return to the windy ridge, we decided to bushwhack down the drainage, which we could see fro the ridge would eventually get us in the vicinity of the van. So for the next two hours, we chased the light, going as fast as possible in the right direction, over and under fallen trees and crossing and recrossing the creek. B and I both began to tire, and and I got anxious (because I always feel that if there’s an accident it’ll be my fault for getting us in the situation), though the beauty never failed us. Occasionally, we would hit about 50 yards of an actual trail, probably left over from native Americans or early white settlers, or just a popular animal path through the tangled woods. It always brightened my spirits, but then it would disappear under a windfall or into the creek. When we finally hit the actual, groomed, modern trail, around 6:30, we were ecstatic and exhausted, but nearly danced down the final stretch to the van. Though we were never in danger of getting lost for long (we knew we had to follow the stream down and it would eventually lead us to the road, if not the trailhead), the terrain was really rough, and if anything had happened, it would have been very difficult to get help. I only stopped once for photos in the woods.

Fallen trees everywhere were the biggest obstacle to our progress down the mountainside. It is amazing to me that in this incredibly arid land, streams continue to run year-round from these heights.

IMG_5478IMG_5473

A couple more bristlecones for your viewing pleasure. Each one seemed to want its portrait taken.

Somewhere along the way, my left knee began to give me pain, and by the time we got to the van, it was stiff and didn’t want to bend. We got back to our new (out-of-the-wind) camp at about 8:00, and rehydrated our dinner while we set up our tents. I was looking forward to a good night’s sleep. Walking down to the tent site from the van, I suddenly got a shooting pain in my knee, and hobbled the rest of the way. Took two ibuprofen and bedded down. A cold, cold night, but happily the wind was still. And the most beautiful dark sky with way, way too many stars. The Milky Way flowing right overhead. Saturn and Jupiter shining bright. I wish I could take a picture of that!

15.2 miles, 312 floors climbed. Good night.

Day 8: Coming Down

8/18/2020

I didn’t make any entry into my journal for this last day of our hike, but it is still vivid in my mind, and so here goes:

IMG_5350
Early morning on the Tuolumne. A beautiful day!

Barbara and I popped out of our respective tents, fully dressed, at exactly the same time this morning, sometime near 6:00 AM. We seem to have synchronized our inner clocks perfectly.

IMG_5353

Looking east and then west along the Tuolumne. In the immortal words of Jimmy Martin, “The thing about it was, it was perfect.”
A not-so-good selfie, but I have been told that people like to see people in photos. So here ya go.
One of the people who was a tiny dot on the top of one of my Tuolumne Falls photos from my last post took this photo of B and me at the bridge across the Tuolumne.
Just another gorgeous view along the banks of the T.

We ate our last helpings of oatmeal, drank our last cups of coffee (for B) and tea (for me), with the last of our powdered buttermilk. No snacks for today. We spread out our tents by the river on a lovely smooth clean expanse of granite to dry out after yesterday’s drenching. The wait forced us to enjoy our last campsite, as we slowly pack up our well-worn clothes, personal trash, and detritus picked up along the trail. Finally, the tents were dry, and we finished our packing and hit the trail. From here to the van, it’s mostly a pretty flat wander, mostly along the Tuolumne out to the parking lot, for about 5 miles or so. Easy-peasy!

Happy person!
We just smile a lot on these trips. That’s all. Just smile.
Early morning light in the meadows. We watched a very unconcerned doe and her two skittish fauns alongside the trail. We were too engrossed in watching to remember to take photos.
Unicorn and Cathedral Peaks again, in the distance.
This place is just soooo beautiful!

We had parked in the lot for the stables, so on the way back we took the turnoff to the stables. I kept waiting for the landmarks that I remembered from our hike out, and nothing looked very familiar. Then, suddenly, we were out of the trees and actually at the Tuolumne Meadows stable. Like everything else in Yosemite, it never opened this season, and it looked so desolate. We hadn’t been there before. I was briefly disoriented, until I spotted the parking lot off to the right, and the van sitting patiently waiting for our return.

Tuolumne Meadows stables are just empty tent frames. They never opened up this year.
I’d guess this is a tack room. With a long hitching post, and log steps to mount up with ease!

We tossed our very light packs into the van, and drove the short distance to the Tioga Pass Road bridge over the river. We took one last rinse-off in the bracing waters of the Tuolumne, and done our clean clothes. Heavenly!

Tioga Pass Road is spectacular, plunging over the smooth granite mountains and down the rubbly Nevada side to Mono Lake and Highway 395. I was too busy driving to take any photos. The air looked hazy, and Mono Lake faded out to invisible in the near distance. At 395, we turned left to the town of Lee Vining, hoping to find something to eat. The town is still pretty closed up, but there was a restaurant with an outdoor patio, and we donned our masks, sanitized our hands, and sat down to a fantastic late brunch. I had eggs over easy with hashbrown potatoes, salsa, and sourdough toast with marmalade. We shared a piece of cherry pie for dessert (too sweet for me). It was really incredible-tasting. When I backpacked in my teens, we always used to stop at the A&W drive-in in Tracy on our way back from the mountains and order root beer floats. That doesn’t appeal much to me anymore (at least, I don’t think it does. Maybe I should try one again…), but this food celebration had the same ritual feel to me.

Photo by Barbara Higbie

Having to deliver Barbara to the campsite on Highway 50 meant that we got to take the road over Monitor Pass. As long as I have lived and traveled in California, I had never yet been on this road. It’s so exciting for me to have a new road under my wheels, and this pass is a beauty! When we stopped up near the summit to take photos, we talked to two motorcycle riders who were enjoying the road, too. They told us that there was a fire east of Mono Lake that was causing the smoke in the air. And they mentioned the dry lightning storms of the night before last that set off over 300 fires around the Bay Area. So that’s what I smelled all the way up in the mountains. The nose knew. What will we be coming home to?

The Sawtooth Range, as seen from the other side, outside of Bridgeport, CA
The view from the Monitor Pass overlook. Blessed rain in the distance!
Looking east into Nevada.
Once over Monitor Pass, it was smooth sailing on through Markleeville and up and over to Highway 50, and eventually home.

Now I am back home, and California is on fire. Luckily, here in Berkeley, we are far from the actual blazes, but inundated with smoke. And friends, acquaintances, and strangers are being evacuated and losing everything to the flames. Poor California! We need our water, we need our snow, we need cold winters in the mountains. We need our rivers to flood the valley floor in the Springtime and replenish the groundwater. 

Barbara and I have been planning another hike, in Yosemite, for next week, but just this evening I got news that there s a fire very nearby. Maybe we will just stay home indoors. 

Wishing you well wherever you are.

Day 7, Mother Nature takes charge

8/17/2020

IMG_5249

Packed up and ready to go in the morning. Thank you, beautiful campsite!

IMG_5246

This morning, I could have sworn that I detected a very faint scent of woodsmoke in the air as I sat here by the river. It came and went, and the sky was clear, so I forgot about it. But the afternoon lightning now is making me remember it. It’s a worrisome thing, these extra-dry conditions and fire from the sky.

We stopped three times to swim in the river. So incredibly refreshing every time. It was a hot and sweaty uphill climb all day, and the river seemed to get colder the higher we went. But every time, I was ready to start up again, with renewed energy

IMG_5251

We left our camp in the early morning. I love the coolness and freshness of the trail before the sun is overhead.

IMG_5253

We passed so many great swimming holes, but it was too early and not yet hot enough to want to plunge in.

IMG_5250

Some swimming holes weren’t particularly accessible, though they beckoned mightily.

IMG_5252

We walked through an area with huge old cedar trees growing beside the river.

The last three days, I have felt occasional hunger. At first, it felt good, but my energy is starting to flag (Barbara’s, too), and I blame some of that on the heat and the climb, and some on the lack of sufficient caloric intake. You live and learn…

IMG_5256

As the day warmed, we gave in to temptation and stopped for our first swim. It was short, maybe more of a dunk and a paddle than an actual luxuriating swim, but it did the trick!

IMG_5263

Looking back down the canyon from whence we came.

IMG_5259

We skipped this one…

IMG_5261

The day got hotter and hotter, and the trail wound up and up.

Tomorrow will be a quick 5-mile hike to the van, a dip in the T and a change of clothes, and we will hit the road over Tioga Pass to Highway 395. I need to drop B off at a family lake camp (which I am happy t do—I haven’t had a road trip in a long time).

IMG_5265

Our first view of Waterwheel Falls.

IMG_5272

Resting above Waterwheel Falls. In this tree, I saw the chickaree.

IMG_5273

The view downriver from Waterwheel Falls.

IMG_5268

This little guy/gal ignored us as it concentrated on whatever it was eating. The Douglas squirrels/chickarees are the cutest critters!

IMG_5270

Th Tuolumne just before it plunges over Waterwheel Falls

IMG_5274

We were joined by four hikers above the falls. I snapped this photo and then sent it to them, when I got cell service.

IMG_5275

IMG_5276

LeConte Falls. Right before we got here, I slipped on the trail and fell, cutting my elbow. We stopped here to doctor it up and wash my shirt. The amount of blood was awesome, and hardly hurt at all!

IMG_5281

I got one mosquito bite, right on my forehead over my right eye. Not bad.

IMG_5282

“Cloudy in the east, and it looks like rain” more and more as the day progresses.

IMG_5284

IMG_5289

At this point, I think we were at California Falls, but I can’t say for sure. The entire stretch of the Tuolumne looked like a waterfall, but maybe they are just classified as cataracts. In any case, this shelf had the most exquisite designs in the polished stone from millennia of Spring floodwaters.

IMG_5293

See what I mean?

IMG_5294IMG_5297

IMG_5296

It takes precious little encouragement for wildflowers to grow.

IMG_5291

Barbara is feeling good!

There haven’t been many people on the trail today, until we got near Glen Aulin. Then suddenly, here’s the outside world! Everyone is donning masks to pass us on the trail, and there are fewer friendly hikers. Just people hurrying past on some sort of mission or other. We fished out our masks and joined the parade.

IMG_5300

This is really great trail-building all up the canyon. My deep gratitude to everyone who made that happen.

IMG_5302

Looking back down the canyon, again.

IMG_5303

And suddenly, we were alongside a typical Wisconsin canoeing river, except for those telltale cliffs.

IMG_5306

I will miss these clean, bright granite expanses.

We enjoyed stops at Waterwheel Falls, LeConte Falls, California Falls, White Cascade, and Tuolumne Falls. They are spectacular, even this late in the season with a tiny fraction of their Spring flow.

IMG_5299

Wait a minute…maybe THIS is California Falls?

IMG_5307

IMG_5309

When we got to Glen Aulin, we were greeted by a little soft, cooling rain. Lovely!

IMG_5312

By the time we got to the bridge at Glen Aulin, the sky had cleared and we had stopped for another swim

IMG_53155:27 PM

We are in our tents above Tuolumne Falls, and the rain is coming down. We watched the storm approach for a long time, and it finally arrived. Thunder and lightning about ten miles away, but a really nice downpour. We had set up our tents and just finished dinner when it started.

IMG_5317

Tuolumne Falls, and the approaching storm.

IMG_5320

Looking east from our campsite right before dinner. Something is happening over there!

Shit! A lightning flash and immediate crack of thunder that made me jump and holler involuntarily. That’s close! But so far, nothing any closer, and no repeats of that surprise.

The sun is shining in under the storm. I had been thinking that the hot air coming up the canyon might keep the storm at bay. And it is, for everyone still down in the canyon. But we are up top at the end of it. Oh, well. A storm like this reminds me who is in charge. It’s really raining now.

Whoa! It’s hailing now! The stones are the size of large green peas, and it’s deafening inside the tent. I am so grateful for this little mobile home.

IMG_5324

After the rain stopped, we emerged from our tents and explored the area.

IMG_5341

Another beautiful campsite. No harm done by the rain.

IMG_5329

I climbed a large smooth granite hill near our camp. The Tuolumne disappears over the lip of its namesake falls right here.

IMG_5331

The afore-mentioned granite hill. It looks like a whale or an elephant.

IMG_5333

View from the top.

IMG_5339

My phone shows 11 miles hiked today, from 2 miles west of Return Creek to here above Glen Aulin. I don’t know how that is, as on the map it looks like it should have been 7 or 8 miles.

As the sun set on our penultimate day in the Sierra, the light kept changing and intensifying, causing me to take too many photos yet again.

IMG_5324

One moment, the sky was heavy and gray…

IMG_5321

…and the next, it was clear blue skies!

IMG_5337

IMG_5342

IMG_5344IMG_5345IMG_5348It’s off to bed now, and all I can think about tonight is tomorrow’s breakfast. And the chance to eat a big lunch somewhere on the road.

Day 6: The Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne

8/16/2020

3:30 PM

IMG_5169

Watching the morning come.

I woke after a too-hot night at about 5:30 AM, to a beautiful clear sky. The clouds had vanished during the night, and I was able to lie comfortably and watch the stars. B said that in the middle of the night she heard a loud snuffing and sniffing outside her tent, right where her pack was. She didn’t hear any footsteps or other noise. She turned on her flashlight, and probably scared away whatever it was. I think it must have been a bear, having a look around. The Bear Vault wasn’t bothered, and everything in camp was as it had been when we retired to our tents.

IMG_5175

A couple more Phil Brown tribute photos:

IMG_5173IMG_5172I love this river. Everywhere I look, sights remind me of Phil Brown and his paintings and pastels of the South Fork of the Yuba. I miss having him in my life, but he left beautiful work behind, and that’s something. By all accounts, he was a beloved teacher, who showed his students how to see rather than just look at their subjects.

My flashlight—a new, fancy, light rechargeable one—died last night and of course I had forgotten the charging cord, which was tucked neatly into the pocket of the solar charger we didn’t bring because a friend of B’s loaned us a better, lighter one with a battery pack. It’s so hard to keep all the bits and pieces together. It’s a new moon, so only starlight at night, which is okay by me. I miss reading by flashlight, but not so much as I thought I might. There is lots to busy my mind, and also lots of emptiness to be enjoyed and savored.

IMG_5170

I don’t know…the way these logs were laid out just didn’t seem “natural” to me. I like to think it was the framework of an Ahwahnechee lodge.

IMG_5183

We walked along beside the river much of the time, and as the day grew hotter, the water beckoned louder and louder.

IMG_5176

IMG_5171

“Amber tresses” of tree.

It was a splendid hike to this camp today, though a bit too hot for my liking. We are in the heart of the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne, and it is magnificent. It took us awhile to get here because we had to stop and swim a couple of times. We are both hungry today. Our allotted portions of food haven’t changed, but we think that the lower altitude makes one hungrier. We have enough food for the trip, but certainly not much, if any, extra. I think I skimped on my snack portions,  overcompensating for the last trip, when I had nuts and fruit left over.

Leading up to this outing, I had dehydrated Damson plums from my backyard trees, and pears and apples from my mom’s backyard. Also parsley and parmesan for the dinners and my big experiment—miso. All turned out great, I have to say. And the soaked and dried almonds are especially delicious.

IMG_5177IMG_5178IMG_5179

IMG_5181

After about 4 miles alongside the river, we started up over the bypass for Muir Gorge, a particularly steep and narrow portion of the Tuolumne. I hated to part from the banks of the T, even for a few miles.

IMG_5184

These trails are works of art. Wait…have I made that observation before?

IMG_5191

More rocks in clear green water. Can’t get enough!

IMG_5190

IMG_5188

This oak started growing out from under this boulder quite awhile ago.

IMG_5187

Manzanita is a great sculptor!

We are about 1.5 or 2 miles west of Return Creek, which was our intended destination, but this site is so pretty and shady. Just downstream is a beautiful-looking swimming hole which is calling to me.

IMG_5201

Looking westward, back down the canyon.

IMG_5186

We leave the river below us, but only for a few miles.

IMG_5202

I am constantly amazed, and comforted, by how tiny we are in the world!

IMG_5200

Register Creek, as dry as can be.

IMG_5198

Looking down into Muir Gorge. See that saddle to the left of the left-side hump? That’s where the trail will take us (I think…).

IMG_5206

If I had seen this scene in a Japanese painting, I would have said that it was completely exaggerated and out-of-proportion, but here it is in real life.

IMG_5209

The tiny piece of shade offered at high noon by this venerable old juniper at the highest point of the Muir Gorge bypass was most welcome.

IMG_5207

And now we head down toward the river again.

IMG_5208

The dry bed of Cathedral Creek, across the river from our campsite.

IMG_5210

The trail plunged down into the trees again. 

IMG_5216

This area had been burned, but not so badly that the majority of the tall trees were lost. The woodland had an open, expansive feel about it. It reminded me of Joaquin Miller’s writings in “Life Amongst the Modoc,” about their use of controlled fires to keep lines of sight open for hunting and such.

IMG_5215

Looks like someone had a dinner party here!

IMG_5211

One more climb into the granite…

IMG_5213

…back down to the trees…

IMG_5214

…and back to the river again. We didn’t stop to swim here, and now I am regretting it. That’s an Olympic-sized swimming hole!

We set up our tents and took naps for about an hour or so. B is still napping.

IMG_5248

It was a little buggy there, among the trees, but not bad at all.

Our campsite is in a stand of cedar and oak. A fire came through here some years ago, and there are a few tall cedars standing dead. None right by camp, but close enough to hit it if one chanced to fall while we’re here. That’s a scary thought, after having been at a river camp on the Tuolumne a few years ago, when a seemingly healthy and huge old oak, laden with acorns and leaves, fell down in the middle of the night. If anyone other than the quick-witted, athletic river guides had been sleeping under it, I am sure that someone would have died. Or if any of them had been in a tent. They had just enough time to wake and run before it came crashing down, after a loud cracking sound. I have been leery of trees ever since.

IMG_5222Later: The swimming hole did not disappoint. We swam, cooled down, and then sat for a long time watching the changing silver-to-aluminum-to-iron-to-gold lighting on the slick, steep granite. I apologize for the following photos. I took them all within a half hour of each other. This was the view downriver from our swimming hole. The light was just changing all the time, and when I went to choose one for this post, I couldn’t decide. But there are probably 6 more that I did NOT include…

IMG_5227IMG_5228IMG_5229IMG_5236IMG_5233IMG_5242IMG_5240Occasional very distant thunder comes to us from the higher mountains. But I don’t think there’s a chance we will get any rain down here.

Today, my phone shows 10.4 miles and 50 floors climbed. It feels like it. We saw two men headed our way on the trail this morning, and two passed us going the other direction. We saw a group of young backpackers at a campsite we passed, but haven’t seen another soul on the trail today. It’s a change, here in the backcountry, to not see any Europeans this year. Usually, they are in the majority, or at least fifty percent, once you get away from the paved roads.

I’m hungry! What’s for dinner, Babz?

 

 

Day 5: Pate Valley and the Mighty T

8/15/20

I slept really well last night. Seems to be an every-other-night occurrence. I saw another shooting star as I happened to be awake and gazing at the night sky. Jupiter has been so incredibly bright every night!

IMG_5079

It doesn’t take much water up here to create a garden.

Barbara and I were up and on the trail by 7:30 (very early for us), and hiking down into the oak and madrone and Jeffrey pines. We stopped now and again to put our noses into the cracks of the bark and breathe deeply of the sweet butterscotch scent of them. So delicious.

IMG_5080

Somebody’s breakfast

IMG_5081

Parts of the trail are so dry, that the greenest part is the lichen.

IMG_5082

I don’t know if you can see it, but there’s a little lake down there. It’s on the map, but not on the trail, but I had a yen to visit it. I was guessing there might be a faint track that we could take. But we never found it. There was one place where I guessed that we could have gotten to it with a minimum of scrambling, but that will have to wait for the next trip.

IMG_5083

Looking down into the Pate Valley

IMG_5084

IMG_5087

The oak woodlands.

IMG_5088

As we descend, the granite takes on a darker aspect.

IMG_5090

There is precious little left of this tree, after the fire came through. Or maybe it was a lightning strike, and burned from the inside out.

IMG_5093

I see this as a silk bodice with lace ruffles.

IMG_5096

IMG_5095

The ground is so dry. But so beautiful.

IMG_5094

Bear scat. I guess they’ve been eating manzanita berries.

IMG_5100

It was really exciting when we rounded the bend and could see up the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne. Once we hit the bottom of the canyon, we turn left.

IMG_5101

I love being able to see what landscape lies ahead.

IMG_5098

The walls of the canyon rise up thousands of feet above the river.

Now we’re at the Tuolumne, in a secluded spot. I was frustrated, first by seeing and hearing Piute Creek and imagining that our trail would lead us there, and then realizing that it did not. And then by walking through the woods within sound of the Tuolumne, but being unable to see it or figure out how/where to bushwhack through the woods to get to it. Finally, I spotted a faint trail off to the right, and suggested we take it. It led to a clearing with remnants of old Native American (Central Sierra Miwok) storage pits, and we followed an even fainter path through the trees to another clearing and then to the river. Now we are at the T, in a secluded spot. We haven’t seen another soul yet today, though it’s high noon. We took a swim, rinsed out our clothes, replenished our water supply, and now we are waiting for the clothes too dry. The sun is fierce, but the shade is cool and the water is bracing.

IMG_5105

IMG_5104

Down there somewhere among the conifers is the river!

IMG_5112

At last! The water is so precious, in this sere landscape.

The river and its rocks remind me of my longtime friend and Yuba River artist, Phil Brown. He died of pancreatic cancer a couple of yeas ago, and I can’t stop my mind from constantly saying, “Oh Phil would love this!” or  “I wish Phil were here to see this place,” or “I have to tell Phil about this!” I just searched online for a website or some place that I could share his art with you, but there are so many artists named Phil Brown, and so little of his art is online. Mostly, it’s in private homes around Northern California. But some of it looks remarkably like this:

IMG_5110IMG_5109IMG_5107After a good rest by the river, we walked back the way we had come and farther, past the trail junction, to the Pate Valley campgrounds. Just before the bridge, I noticed a large granite rock and a deep backwater pool, where the main river whisked by to the right. I left the trail to check it out. There were at least twenty grinding holes in the smooth, flat rock, in rows spaced about four feet apart from each other. It was so easy to imagine how the women would have sat across from each other in the rows, working away grinding acorns into flour and most likely gossiping. And when the day got too hot, there was the swimming pool. Under an overhang, on a natural shelf, I saw the grinding stones. We pulled them out and looked, feeling how the smooth stones fit our hands. We found a few that had fallen off the ledge, and replaced them with the others. Apparently, this was a large, seasonal village, all along the river. I imagine that Paiute from the eastern Sierra would come over and trade with the Miwok, and people looked for partners outside of their family group. There would have been a lot to gossip about, probably.

IMG_5115

The awesome swimming hole at the mortar rock.

IMG_5117

Looking back upriver at the swimming hole (to the left) and the main stream (right).

IMG_5118

This bridge at Pate Valley campsite was washed out in 2018, and just rebuilt. It’s beautiful!

IMG_5119

The view from the bridge.

No doubt about it, this was hard, repetitive work that had to be done in order for tribes to have enough to eat. But the workplace is certainly beautiful and peaceful. The water, separated from the main Tuolumne flow, is a little warmer than the main river, and the pool is very deep. It is a fantastic place to swim, maybe as good or better than most swimming holes in my long river-swimming history.

IMG_5124

A few of the many, many grinding holes.

IMG_5125

The tools were neatly tucked away under the ledge.

IMG_5134Now we’re back at the campsite, which is hot, hot, hot. Very little shade, as this area had burned sometime between 1990 and 2009 (according to the Yosemite fire history map). Many young trees were growing up in the middle of the faint path we had followed to get here, but they aren’t offering much shade yet. I am sitting in the shade of the few big trees left standing along the river, waiting for the heat to dissipate some. It may be a long wait. It is storming upriver somewhere. We can hear the thunder and see the dark skies to the east, but I think this heat will drive the clouds away from us. There is certainly evidence that people have camped here before us: a t-shirt, some underwear, a hair tie—all of which we packed up to take away with us.

IMG_5114IMG_5154

IMG_5139

This is the life!

Today, I am hungry. I have eaten breakfast, all my snacks, and am waiting for a reasonable dinner time. It feels pretty good, to have that slight gnawing in my belly, but I am realizing that maybe the ranger at Neal Lake was right: we haven’t brought quite enough food with us this time. Oh, well. We certainly won’t starve.

After our dinner, we walked back up to the swimming hole. Still nobody else there, even though we saw other hikers in the afternoon, and people were camped not too far away from it. It seems that most backpackers are particularly uncurious about what lies just off the trail—in this case, in plain view behind a thin veil of oaks. We saw people walk past on the trail without so much as a glance in our direction. That’s good, for us and for this magic place.

IMG_5121

Giving a human scale to the swimming hole. This water was cool enough to be plenty refreshing, and just warm enough that you could actually enjoy a good swim or just hang out in the water without the teeth starting to chatter. Looks like a fish just jumped out there.

IMG_5133It is so sad to imagine all the tools and the grinding holes, just waiting for the next year, when they will be taken up and utilized again. But the next year never comes.

IMG_5126

Waiting for hands to make use of them again, the tools sleep under their ledge.

IMG_5135

Our secluded campsite.

IMG_5166

Evening comes

IMG_5163

The last of the sun lights up the canyon walls

Dinner tonight was Berkeley Bowl black bean soup mix, with dehydrated rice, okra, carrots, red pepper flakes, cumin, parmesan, and chicken. Delicious! We are good cooks.

10.6 miles today, and since it was all downhill, the phone tells me we have climbed one flight of stairs. Good night.

Day 4 Goin’ Down, Down, Down…

8/14/20

IMG_5019IMG_5022IMG_5020IMG_5024IMG_50236:00 AM  I woke up to a stupendous dawn—brilliant red clouds above Petit and Regulation Peaks. Rushed out to get photos, and then it was gone.

IMG_5028

There’s something poignant, or creepy, about this live tree being embraced by the dead. “I am always with you, my darling.”

It started raining last night at about 2:30 AM. A strange, light rain that sounded like dry pine needles falling on my tent. When I got up to check it out, the tent was dry to the touch. A rain that gives no moisture.

IMG_5032IMG_5036IMG_5033IMG_5034Now the clouds are turning pearly with the sun just hitting their eastern sides. Very Italian Renaissance. I had a restless sleep last night. Too dry, and for some reason, even though my tent site seemed level, I kept inching off the sleeping pads.

IMG_5039

Volunteer Peak and Rodgers Lake, from the south side.

IMG_5040

The granite “boat ramp” across the lake is where Barbara and I sat yesterday, when we first arrived at Rodgers Lake.

IMG_5041IMG_5042IMG_5043After breakfast, I took off to explore, and ended up walking around the lake. It was challenging. No trail, and a few boulder fields to navigate.  It was great to see the changing light as the sun cleared the ridgeline. Barbara and I had decided that we didn’t need to leave this idyllic place until afternoon. Today, we plan a fairly short hike, all downhill. Much of the way around the lake, I was thinking, “If it gets more difficult, I can always turn around,” but then it looked like I was over halfway around, and I committed to keep going. For the first part of my circumnavigation, B and I communicated via yodels (I had taught her how to yodel on our last trek, and she was an excellent student), but after awhile I was too far away.

IMG_5037

IMG_5038

Near our campsite, I was stopped in my tracks by this weathered fallen tree.

IMG_5044

The south side of the lake is a jumble of slides.

IMG_5047

A piebald crazy quilt of rock.

IMG_5046

The view from the east end of the lake.

IMG_5052I met up with B back around at our first resting place of yesterday, and we walked back to our rock and took a swim. It took a long time to commit to the water, as it’s pretty cold. But we’ve definitely been in colder water. I feel so wonderfully alive!

IMG_5057

Neal Lake, under the escarpment of West Peak

IMG_5059

On the shore of Neal Lake.

5:30 PM

The only people we saw today were a pair of rangers out patrolling. We startled them at Neal Lake (they weren’t expecting people). It was fun to talk with them. He had been a ranger for eight years, stationed at Tuolumne Meadows, and she was assigned to the toll booth at Tioga Pass. They asked us whether we had a bear canister, and we said yes, we had one, and that we were out for eight days. He said, “You can’t carry eight days’-worth of food for two people in one Bear Vault.” We insisted that we could. More on that point later…

IMG_5060

I think B was influenced by meeting up with the rangers.

IMG_5061

Rodgers Meadows

IMG_5062

The stream which should meander through the meadow is dry, dry, dry…

IMG_5063

Farewell to the high country! I feel better knowing that we will end the hike up high again, in Tuolumne Meadows.

IMG_5066IMG_5068

IMG_5069

After Rodgers Canyon, we began to get vistas, and we could see where we were headed.

We are camped near the junction for the Pate Valley and Pleasant Valley trails. It’s a very hot day, and there is no shade in camp. No water. The streams shown on the map are all dry, except for one tiny trickle, for which we have to compete with the bees. But it would be another four miles to Pate Valley, and we’d rather not push it and just stay here.

IMG_5072

Something new on the landscape: groves of aspen.

IMG_5074

Looking west toward Rancheria Mountain and Pleasant Valley…

IMG_5075

…and down toward Pate Valley

Just now, passing our campsite, we have seen a group of eight people hiking together, and also two young men, all hiking for four days (starting at Hetch Hetchy and ending in Tuolumne Meadows, where we started) and covering more ground than us, with much heavier packs. I don’t know…I would rather do without than carry all that stuff. My back has been really bothering me today. Everyone reported bears. We had seen plenty of sign (lots of scat), but no actual bears. Up here, they are timid black bears, and more likely to run away than cause any trouble (unless you threatened a cub somehow). We had walked a little further down the trail to where the map shows that we cross the creek, as we were on a search for water. The stream wasn’t even a trickle, just a few bee-filled puddles. But it was so much cooler down there than at our camp, that we just laid down on the trail and enjoyed the shade, the slight breeze, and the rattle of aspen leaves, which sounded like water. 

IMG_5078

Our only shade in camp.

Our campsite is on a sage-y shelf of volcanic rock amid the granite, out of the trees and bugs. There’s a large granite boulder setting in the middle of it, with mortar holes attesting to the fact that people have found it to be a good place to stay for hundreds of years—if not thousands. In a wet year, or a formerly “normal” year, the stream would have flowed nearby, through a stand of aspen.

IMG_5077

Evidence that our camp has been a popular spot for a long time.

We hiked back up to the stream where we had gotten water earlier, and it had completely stopped running by 6:00 PM. jUst puddles, but larger than below. We managed to salvage some water for tomorrow’s breakfast.

Tomorrow will be an easy day, down to Pate Valley, and our first chance at more water.  Then the Grand Canyon! The evening is totally clear, without a cloud anywhere. The sun has just set, at 7:30, behind Rancheria Mountain. It is too hot for my bag. I read to B about Konrad Lorenz’s observations of the mating habits of Siamese fighting fish and cichlids. Very interesting! And so very human. Or maybe we are just fishy.

Because of my morning hike around the lake, my mileage today was about 12 miles. We descended from 9,500′ at Rodgers Lake to 7,780′ at our camp. Tomorrow, we will be at the low point of 4,380′.

Day 3 Matterhorn Canyon to Rodgers Lake

8/13/20

IMG_4930

Matterhorn Canyon

4:00 PM  Matterhorn Canyon supplied me with a great night’s sleep. I slept uninterrupted from 8:00 until 1:00 AM, which for a woman of my age is damn good. Then I was so comfy and snug, I didn’t budge until 6:00 AM. We hit the trail at 8:00, expecting the worse up to Benson Pass, but it was like a stroll in the park. And what a park it is! The trail led up a canyon, with granite walls rising thousands of feet above us on either side. the weather was ideal, full of fresh sweet mountain air, cool in the shade and warm in the sun. The trail was empty of people until we got to Wilson Creek, and we saw all sorts of birds and flowers, and a magnificently unconcerned 12-point buck who studied us from across the swale. Eventually, he got bored and went back to eating.

IMG_4934

Climbing out of Matterhorn Canyon

IMG_4936

Up into the morning sun. 

IMG_4937

Bless the trail builders! This one is really artfully constructed.

IMG_4938

The canyon walls rose above us

IMG_4932

Climbing up from Matterhorn Canyon, we passed through lush forests of fir and ferns.

IMG_4939

As we got higher, things got drier.

IMG_4933

IMG_4945

Above Wilson Creek, we passed through a sunlit meadow.

IMG_4946

Such a Japanese-garden esthetic!

IMG_4947

Looking back down the trail. 

IMG_4948

Trees and other vegetation thinned as we worked our way up to the pass.

Today was as easy as yesterday was hard. We topped Benson Pass by 10:30, and took some time out for a snack and to just enjoy being. Then Smedberg Lake by 11:30.

We heard and saw Clark’s Nutcrackers up on Benson Pass. I have certainly heard enough of them on this trip, but they have always been distant, and these were the first close-up sightings. They are such garrulous critters, and their talking is one of the sounds I look forward to. Makes me know I have arrived!

IMG_4950

Looking forward to Volunteer Peak. We will walk around the right-side base of the peak and turn left to climb up and over the shoulder to Rodgers Lake.

IMG_4952

IMG_4954

I considered turning this clockwise, because it looks just like a human torso, but decided against it. The geologists would probably object. But look at those nice legs!

IMG_4953IMG_4943

IMG_4941

We walked through little gardens all the way down the path.

IMG_4955

We walked across an ancient lakebed, which is slowly becoming a desert.

IMG_4957

IMG_4959

The fractured granite piles look like the remnants of an ancient stone city.

IMG_4956

Barbara heads out across the old lakebed.

Sorry! I couldn’t stop taking photos today. Bear with me, please.

IMG_4962

Smedberg Lake was cold and windy. It would have been a great time for a swim, had the weather cooperated.

IMG_4964

Filling a water bottle in the lake.

IMG_4967

Black and white or color? It hardly made any difference.

IMG_4968

The trails are so artful!

IMG_4970IMG_4971IMG_4972After descending Benson Pass, we started seeing people, and counted 20 on the trail today, but there hasn’t been a soul since we took the trail less traveled. There were many long-distance hikers, from Bend and Ashland, OR, and Shasta, and who knows where else. One guy had been hiking for six weeks. He said he had hiked the entire PCT a few years ago, and now he’s just going slow, stopping to fish and enjoy the scenery, actually experiencing the places he raced through before, and resupplying every 75 miles. We asked him if he ate the fish he caught, and he said no, most of the time it was catch-and-release. Then he educated us about the difference in flavor between brook and rainbow trout. I had no idea. Apparently, rainbow is much more “fishy” tasting (I guess that means brook trout must taste like chicken).

IMG_4974

We took the left-hand trail.

I prefer a trail like this, where the grass can still grow on it—fewer feet stomping it down. The Pacific Crest Trail was nice, manicured and well-traveled. But I am glad to be turning away from it.

IMG_4978

Finally reached the top of the little saddle over to Rodgers Lake.

IMG_4979

Barbara showed up a couple of minutes later. The sense of distance (which you can’t really get from these iPhone photos) is pretty heady up here!

IMG_4982

IMG_4981

Looking at the backside of Volunteer Peak. I had considered scrambling up it, earlier in the day, but I don’t feel the drive to do that anymore. Amazing how a few miles on the trail will wear off the edges…

IMG_4976

And ahead of us, what’s over the rise?

IMG_4983

Pretty Ranger’s Buttons.

IMG_4984

Whoa! It’s Rodgers Lake!

IMG_4985

Skunk cabbage meadows lined the trail.

IMG_4986

A little vernal pool caught the reflection of Regulation Peak behind it..

IMG_4989

We got down to the lake, and stopped to rest for awhile on a granite slab. I love this wide strip of quartz in the middle of this boulder.

IMG_4993

IMG_4995

It helps to stretch.

IMG_4997

Barbara looks happy, as usual.

Now we’re at Rodgers Lake, so of course I can’t get the Jimmie Rodgers song, “Away Out On The Mountain” out of my head. It is so, so, so stunning here.

IMG_4991

IMG_4992

The views from our granite slab, to the left and the right. Rodgers Lake is huge!

IMG_4998IMG_5002

IMG_4999

And the views from our preferred smooth rock on the lee side of the lake.

The weather is changing. We could be in for some cold or a storm. We shall see. We met a young woman from Berkeley hiking solo, a gardener named Sequoia. Afterwards, I wondered if that was her “real” name, or a trail name. And what is real, anyway? Met another guy named Megaphone, who really enjoyed talking.

IMG_5004

View of the lake from below our campsite. So nice to just sit an be.

IMG_5005

Of course, sitting is all very fine and good. But I needed to explore what might be over the hill. Turns out, it’s tomorrow’s first destination: Neal Lake

IMG_5007

See the rock in the foreground of the previous photo? Well, it has a crack through it, and inside the crack grows the most beautiful chartreuse lichen.

We have set up camp not too far from the lake, in the leeward side, anticipating some weather blowing in with the wind. It is so very pleasant here. Today was Barbara’s hard day, while I was “the Kid,” effortlessly climbing the ridges. Tomorrow starts our two days of downhill to Pate Valley, and then up the Tuolumne.

IMG_5010

IMG_5008

I think this lodgepole wishes it were a Joshua tree. It just looks so Mojave to me.

IMG_5011

My tent site.

IMG_5009

Evening comes to the high country.

IMG_5015

Every moment, the light changes.

IMG_5014For some reason, my back is extremely sore today, right in the spot where I fractured two vertebrae in our 1994 car wreck. I am very, very pleased to find out that Barbara gives a great back massage! It helped me so much. Grateful for those strong piano hands!

IMG_5017

Alpenglow, as seen from my tent. I was too tuckered out to want to get up and actually get a good shot of it, justifying my immobility by saying it’d be gone by the time I got up (it wouldn’t have been…).

13 miles, and 63 floors climbed, according to my phone. A beautiful day!

Day 2 Virginia Canyon and Matterhorn Canyon

8/12/20

IMG_4891

Brrr! At 6:00 AM, Cold Canyon lives up to its name.

IMG_4892IMG_4895A grueling day! I had a bad night of very little sleep, though I was rewarded by the sight of a long, bright meteorite streaking across the velvety black moon-free sky during one of my awake and out-of-the-tent moments. I couldn’t get comfortable, and it was cold (unless I hunkered down in the bag). We camped in Cold Canyon, just past Cold Mountain, and it is aptly named. I got up at 6:00 AM to the meadow covered in frost and a low white mist just below us. Then, when the sun finally hit, the ground sparkled like diamond dust. It was very dewy last night, and we had to wait for the tents to dry before we could pack up.

IMG_4899

Here comes the sun!

Today was mostly unrelentingly uphill, except for the steep, unrelenting downhill into Virginia and Matterhorn Canyons. We went up to lodgepole and down to to red fir and back up to lodgepole and then to red fir numerous times.

IMG_4901

Looking down into Virginia Canyon. Somewhere down there is our water source, after 7 miles of dryness (if you don’t count rain and frost).

IMG_4903

We were greeted by a dipper running through the granite puddles when we got to Return Creek, at the bottom of Virginia Canyon.

IMG_4902

Fantastic fungi!

When we finally got to Miller Lake, a brief swim saved me. I had really been hitting rock bottom energy-wise, and B had given me a couple of magnesium capsules, which were supposed to help with oxygen absorption in the blood but instead mostly messed with my intestines. Ugh! Meanwhile, Barbara was just chugging along nice and steady, and I was thinking to myself, “So this is what 70 feels like. I don’t like it,” but throughout it all, the landscape was spectacular. I didn’t take many photos, as I was too busy just keeping going. I took to referring to B in my mind as “The Kid.”

IMG_4905

The Kid

IMG_4908

Peek-a-boo views of distant ridges.

IMG_4907

The graceful mountain hemlocks were everywhere.

We met one lone young man, hiking from Sonora Pass to Mt Whitney, who told us about the incredible thunderstorm he had been in the night before. It sounded like B’s and my night below Elizabeth Pass. Scary! Briefly met another couple who were on their 320th trail mile. They had that look of wild ecstasy in their eyes. And when we got to Matterhorn Canyon, we met a young woman standing alone in the meadow waving her wet socks around her head. She was hiking with someone else, who we didn’t see. And that was it for the day. This is the Pacific Crest Trail, and I had expected it to be much busier. Thankful that it wasn’t.

IMG_4909

Miller Lake showed up just in time. I thought we’d never get there. A brief dip in the cold water brought me back to myself. It would have been longer but for the unrelenting wind. Cold! Clark’s Nutcrackers made a racket from the far side of the lake.

IMG_4910 2

The trail leads on, with a sharp right turn away from Miller Lake to the lip of Matterhorn Canyon.

IMG_4912 2IMG_4915 3

IMG_4916 2

The Sawtooth Range, and Matterhorn Peak! Now it’s down, down, down to the canyon floor.

IMG_4918

IMG_4919

The very steep switchback trail down to Matterhorn Canyon didn’t allow for any panoramic views, but the lighting among the trees was soft and golden.

Now, at the mouth of Matterhorn Canyon, we have a lovely campsite, with a beautiful stream nearby and lots of very unafraid large deer. They know that they are living in Paradise. We rinsed out our clothes and set up camp. Barbara walked over to an area she didn’t think she had been in before, and found one if the Wright socks that she had recently bought two pair of.. She said, “Oh, I must have dropped my other!”, and searched unsuccessfully all over the camp area, until she finally realized that all her socks were, in fact, accounted for. She was wearing one pair, and had the other in among her washing. She just happened to find a stray sock, same color, size and make, that someone else had lost! We now use it for our potholder. If you lost a sock in Matterhorn Canyon, I have it. Drop me a line.

IMG_4921

Matterhorn Canyon, our own private Yosemite Valley.

IMG_4929

Our granite bathtubs at camp. Cold water!

IMG_4928

A camp visitor. We have to make sure that any sweaty clothing is not available for the salt-loving critters to munch on.

IMG_4922

We didn’t have any fires, but used the former fire ring as our kitchen.

I have been struggling all trip so far with my drinking apparati. Since I lost the water bottle clip (I think it got accidentally “recycled” at home), I have been trying to figure out how to either attach my bottle somewhere that I can reach it more easily than the side pocket of my pack, or rig up a bladder-type apparatus to my pack, which isn’t made for such a thing (a disadvantage to the stripped-down very light pack I have). Today, I decided that my Macgyvered “fix” is much more trouble than it’s worth. Plus, I miss being able to gulp water straight from the bottle. Now, though, my water bottle has a hole drilled into the middle of the cap, so I need to be very careful when I set it down, that it doesn’t spill. And in dry places, ants seem to like to crawl inside.

It was a hard, hard day. Tomorrow will be equally difficult, if not harder. I’m going to sleep early, probably by 8:00 PM.

13.3 miles. Good night.

Northern Yosemite and the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne—8 days of up and down.

8/11/20

IMG_4867

The view from our campsite in the Stanislaus National Forest

Barbara Higbie and I left Berkeley yesterday afternoon, at about 2:00. We packed up the van and double-checked everything. All good! We caught the first wave of rush-hour traffic leaving town, and inched along toward Tracy. After that, the roads cleared, and as we hit Highway 120, I saw the billboard for Bass World, one mile up the road. Suddenly it came to me: I’d forgotten my trekking poles. Those are invaluable things on these outings, really helping with both uphills and downs for the knees and hips. So we pulled off the road, walked through the 100-degree heat and into the over-the-top Disneyesque shopping experience, past the fish tank with a couple of good-sized sturgeons swimming lazily around, under and alongside the waterfall and past the stuffed wolves, coyotes, mountain goats and elk, to the hiking department. $40 later, we were out of there and on down the road.

We stopped at La Michoacana in Groveland for a shared plate of enchiladas, rice and beans, eaten in their very pleasant outdoor area, and then headed up the highway to Cherry Lake Road. We were too late to get into the backpackers’ campsite at Hetch Hetchy, so we figured we’d just pull off the road in the Stanislaus National Forest somewhere. This was an area that burned in the Rim Fire of 2013, and there were still standing dead trees, but so much life coming back! The shrubs and bushes were full of wildflowers and insects and the air was full of birds. There were lots of young trees. I don’t know if they were planted or whether they are just coming back naturally. In either case, it was nice to see. We drove up a dirt road out of sight of the paved road, and set up camp.

IMG_4866

Thunderstorms in the distance, and is that snow still on the mountains? Or the sunlight glinting off bare expanses of granite?

I confess to being pretty nervous when it comes to camping at places that one can drive to. It seems far more dangerous to me than camping where one has to make an effort to get there. But the air was sweet and full of the sound of a million or more crickets, the evening warm, and no signs of recent humans. There were cattle grazing not too far away, and I briefly imagined a stampede in the middle of the night crashing into my tent, before I fell asleep.

IMG_4868

Sunset, August 10th

By about 7:30 this morning, we were packed up and back on the road. It had been a long time since I had taken this road, so I ended up taking a wrong turn and followed the road down to Cherry Lake and the dead end at the Kirkwood trailhead. Interesting! There’s a California Conservation Corps headquarters down there, and those guys in their trucks act like they own the roads. Kind-of scary to meet a convoy barreling down around a curve and taking up most of both sides of the road. Luckily, there was a turnout right there, and we took shelter and they thundered past. Then back up the canyon and on in to Camp Mather, the site of so many ecstatic years of the Strawberry Music Festival. We stopped at the Evergreen Lodge for coffee, a cookie and an orange, and then drove on to Yosemite. So exciting, driving into the park!

IMG_4871

IMG_4874

The Tuolumne meanders through its meadow. Johnson, Unicorn and Cathedral Peaks, and Medlicott Dome in the distance.

IMG_4877

Ahhh! The scoured granite expanses! And rain in the future.

IMG_4878

IMG_4880

The Tuolumne drops into the top of its Grand Canyon.

IMG_4882IMG_4883

IMG_4884

Tuolumne Falls

We got on the trail at 10:00 AM, and it was astoundingly beautiful, walking along the Tuolumne River as it winds through Tuolumne Meadows, then past Tuolumne Falls and White Cascade, where we stopped in Glen Aulin. That camp is closed this year, but the backpackers’ camp is open. We pondered whether to stop there for the night, but decided it was too early and there were too many people. We rested, had our hot meal at about 1:00, and loaded up with water, as a ranger had told us that there was none to be found between Glen Aulin and Virginia Canyon, some 7 miles distance. We  figure we’d make a dry camp somewhere in  between the two. Now it’s almost 6:00 PM and we have set up camp at the edge of a beautiful meadow in Cold Canyon, just below Elbow Hill. On the way here, it rained a bit (just enough for us to pull out our rain gear, walk for about 20 minutes, and then take it off again). The skies are clearing and it’s starting to get cold as I sit here.

IMG_4870

IMG_4879

Beautiful new bridges over the Tuolumne. The old ones were washed out in Spring floods a few years ago.

IMG_4885

Dressed for the weather.

There is nobody around here, and we are totally on our own. So far, this trip is more than I had hoped for, for scenery, aloneness and weather. And we just got word over the Garmin In-Reach that Biden picked Kamala Harris for his running mate. Exciting news! She is one smart, capable person.

IMG_4886

IMG_4887

The trail suddenly opened up into a long meadow through Cold Canyon, as the weather cleared.

8:00 PM: No water anywhere. The meandering stream in the meadow is mostly bone-dry, with the occasional tiny stagnant puddle every mile or so. I fear that this may be the case for much of this trip, as the year has been particularly dry and last winter’s snowfall was pretty sparse. 150 years ago, John Muir said, “Every mountain is a fountain,” and I am afraid that may not be the case these days. I’m not used to not being able to wash up before bed. My feet are filthy, but I’ve managed to clean them pretty well with a face wipe. I can’t imagine putting them in my clean sleeping socks otherwise.

IMG_4888

Home, sweet home.

IMG_4889

Our little tent city in Cold Canyon

IMG_4890

Happy me!

There was nobody on the trail from Glen Aulin to here. Three young men did pass us about an hour ago, headed the opposite direction. I have been reading chapters from Konrad Lorenz’s book, “King Solomon’s Ring,” out loud to B. His engaging stories about animal and human behavior, mixed with lots of interesting biological facts, is so enjoyable for both of us. Kudos to Marjorie Kerr Wilson for a beautiful job of translating it from the original German. Such a good read. I had last read it over 40 years ago, and figured it was time to revisit it. Plus, it is a very lightweight paperback, and every ounce counts. Also on this trip, I brought my old Kuhl hiking shirt, which I wore on the John Muir Trail in 2014 (and many subsequent hikes since). It is so worn-out, but I like it better than any other hiking shirt I have had, including ones from the same company. And of course, because it is so great, they don’t make them anymore…

The phone shows 10.8 miles today. Not bad for the first day!

Day 8, Back to “civilization”

7/28/2020

Barbara and I were up and leaving camp by about 8:30 AM. from here, the trail rises to Timber Gap in aa little over two miles, with an elevation gain of 2,500′. I felt really good and strong, and the pack was, of course, the lightest it’s been the whole trip, since we ate all the food except for today’s snacks. That’s one of the ironies of the trail: when you start out, you are in the worst shape and carrying the heaviest load. As you get stronger, the load lightens. Wish it could be the other way around!

IMG_4797The trail, through lodgepole and sugar pine and various other spruces and the like, led through meadows alive with flowers and butterflies. There were little white ones, orange ones, and on the way down some of those beautiful tiny Sierra blues. Chickadees sang “‘Bye, Laurie” to me as we walked past. Stopping to rest at one point, we watched a whole family of marmots waddling among the rocks. Chipmunks and ground squirrels ran hither and yon. It was a beautiful morning!

IMG_4801

Ranger’s Buttons (don’t you love that name?)

IMG_4799

IMG_4805

The perfect garden path.

There were occasional views across the Middle Kaweah River Valley to Little Blue Dome, Morro Rock, and glimpses of the High Sierra Trail.

 

IMG_4807The last bunch of switchbacks to Timber Gap were a little daunting—more psychologically than physically—because I couldn’t tell where we were headed. I’d think I’d see the Gap ahead of us, but then the trail would make an abrupt turn and I’d have to rethink where we were going to reach the top.  And then suddenly, there we were at 9,500′, and it was all downhill from there. True to the name, Timber Gap is pretty heavily wooded, so not much in the way of views.

The last leg of the trip was a breeze. My legs felt positively bionic, and i definitely had regained my stride. Feels so good!

IMG_4808

It looks very Alpen, coming down to Mineral King, but wilder.

IMG_4813

I can see the van!

Coming around one bend, I was surprised to see a Douglas squirrel nearly at my feet. It looked like something right out of a Japanese Manga magazine, with huge eyes, tufts on its ears, a perfect question mark of a tail curled over its back. Its’s definitely the prettiest member of the squirrel family I have ever seen. I had this feeling that i had seen one before in my rambles, but honestly couldn’t say whether it was only because I have read about them and seen their pictures so often. I knew it immediately. It foraged under a tree for awhile, and then ran up onto a branch to munch whatever it had found. My heart leapt for joy. I tried to take photos, but of course they were completely inadequate. So I stole one off the internet.

 

douglas squirrel

IMG_4812

This is the best I could do…

Back at the van, the unwrapping process was straightforward and without mishap. There was a big puddle of water on the tarp from the thunderstorms. I could hear the stream rushing just out of sight from the parking lot, and suggested we take one last rinse-off before ewe changed our clothes and started the long drive home. Now, that was a GOOD  IDEA!

 

IMG_4814Driving out on Mineral King Road, we passed through Atwell Mills, and were awestruck, and saddened, by the size of the Sequoia stumps everywhere. Then, farther down the road, we looked back the way we had come, and could see Sawtooth Peak and the beginning of our hike.

IMG_4815

IMG_4816

Add two feet all the way around, to account for the bark. That was a Big Tree!

Farther still, we stopped in Three Rivers for ice cream. The best I ever had!

Then it was back on Highway 99 and a quick trip back up north to home. I confess, it was good to get home, just in time to harvest the last of the plums, and to see my loved ones again, but I am already ready to hit the trail again. Thank you for traveling with me.IMG_4830

Barbara just sent me some more photos from our trip to share, so here they are. Enjoy!

IMG_4831

Whoa! A Sugar Pine cone. I  am standing in mountain misery, FYI.  It’s a very pungent, resinous ground cover. I thought that it was Scotch broom I was smelling at Val’s Cabin, but no. This is it.

IMG_4835

Standing on the edge of Precipice Lake

IMG_4834

Overlooking the Middle Kaweah Valley, facing east toward Hamilton Lakes. Tiny peak in the background is Eagle Scout Peak, which rises above Precipice Lake.

IMG_4836

One last view of Kaweah Gap.

IMG_4833

Nature left a piece of Art at our Granite Creek campsite.

Day 7, Redwood Meadow

7/27/2020

Dogwood

Spent dogwood blossoms lined our path this morning.

I had a rough night’s sleep. It was too hot for my bag, and I couldn’t get comfy. I went to bed at 8:30 PM, and woke at 9:30 to beautiful half-moon light on the bright granite, and again at 1:30 to a black sky full of incredible stars, and then tossed and turned until 6:30. Now it’s almost 9:00 AM, and we are ready to leave camp. I am still worried about that group of 10. Where would they even have done their business here, in this narrow granite defile, without defiling the entire place?

 

California Coneflowers3:50 PM

We arrived at the trail junction with Black Rock Pass, and made camp. The weather is ideal, the river water is cold but something far short of icy, and there is ample shade. The hike today was steep, and passing through Redwood Meadow was extremely emotional—like visiting a former concentration camp. That strip of trees that John muir wrote about is nearly completely gone. In most places, there are just a few skinny survivors. They look so alone, and I am sure they are missing their family members, who stood beside them for 1000+ years.  In their sense of time, the holocaust was yesterday, a mere 100 years ago. Humans. I can’t imagine what it must have felt like for the trees, or what it feels like now, to live with such a gaping would still fresh in their memories.

IMG_4765

IMG_4767

Fallen giants snaked through the woods

IMG_4764

IMG_4762

B took a moment to commune with one of the fire-scarred survivors.

IMG_4772

Looking up from inside the tree.

IMG_4773

We reminisced about “My Side of the Mountain”

IMG_4771

Incredible fire-retardant bark of Sequoiadendron Giganteum.

Tomorrow will be a big day, over Timber Gap and into Mineral King, where we will unwrap the van, change our clothes, and drive home.Already, the outside world and all I have to do is starting to weigh on me.

 

IMG_4777

Sugar pine cones! They are soooo big!

IMG_4783

Every creek has its own lush strip of jungle growing beside it.

IMG_4780

IMG_4779

As the trail wound through the folds of the mountainsides, we occasionally came across small stands of Sequoias. Even these skinny young ones towered above the pines.

IMG_4786

Our concession to our loved ones was a Garmin In-Reach, just in case. B sent a prewritten message saying “We are stopping or starting. All is well. Sending love.” It was often difficult to get any reception at all. I had heard that holding the car remote next to one’s head intensifies the strength of the signal, so B tried it with the Garmin. It worked!

This camp area at the trail junction to Black Rock Pass, is very popular (though there are only 5 of us camped here tonight). The bear box is completely filled with someone’s gear and extra food, which is starting to rot and stink. Apparently, some guy came through with an 80-pound pack (that’s what we were told, anyway), and decided to unload stuff before trying to go over the pass. He isn’t coming back for it, as he’s doing the loop hike back out over Sawtooth Pass. What an idiot. They really should make people take a class before they are allowed to come out here and desecrate their surroundings. Am I being elitist? I don’t think so. I pity the poor ranger who has to come clean it all up and haul it out.

At 7:30, the bugs drove me into my tent. Always more buggy under the trees. Hopefully, I’ll have a good night’s sleep tonight. We visited for a long time this afternoon with a 21-year-old engineering and social justice student at Cal Poly, hiking by herself and a little lonesome for company, I think. Claire is smart, funny, and ready to engineer a new reality! It makes me hopeful for the future to meet people like her.

IMG_4787

Our camp at the crossroads. Barbara said, “I don’t think I would design my living room with that giant log poking through the middle of it!”

IMG_4788

Squeezing water, one of our ever-present chores of the trail.

IMG_4791

The beautiful creek by our campsite. Perfect for rinsing off the sweat and dust of the trail.

9.2 miles today, 62 floors climbed. I’m tired and a little wrung out from the emotional hits of the day. There always comes a time, on these trips, when I feel stripped of my every-day defenses. I welcome it and dread it, both. Today was that day.

 

Day 6,The road more or less traveled

7/26/2020

IMG_4722I slept really well! Woke up at about 4:30, and then slept again until 6:30. The day is clear and perfect. The sun hit our camp after a couple of hours. We have the morning to laze around, dry out our clothes, take a swim, and then hike down to Bearpaw Meadows. I am so sad to leave the high country, but the silver lining is being able to sleep again. I guess…IMG_4724

IMG_4728IMG_4735IMG_4727IMG_47297:00 pm

It’s been an eventful day. This morning, while entering the lake for a swim, Barbara slipped and fell. She caught herself with her left hand, which tweaked her wrist pretty badly. We had just enough first aid tape to tape the wrist, and she says it feels a lot better. So we got to use our first aid supplies! Two kinds of tape, and the little knife.

IMG_4737

The view from the bridge over Middle Kaweah River

IMG_4734

Looking down Middle Kaweah Valley. The High Sierra Trail (on right side) is a masterpiece of trail engineering.

IMG_4726

Pearly Everlasting (love that name!) and Paintbrush

IMG_4733

Looking up toward Elizabeth Pass.

Absolutely stunning views along the High Sierra Trail! I was thinking all the way to Bearpaw that I would ask if there are any cancellations for the High Sierra Camp there, so that I could bring Tom out here to see this incredible place. But when we arrived, the High Sierra Camp was just wooden skeleton buildings. Turns out that it never opened last year because it was such a big snow year, and this year  it didn’t open because of COVID-19. So another little dream bites the dust.

IMG_4731

IMG_4730

We were too late for the thimbleberries this year.

IMG_4736

The scent of horsemint woke up our slumbering senses.

IMG_4742

IMG_4744

We are soon to be at the bottom of this valley, crossing over the river coming from Hamilton Lake, and then the creek leading from the backside of Eagle Scout Peak. Farewell to the High Country!

B and I spent awhile talking to the ranger at Bearpaw. She thought we should move on to Granite Creek, which is still quite a ways down the trail. As we left Bearpaw, we left the popular High Sierra Trail and started down a trail that I think nobody had walked yet today. It was such a quiet, shady, peaceful trail, down, down, and down to the lowest elevation on our trip. That’s where we are now, and it’s idyllic. Or it was, until a group of 10 hikers showed up and said they were supposed to camp there. There was obviously not enough room for 10 people, let alone 12, counting us. We were puzzling what to do, and decided we’d move on to help make room for them (even though there was no water for miles in our direction). The leader said no, they would go on to Middle Kaweah River, about 1.5 miles farther down the trail, since they couldn’t all fit there anyway. The group seemed so ill-equipped for such a long day. It was their first day out, and they had already hiked from Mineral King over Timber Gap and through Redwood Meadows, where the ranger told them there wasn’t any water and they needed to move on to Granite Creek. That’s a 12-mile first day, with at least one person carrying a 45-pound pack. Barbara referred to then as the Donner Party. I felt very guilty for having this spacious (for two people) campsite. And yet, relieved, because we were tuckered out.

IMG_4748

The deserted campgrounds at Bearpaw Meadows

We had stopped at Bearpaw Meadows backpacking camp for our hot meal earlier in the day. It was really strange, as the entire campground was totally deserted. We were the only ones there. At one point, as I started to stretch out on a log for a rest, I heard a rustling and looked up to see a young black bear hurrying through the meadow, probably on the heels of his mom, who was somewhere ahead in the trees.

IMG_4749We descended from Bearpaw through beautiful oak and madrone forests, down to 6100′ elevation. Such a change of scenery! We were enthralled, rather than being disappointed, as I had anticipated upon leaving the high country. Tomorrow morning, we will be in a Sequoia grove, which we are really looking forward to. I had just been reading about John Muir’s trek to this area to document the Sequoia groves. He said that there was a wide swath of the trees, from a mile to three miles wide, stretching all the way from what is now Grant Grove in Kings Canyon National Park down through the very area we are in now. He had written his dispatch from the Middle Kaweah River, which we had just crossed a couple of hours ago. All along the trail, I was imagining coming around a bend and seeing the giant broccoli tops of Sequoias rising before us. It hasn’t happened yet, but maybe tomorrow.

IMG_4750

Middle Kaweah River

Today, we immersed ourselves in every body of water we crossed: the Middle Kaweah,  Eagle Scout Creek, and Granite Creek. Every time, we were completely alone, and so we dunked au naturel. I’m so glad those ten people didn’t happen by any of those times. We seem to be blessed with good timing. Nothing wakes up one’s senses and refreshes one like a dip in a cold mountain river! 

IMG_4751

A clear, cold hot-tub-sized pool in Eagle Scout Creek called to us. We had to answer the call.

IMG_4754

Looking downstream from the bridge over Granite Creek. It looks like an amazing swimming hole down there at the end of the chute, but there’s certainly no easy way to get there!

IMG_4755

IMG_4756

Our snug campsite at Granite Creek

IMG_4757B had a nose bleed in the middle of last night, while I slept the sleep of the dead. She was up dealing with that, and I guess finally got it under control. She said the inside of her tent looked like a murder scene. Poor thing! This evening, something stung my torso, and I momentarily imagined that I would get some sort of allergic reaction, but luckily I didn’t. It hurt like hell, though. Because we thought that someone else might want to show up  and share our camp, we placed our tents as close to each other as possible. I am so worried about that group.

My phone tells me we hiked 10.8 miles today. I hope I can sleep tonight.

 

Day 5, Kaweah Gap, Precipice and Hamilton Lakes

July 25, 2020

IMG_4628

Early, early morning. Well, it just goes to show—even  though I had the most perfect tent site, I experienced the worst night of no sleep. I just couldn’t get comfy, where I should have slept like the proverbial rock. I attribute it to the 11,000′ elevation. I think my heart kept me awake working harder than usual to process oxygen. But the blush of pink dawn is in the sky over Kaweah Gap, and the chickadees are singing in the foxtails. The sky is without the blemish or beauty mark of a cloud. I’m hungry and want my tea.IMG_4629

IMG_4603

Rock Fringe growing where it should, among the rocks. While B slept, I wandered in the growing light and snapped photos.

IMG_4617

Foxtail pine “in bloom”

IMG_4632

IMG_4631

What do you think? Black and white or color?

IMG_4630

The rest of the tree. It was a giant, for the altitude!

IMG_4820

The “perfect,” sleepless campsite. For some reason, I don’t seem to be very bothered by the lack of sleep. No morning grogginess.

4:00 PM

We had a great stroll out of 9 Lakes Basin and stopped on Kaweah Gap to enjoy the views and try to take some selfies with the timer on my phone. For some reason, it wouldn’t work (which may have had something to do with my not donning glasses to see what was actually going on on that little screen).IMG_4633IMG_4645IMG_4661IMG_4675

Then down to Precipice Lake, where we sat awestruck/gob-smacked and in wonder at the beauty. We stopped on the way down to make up a verse to “Little Birdie” and make a little video of it, which looks terrible, but sounds reasonable.

IMG_4685IMG_4684

IMG_4688

Those colors are real and not enhanced! The water was cold, but B was indomitable. This time, I sat out the swim opportunity.

Up on the Gap, we saw a Sphinx moth buzz past us. We saw one yesterday, too, while stopping to talk with Donald. He thought it was a hummingbird. They are amazing-looking critters, and the only place I have ever seen one is right up there at Kaweah Gap. They flit and hover like hummers from flower to flower and drink nectar with their long tongues, which look as straight as a hummingbird’s beak. The last time I was up here, one flew all around my ankles, maybe attracted to my brightly-colored Dirty Girl gaiters, and gave me a good chance to study it. At Precipice Lake, we were surprised by a water shrew running under the  water at Barbara’s feet. It’s the largest of the shrew family, and seemed quite at home under the surface. On the walk today, we also saw lots of dark, nearly onyx-colored lizards, one of which flashed its indigo sides and belly at me. Lower down, there were lizards that looked like Zuni or Hopi jewelry, speckled with turquoise down their backs.

IMG_4690IMG_4701IMG_4699IMG_4697

IMG_4695

The trail down from Precipice to Hamilton Lake is really beautiful, snaking along steep, glacier-polished granite an sometimes wandering through little hanging gardens of wildflowers.

IMG_4696

We found good tent sites, and took a lovely swim in Lake Hamilton. It was fantastic, the warmest water so far, so we could actually enjoy it and stay in longer. We rinsed out our clothes, set up our tents, made a meal, and as the meals were rehydrating, it began to rain. This gave me a chance to don my rain pants and jacket, which  I hadn’t used so far on the trip.  I LOVE it when everything I bring gets used! As a further example of this, I was able to repair my pack with two lengths of used dental floss yesterday. Today, the other side got wonky, which required two more lengths of floss. Yay! It’s the little things out here which bring delight. We sat in the drizzle and ate one of the best meals we’ve had: Berkeley Bowl black bean soup mix with dehydrated okra, spinach, carrots, rice and parmesan cheese (I dehydrate parmesan at home. Yum!). It was yummy. We followed it up with a Luna bar for dessert.

IMG_4703IMG_4704

IMG_4707

Valhalla looms above us in the gathering weather.

Just as dinner ended, it began to rain in earnest, so we retreated to our tents. I am enjoying hearing the distant thunder and listening to the steady drizzle on the tent. It’s a very pleasant temperature. My phone shows that we have traveled 8.5 miles  today. I suppose that’s possible, but it didn’t feel like it, since it was mostly downhill (for a change).

4:30

Now we are having a good, steady downpour—so welcome to these parched lands. We are snug and content.

Today, while walking up to the pit toilet (Hamilton Lake is too popular to NOT have one), we saw a doe nursing her two fauns. They butted their heads, pulled on her teats, and wagged their tails just like little lambs.

IMG_4710By 6:30, the rain had stopped, and the sky was clearing. We sat on the smooth granite dome which makes the lake’s  beach, and drank rooibos tea and split a granola bar, while we watched the light change on Eagle Scout Peak and Valhalla, and the ever-changing reflections on the lake water.

IMG_4713IMG_4720IMG_4719The place has filled up with campers. I count a dozen tents, where there used to be maybe four. The beach is full of socially-distanced little bubbles, taking selfies and yakking away. B recently returned from Wisconsin, and brought back a joke: The toothbrush was invented in Adams County, WI. We know this, because if it had been invented anywhere else, it would have been called a “teethbrush.” I am giddy, and will laugh at almost anything.

LiveforeverIMG_4708Now it’s 8:45, and almost “backpackers’ midnight,” and time to seek sleep. Good night.

 

 

Day 4, Nine Lakes Basin

7/24/2020

8:45 am

We had a nice, leisurely morning at Big Arroyo. My cup of tea tastes so good—warm, soothing and it perks one up. We had a major stove mishap this morning, and I think I have pretty-much destroyed my little Soto stove. I had bought it used from a guy in Alaska for $15 some years ago, and it has always worked perfectly. This morning, though, I failed to notice that it had come partly unscrewed from the gas canister. So when I went to light it, it started a fire at the base and mostly melted the trigger that lights it before I could put it out. Now the stove won’t light on its own anymore. Luckily, we carry a couple of Bic lighters (one of which seems to have quit working), and we can still have our hot beverages and meals. Whew.

IMG_4529

You can’t really see the rock-lined depression from the photo, but to my eyes, it was pretty obvious.

I found an old Native American storage pit near the old cabin here. It’s basically a depression in the ground lined with rocks, which had originally had a cover of some sort. Out in the woods around here, there is a horrid mess of tiny pieces of old toilet paper and stuff careless humans have left behind. I really don’t understand how one can walk so many miles in beauty to get here, and then trash the place!

IMG_4531

Big Arroyo log cabin.

I washed off my dusty tent (it’s like a car—runs better when it’s clean) and am waiting for it to dry in the sun before we pack up.

Nine Lakes Basin, later in the day…

IMG_4548

We set up camp at 2:00 PM among the foxtail pines. It’s breathtakingly  beautiful—and at 10,000′, it’s breathtaking anyway. We met Donald, a fellow from Berkeley today on the trail, who knows this area very well. He said, “Go up into the trees, and you’ll find a great campsite, and you’ll think you can’t do better. But just a little bit further on, and toward the waterfall, there’s an even better one.” It was just as he said, though we shied away from the first campsite anyway because of its position on the ridge. It seemed like it could possibly be in another wind tunnel. This new camp even has a piece of old wood with “WELCOME HOME” carved into it. It is secluded, sheltered,  near a great water source, and out of the path of the strongest winds. There are views up to Kaweah Gap and down Big Arroyo, and massive cliffs with a cascade pouring down from the upper basin. I am tired and happy.

IMG_4555On the way up Big Arroyo today, we hiked for awhile alongside the creek. It was absolutely beautiful, and we didn’t see anyone for hours on end. Then, when we stopped so that I could fix my pack (more on that later), B went off to pee. As she squatted, she happened to glance up, and noticed a man some distance away with binoculars trained on her. Pretty funny, in all that emptiness!

IMG_4532

A morning stroll down a garden path. So civilized!

Sierra Lillies

Sierra Lilies dream alongside to stream

IMG_4534

We are surrounded by rocky domes and spires.

IMG_4537Over the past year, I have been walking a lot with someone with serious health issues, and it has been work to slow my pace to his. Now I am feeling like I can’t find my old rhythm. Maybe it’s age-related, maybe I just lost it somewhere. I am hoping that on this trip, I can find that beat of my feet on the trail again. But I am so grateful to be able to get out here. I thank my lucky stars!IMG_4543IMG_4544

IMG_4542

One of the things I love about hiking with Barbara is that we almost never pass a body of water without stopping to get wet. I think we spur each other on that way. And it always feels soooo good! This little river was too cold to fully immerse ourselves in.

B is reading a book on the power of prayer, which includes this great quote from Arthur Eddington (astronomer, physicist, philosopher of science): “Something unknown is doing we don’t know what.” I really feel that out here.

IMG_4553

Horseshoe Lake, 9 Lakes Basin

IMG_4557

Barbara puttering about in the kitchen.

5:45 pm: It’s raining, and we are sheltering in our tents. We timed it perfectly—just got back from a hike into the upper reaches of 9 Lakes Basin. We could see the storm brewing on the other side of Lion Rock, and most likely going strong at Tamarack Lake and over Elizabeth and Colby Passes.IMG_4554IMG_4550IMG_4561IMG_4559

IMG_4560

From the first fluffy white cloud to appear, to a full-blown thunderstorm with rain and hail…

We wandered upward along granite shelves, picking our way from lake to lake and stopping to admire the views and approaching clouds. Stopped for a swim in one of the lakes, which didn’t seem to have an inlet and so was warmer (less cold) than some of the others. I just started to write that it would hav been better if the sun were hotter, but damn! It was perfect! The rocks were warm, for drying off.

IMG_4565IMG_4567IMG_4573Everywhere we walked there were tiny flowers. It was impossible not to occasionally crush them underfoot. The horsemint and pennyroyal scented the air and woke our senses.

IMG_4584IMG_4582

IMG_4581

We hurried to lower ground as the storm threatened. Thunder, lightning, and big ol’ raindrops, reminding us of our trek over Elizabeth Pass, where the storm is sitting now.

IMG_4585

IMG_4586

I wanted to take this log home with me, for a backyard sculpture.

Now it’s hailing a little, as we shelter in our tents, just to remind us that Nature will have her say, and throw at us anything she wants at any time.

A little while later, it had stopped raining, and B called me out of my tent to watch the sunset. Glorious!

IMG_4614

Kaweah Gap

IMG_4625

IMG_4622

Kaweah Gap a little later. Good night.

Day 3, Big and Little 5 Lakes, and Big Arroyo

7/23/2020

IMG_4479This morning, after a good night’s sleep, Barbara and I awake refreshed and pretty-much recovered, feeling full of energy for the day. We packed up and hit the trail up to Big 5 Lakes. It’s a beautiful uphill trail through golden chinquapins shining in the morning sun, manzanita and oaks, changing to pines and juniper as we ascended. It looked like a series of mountain gardens, with views of rocky crags and peaks every whichaway.

IMG_4486

Miranda leads us up the trail to Big 5 Lakes

There were very few people on the trails today. We met up with Miranda, who walks faster than us. We took each other’s photos at the first of Big 5 Lakes, and then she pressed on to explore the other lakes, while we stayed to the trail to Little 5 and on north. Miranda is hiking the very-popular loop trail over Black Rock Pass (which we hear is very steep and grueling and long—as opposed to Sawtooth Pass, which is steep and grueling and short).

IMG_4483

The first of the Big 5’s

IMG_4485

So pleasant, walking along the lakeshores, in and out of the trees.

IMG_4492

I could stare at the water forever.

IMG_4490

Black Kaweah rises above us across the arroyo. The first of Little 5 Lakes appears below us.

IMG_4489

We send blessings to the trail crews!

Now, we are at the Big Arroyo campground, where our trail meets up with the High Sierra Trail, which runs from Crescent Meadows in Sequoia NP to the top of Mt Whitney. I expect to see lots of serious mile-eating hikers on their way to the mountaintop, to cross this feat off their to-do list. The sun just went behind Mt Lippincott at 6:30 pm. We have the campsite to ourselves!

IMG_4525

Mt Lippincott

Washed up in the creek. Such a good feeling after so much work. I love the chore of rinsing off the day’s dust and sweat. My hips hurt from the pack and the climbing. Our high point today was about 10,800′, and now we are at 9500′ There’s weather threatening over the Kaweahs, and it’s getting very cold. Last night, things froze. I wish I had taken photo of my socks standing straight up and stiff as boards in the morning, and my bandanna, which I could hold upright from a corner. It looked great, sparkling with frost.

All day, we were treated with views of the Kaweahs: Kaweah Queen, Black Kaweah, Red Kaweah and and Kaweah Peak. I remember them well from the other side, while hiking the John Muir Trail. They looked like fairy castles in the distance then, and now they look like mighty crumbling fortresses close-up.

IMG_4514

Leaving the lowest of the Little 5 Lakes behind.

IMG_4511

IMG_4510

Black and Red Kaweahs, and Kaweah Peak guided our journey all day.

It was such a pleasure to have the place to ourselves this afternoon. We ate today’s hot meal at one of the Little 5 Lakes, just a ways off the trail out of the wind and in the shade. So funny! The sun is so hot and the shade is so cool, that’s it’s hard to find the right place to be just right.

IMG_4501

A fallen giant, and a still-standing trail ant.

IMG_4526

“Oh, give to me a winding stream, it must not be too wide…”

IMG_4521

Looking and feeling much better after a good clean-up in the stream.

IMG_4524

Barbara makes sure that there are no nutrients left on the wrapper.

IMG_4523

The Big Arroyo campsite. Lovely!

IMG_4520Now, at Big Arroyo, we have been invaded by a group of about 7 men, all hiking to Mt Whitney. They are a little noisy, and their cam is a little close, but oh well. I’m glad to see people enjoying themselves out here. B and I made some rooibos tea and I read to her the notes from a couple of our previous trips, which happen to be in this same journal. I hope I don’t run out of room in it this trip!

Today’s hike was about 10 miles. Between Big 5 Lakes and Big Arroyo, we wandered through lush hanging gardens on the steep mountainside, with lupines sporting leaves bigger than my hands. Almost jungly-feeling in some spots. Mosquitos not bad, but they do prefer those damp areas, so we didn’t dawdle there.

The menacing clouds of a few hours ago seem to have just evaporated away. It’ll be a good night on level ground (I hope). Tomorrow: Nine Lakes Basin!

Day 2, Sawtooth Pass and Lost Canyon

July 22, 2020

IMG_4478Barbara and I set up camp at the foot of Lost Canyon, among the lodgepoles next to Lost Canyon Creek, where we join the trail north to Big 5 Lakes. We wanted to go farther, but we were exhausted. Last night’s camp turned out to be in a wind tunnel, and the tents were so noisy, flapping in the wind, and close to collapsing all night long. We were on a hard-packed mostly granite area, and had used rocks instead of stakes to put our tents up. It was tough. The wind blew the rocks around, and they weren’t little ones! We both got up (not “”woke up”) at 5:30, and hit the Sawtooth Pass trail by 7ish. It was only 1.2 miles to the top, but it took 1.5 hours to get there. Looking back, I would love to have another chance to find the “right” trail! The way was braided with dozens of different paths, and it was impossible to stay on whatever the best one might have been. Lots of walking through granite sand and gravel on steep slopes, where you take one step forward and slide halfway back. Later in the day, we ran across a fellow who said he has a friend who has hiked over Sawtooth Pass five times, and had never taken the same trail twice.

IMG_4454

We set out long before the sun had cleared the ridge, which helped with the climb.

IMG_4451

Even when she’s miserable, Barbara finds reason to smile. And why not? Just look around.

IMG_4450

Looking out into the San Joaquin Valley at the smog, and smoke from the Coalinga Fire. Glad to be above it all!

IMG_4456

The last push for the top of the pass.

It was incredible scenery. Lost Canyon Creek is gorgeous—classic high Sierra scenery. Then we entered a lodgepole pine forest as we got into lower elevations. There are great views across to Mt Whitney, which felt surprisingly nostalgic for me, thinking back on my John Muir Trail trip.

Wildflowers everywhere! And as we rested among the trees, we were visited by a varied thrush. He didn’t sing, but he looked beautiful. And a dipper bounced up and down on the rocks in the creek.

We think we brought too much food AGAIN! Or maybe we just don’t want to carry it. I recovered from altitude sickness, and feel pretty good today, just very weary, but so alive.

IMG_4462

Sawtooth Peak, up close and personal.

IMG_4461

Looking down towards Columbine Lake from the pass.

IMG_4458

Columbine lake, with Mt Whitney in the far distance. It’s that left-leaning bump a little to the left of center. The highest point in the continental USA.

There aren’t many people out here, but everyone on the trail is so nice. B’s phone says we hiked 9.2 miles. Mine says 7.5. Yesterday, hers said 6.5 miles, and mine said 4.9. I choose to believe hers.

IMG_4475

Looking down into Lost Canyon. Whitney straight ahead.

dancing trees

IMG_4474

Even in death, the trees can’t stop dancing!

I had a bonehead/too-tired accident today, while trying to adjust the contents of my pack while on a slick mirror-smooth granite slab, and my little Soto stove got away from me and rolled into a stream. I had to jump in to rescue it. Now, at dinnertime, it won’t light. Finally got it going, with the help of a Bic lighter and a little patience.

IMG_4476

Looking back up toward aptly-named Sawtooth Peak.

IMG_4468

Columbine Lake panorama

We had a socially-distanced dinner party with a young woman named Miranda, a location scout for movies in Los Angeles and excellent photographer, exchanging stories about hiking the JMT and sharing tips on trail gear. Miranda is very up on the latest gizmos! We had met yesterday at Monarch Lake (where she was lucky enough to snag a campsite out of the wind).

Now it’s 9:30 pm. I went to bed to read at about 6:45, and fell into a deep sleep. I woke as the sun was hitting the peaks with pink alpenglow. Fell asleep again, and now the stars are snagged in the lodgepole all around the camp. It’s so beautiful. A cool, perfect, quiet night. So much needed after last night’s hell. Even B, who never complains, said “It was terrible!”

7.9 miles. Not much, but plenty for sure.

An 8-Day Wander Through Wonder in SEKI

July 21, 2020, Sequoia-Kings Canyon National Parks

This day, Barbara Higbie (sometimes referred to here as “B”) and I began a trip that i have wanted to do for a few years. First, I wanted to revisit the Nine Lakes Basin, which I first saw in 2017, on a solo hike. Second, I wanted to show B the magnificent country that we only glimpsed from our hike over Elizabeth Pass in 2016. And third, I just wanted to drive the Mineral King Road, a long dead-end mostly-paved path up the mountains to our jumping-off point. I love a new road under my wheels!

On the afternoon of July 20, B and I headed south the Fresno, and set up camp in the garden of our dear friend and mentor Pat Wolk. It’s about a 4-hour drive from Berkeley, and would give us a really good head-start for today’s hike. On the way down, we stopped for gas in Visalia, and people were not very good about wearing masks, so we kept our distance. The guy in front of me in line for the cashier was slow to leave, chatting up the pretty (masked) cashier, and wearing his mask around his Adam’s apple. He regaled her with such salient observations as, “Friends are just people who are getting ready to screw you over.” Happily, the cashier did not look impressed.

IMG_4416

A granite spillway on Mineral King Road. Almost to the mountains!!!

We couldn’t sleep much (traffic noise from Herndon Ave all night), so we got an early start. By 6:30 AM we were on the road to Mineral King. The distance was something like 80 miles, and it took almost three hours! The road from Three Rivers to the trailhead took most of the time, as the average seed was about 10 mph. It wound up into the mountains from the foothills, and eventually entered Sequoia National Park, weaving past huge sequoia stumps around Atwell Mills and a scattering of spared middle-sized sequoia giants.

IMG_4421

Sequoiadendron Giganteum, somehow spared by the axe and saw.

At the trailhead, we had to wrap the van in a huge tarp, in order to keep the marmots out of the engine compartment. Seems they like to chew on electrical wiring. I wonder if it might really be a plot to try and keep people from coming here—just one more thing to contend with. We were up for the challenge, though. And a nice man (Steve) offered to help us. Barbara immediately said “YES!” I don’t think I would have been so quick to accept help, but of course I was glad to have it, and he knew the ropes of tying up a car.

IMG_4427

We posed for a picture in front of the freshly-wrapped van, ready to start the hike.

IMG_4429

Looking down on the Mineral King parking lot. Lots of climbing today!IMG_4435

I think it was about 10:00 AM when we started up the trail to Monarch Lakes, our first destination. It was only about a 5-mile hike, but it really took everything out of me. Altitude sickness hit me hard, and I was just dragging myself along the trail most of the way. When we arrived, I was dizzy, nauseated, and my hips were aching with lactic acid buildup in the muscles. No matter how much I gulped, I couldn’t get enough air or water. It was so hard. But so beautiful.IMG_4437

Lupine leaves

Lupine leaves and shadows

IMG_4439

Lower Monarch Lake, home sweet home for the night.

 

I dragged around camp, setting it up, while B fetched water and squeezed it through the purifier for me (much of our daily downtime is spent squeezing). Then I took a dip in Lower Monarch, and rinsed my salty hiking clothes, and began to feel quite a bit better. The lake wasn’t too cold, but I felt too punky to swim much. Tomorrow will be one of our most difficult days, hiking up and over Sawtooth Pass. On the way up to the lake today, we stopped to talk to a man on the trail. He said, “Let me give you a piece of advice. Do not go up Sawtooth Pass. Do not ever go up Sawtooth Pass.” You see, it’s very steep, and there is no real trail most of the way. There are myriad “trails” which people have tried, climbing through the granitic gravel, and it’s hard to ascertain which way to go. I was told, “Stay left as if you were going to Granite Pass (who the heck knows where that is?), and then cut right to the top of Sawtooth.” Okay.

IMG_4440

Our camp at lower Monarch Lake. Turns out we set up in a wind tunnel, but it was turned off at the time and we didn’t know it.

Disappointed to not be able to see the comet Neowise. I felt for sure we’d have a good view, but the mountains formed a solid barrier to the north. Maybe better luck  tomorrow.

IMG_4447A marmot ate a hole in B’s pack, when she left it unattended for a few minutes. We need to keep everything in our tents tonight, and keep a close eye on our belongings. They will chew on anything salty or if they smell food.

I have been trying to eliminate plastic from my life, so we are experimenting with biodegradable, compostable food bags. It doesn’t work. They are way too delicate for the abuse they get on the trail, and this is only the first day! I think maybe I need to sew cloth bags, which will probably add weight to my back.

We started at 7800′ elevation, and ended today at 10, 371′. It was a hellish day for me physically, but now we are in the Sierra! Good night.

IMG_4443

Alpenglow on the peaks, as seen from inside my tent.

 

Day 4, Hoover Wilderness 2019

July 29, 2019, 5:49 AM

It’s been a long cold night in a dripping tent. Well, I wasn’t cold, except when a tendril of outside air would find its way into my bag, which wasn’t often.

I’ve spent too many hours prone, but  don’t want to get up, or read much, or listen to anything. I find myself thinking about my duets album, which I’ve been working on—or off and on—for awhile now. I have one more song to record, and yesterday it came to me exactly what it should be and with whom. It’s been 30 years since I recorded “Old Friend,” on my “Love Chooses You” album. It’s definitely time to do it again, as a duet with Kathy Kallick! I’m so excited by the idea, which came to me in a flash on the last leg of yesterday’s walk.

Last night, after the rains, it was cold and clear. Stars bright as could be, and so many! The Milky Way was winding across the sky, and I saw a couple of meteors.IMG_0915

Whoa! The tent is frozen! The water droplets from the rain turned to ice in the night.

I got up and took a walk in the crepuscular light to the top of our granite pile, to watch the sun hit the snowy peaks and slowly light the pine and juniper, crawling across the valley to our campsite. Barbara is still sleeping, maybe. I didn’t want to wake her.IMG_0926IMG_0929IMG_0931IMG_0921IMG_0917IMG_0936

I came back down as the sun came up, maybe an hour or so later. Our camp is still in deep shade, and B is up and walking around. She was glad to see me, thought maybe I had gone missing. I should have left a note.

IMG_0939 I found this beauty nestled among the boulders. If I had the time, I would do portraits of all the junipers! Each one is so distinctive and full of character.

Breakfast was delayed by a frozen bear vault, which neither of us could open. Finally was able to wrangle it open with the help of a little stove warmth. Now we are waiting for the sun to do its job and dry the tents before we pack up. And the solar charger is doing its thing with my phone/camera. It’ll be another beautiful day!

This slideshow requires JavaScript.

9:00 PM

Now back home in Berkeley, I can fill in the rest of the day.  We hiked to the trailhead at Leavitt Meadows, leaving around 9:30 AM, and didn’t see a soul until we hereabout a half mile out from Lane Lake. There we saw a young couple from San Luis Obispo out for the day. He was tall, blond, sunburned, and barefoot. A young, indestructible demigod. Ah, youth!IMG_5393

IMG_0953

Two  different moods of the Walker River

At Lane Lake, we were ready for a swim, but our chosen beach was taken over by a backpacking father and his three small kids. He showed us a 50-mile loop that he loved in Hover Wilderness. It starts and ends with a hot spring, which is a fantastic plus in my book. We have to check it out!IMG_5410IMG_0959

The day is hot and the trail is dusty. At the other side of the lake, we took to the water for a much-needed pick-me-up swim. Watched the crawdads and reveled in the cold, clear water under the blue sky. Lots of people with kids and dogs around the lakes on this Saturday. I’m so glad we got out mid-week. It was perfect trip.

The last couple of miles along the edge of Leavitt Meadows is exposed to the fun mid-day sun, and the trail is sandy and empty of people. Beautiful, but we were hot and tired and it felt like a slog. Often, parts of many trails feel like slogs, and I’m happy to endure them because that’s how you get out there.

IMG_0961

I imagine at some point in its history, Leavitt Meadows looked more like Piute Meadows. It’s just a little farther removed from its glacial past.

IMG_0965IMG_0969IMG_0971 The contrast from the east to the west always startles me. As we look toward Nevada, the hills/mountains become giant piles of volcanic rubble.

IMG_0949

A view of the back of my backpack: a little journal, a copy of John Muir’s “The Mountains of California”, gloves, windbreaker, flashlight. If you look closely, you can see the hole that a marmot chewed in the webbing, sewn together with dental floss. Gotta make do with what you have. I no longer leave snacks under the webbing.

On the drive home, we stopped at Kennedy Meadows for Fritos and lemonade (yum!). It was perfect. The place was crawling with PCT hikers looking somewhat stunned, wandering around the aisles of the store fingering various items. We sat outside near where they were all gathered swapping stories from the trail. All these young people trying to put in the miles and accomplish a task. I much prefer to wander. 

We learned, via a posted article at the store, that in 1947 the Marines from the Mountain Warfare Training Center just over the pass accidentally burned down Kennedy Meadows during one of their exercises. Oops. Not supposed to do that.

Postscript, 7/6/2020: It has been a real treat for me to revisit this hike. As it turns out, it was the only time that entire year that I got away for a backpacking trip. This year, I am making up for that with two planned week-long trips and who knows what other spontaneous outings. It is the silver lining to this strange year of no work and a wide-open schedule. I feel so lucky that, in my 70th year, I can still do this. So I will continue until I can’t. One foot in front of the other, watching the world unfold.IMG_0975


 

Day 3, Hoover Wilderness 2019

6/28/2019, 3:30 PM

I was up at 7:00 AM, after another on-and-off sleep. I woke at 1:00 AM to see the amazing stars and to settle in to a podcast for an hour. I realized that something was wrong with my sleeping bag, and came to the conclusion that it was inside-out! I kept feeling a draft along the zipper, because the baffle didn’t keep it covered. It was much warmer the other way ’round!

We had a leisurely morning and set off up the trail just carrying water, lunch, the first aid kit and some extra clothes.IMG_0901

IMG_0903

I thank the WPA and Conservation Corps for these amazing paths through this high country Eden

IMG_5389

IMG_0874

IMG_5349

Big trees up here! And amazing trail crews.

IMG_0880IMG_5350

IMG_0882

We encounter our first snow on the trail!

Upper Piute Meadows slowly opened up in front of us. The trail sometimes cut through the higher reaches of the meadow, which were waterlogged and loving it. Impossible to keep the shoes/feet dry, but that was okay by me. It was a classic mountain meadow, formerly a glacier lake that slowly filled in with silt. So beautiful, with water everywhere.

IMG_5352IMG_5360IMG_5356IMG_0888Barbara lost her mosquito net somewhere on the trail, and I thought we should go back and find it, but we decided not to, and just kept going. We forded lots of little creeks and got wet in soaking meadows. I took off my shoes to ford Long Canyon Creek, which was big! It was rushing fast, but really only up to the knees.IMG_0904IMG_0905

IMG_0906

I know we look like twins in our nearly identical hiking clothes, but this is Barbara.

I feel so lucky!

I started making up verses to a walking song, with nods to John Muir:

Every time I get the blues,

I put-on my walking shoes

 And I find a trail, for I’ve determined

that going out is coming’ inIMG_5385

Lunch was a bit of a disappointment: turns out that dried hummus gets moldy really fast. Good to know for the future!

IMG_5366

We hiked up Kirkwood Creek to a nice overlook, and then turned back toward our camp. The sky was starting to look ominous.

IMG_0899IMG_5365IMG_0897

4:15 PM, back at our campsite again.IMG_5392

IMG_0912

The old soul juniper near our campsite. The overcast skies finally cooperated, and I was able to capture a reasonably good portrait.

IMG_0910

Barbara’s tent

IMG_0908

My tent. These are both Tarp Tents, made in Nevada City, CA. A really great, very lightweight design!

The weather is turning cold—the sky is flat gray, with deeper gray in the distance toward Nevada.

We are camped, for the second night, in the same place, among grantees slabs and sparse lodgepole and juniper. Little tufts of grass grow in the decomposed granite sand. We walked through gardens today of little, sweet-smelling phlox. I love that the blossoms turn from white to purple after they have been pollinated. The correlation to virginal brides dressed in white and “fallen women” in purple is just too obvious, making me realize that humans have been observing, and being a part of, the natural world for a long, long time.

The West Walker River is to the northwest of us, running through a steep granite chasm. On the other side is a nice quick stream (the one I fell into yesterday). It’s getting colder by the hour. It could rain, or bring snow to the high peaks. We can look down the valley at the volcanic peaks of the eastern Sierra and up the valley to the granite heights.

6:15 PM

I am in my tent inside my sleeping bag while a biting cold rain is pouring down. By 7:00, it’s over and the birds are singing again, but I have no desire to get out of this bag. Maybe another podcast is in my future…

9.9 miles, 26 floors, 23,219 steps—more or less.

 

Day 2, Hoover Wilderness 2019

June 27, 6:13 AMIMG_0835

A river of wind has been running above our heads through the pines all night long, strong and steady. Every once in a while, a current breaks loose and slaps my tent around. The day looks perfectly clear and beautiful, but I am loathe to leave my warm bag and begin the chores of backpacking: the morning ablutions in cold water, the filtering of water for breakfast oatmeal and hot beverage, followed by the packing up of sleeping bag, pad, and finally tent, and the repacking of the pack. Invariably, I will be almost finished with packing, when I realize that I need some other item that is, of course, at the bottom of the pack already. Blergh.

On this trip my typical cup of morning tea has been replaced by a hot cup of cacao, which I was loving at home. It’s good on the trail, but at home I lace it with sri racha, which I don’t have with me, and that makes all the difference. Next trip, it’ll be back to tea.

Our path wandered through an aspen grove, and an explanatory sign informed us that these trees were used as sort-of message boards by the mostly-Basque shepherds who used to spend the summers with their flocks of sheep in these mountains. John Muir spent his first summer in the Sierra as a shepherd, with a flock of over 2,000 sheep. He fell in love with the mountains, and became a vociferous opponent to the practice of herding, as he saw first-hand the damage it did to the land. There haven’t been sheep in these parts for a long time.

6:07 PM—83 floors, 8.8 miles and 21,530 steps laterIMG_5322

IMG_5320

Roosevelt Lake

We are somewhere on a rocky outcropping above meadows and streams and mosquitos. It’s sunny, with a cool breeze. There were lots of little stream crossings today, visits to beautiful Roosevelt and Lane Lakes, and almost no people.

IMG_0870

The edge of a little no-name lake along the trail. So green and lush…and probably a mosquito nursery.

IMG_0868

Barbara and I stopped on the trail for a nice chat with two English sisters, Helen and Stephanie, who were a long ways from home, and backpacking together. They were able to give us the lowdown on some of the stream crossings. We did well, until the last one, when I slipped and got both feet (and socks and shoes) wet to the ankles. I hike in New Balance Minimus trail runners, though, so they dry rather quickly and there is no chafing to speak of.

The entirety of this hike runs along the east side of the Walker River. Many of the hikes in this area require fording the river, which is what I was trying to avoid when I planned the route. Here’s what it looks like, a good part of the way.IMG_0846IMG_0841IMG_0848

IMG_5334

There are areas where I would consider a crossing, but it might require swimming. Best to avoid it altogether, though the west side looked so inviting!

In the afternoon, we left the main trail and hiked up Long Canyon, looking for a place to camp. But it was too steep, with nary a level place anywhere to pitch a single tent, let alone two. So we stopped and took our time preparing our hot meal, and had a lovely nap under a beautiful old juniper.IMG_0858IMG_0856 2

Once rested, we decided to head back down to the main trail again and push on to Piute Meadows. We came to a big stream crossing, with no chance of staying dry, and Barbara said she didn’t want to do it. It did look daunting, very swift though not particularly deep. Clearly, the trail continued beyond the crossing. So we decided to double back.

IMG_0850

Barbara is the happiest camper!

The mosquitos got a bit much, so we reversed direction again to higher ground, and finally found a home for the night, on a high hump of glacier-smoothed granite not far off the trail but very secluded, with a few picturesque junipers and a view down to the river and up to surrounding peaks. It was our own little Shangri-La. I have found a perfect boulder backrest and am watching the day slowly fade while I scribble away.IMG_0862IMG_0866IMG_5337IMG_0864

IMG_0868

Pussy paws! Now I know we’re getting up there!

We met four of a group of nine men who had just spent five days camping. They had their equipment brought in by pack horses, and just had to carry little knapsacks with snacks and cameras. It really sounded idyllic, until we saw where they were camped among the pines and mosquitos. I’d have hated that part of it! Aside from these four and the English sisters, we ran into three people we had met in the parking lot yesterday, and that was it for human interaction.

IMG_0860

Tomorrow, we will go exploring and leave our packs behind. Piute Meadows, here we come!

It looks like some clouds are closing in, but they don’t appear to be menacing.

Hoover Wilderness, June 2019

On June 26, 2019, Barbara Higbie and I left Berkeley at 8:30 AM and drove against the heavy commute traffic out to CA Hwy 120 and across the Central Valley. Then we hit Hwy 108 over Sonora Pass. We stopped at the overlook above Donnell Reservoir, which dams the Middle Fork of the Stanislaus River. It was at capacity from recent snowmelt.

IMG_0767IMG_0769IMG_5282IMG_0765We expected to see more snow, as the winter of 2018-2019 gave the Sierra 160% of average snowfall for the year. But there wasn’t much to speak of until over 9000 feet—then, it lay in thick drifts across the north-facing slopes.

IMG_0777IMG_0792

Because of the heavy snowfall, and this relatively early-in-the-year hike, I had searched maps and trekking books for a fairly high-altitude hike that would help us avoid any major stream crossings, which are raging with snowmelt. Neither Barbara nor I had been to the Hoover Wilderness, which is nestled between northern Yosemite and Tahoe on the eastern Sierra slope.

IMG_0794

IMG_0795

Gearing up to leave the vehicle. For this trailhead, you just show up, write your name and car license number in a book, and say vaguely where you are headed and when you’ll be back.

We took the trail toward Roosevelt Lake, but then decided to go to Secret Lake (who can resist a name like that?) instead today. Views of the barren mountains of the eastern Sierra are gorgeous. The wind comes in occasional strong gusts, so we have to make sure our hats are tightly attached to our heads.

IMG_0799IMG_0807IMG_0806IMG_0805IMG_5301IMG_0801

Notice the outpost in the valley on this little video? That is the United States Marine Corps Mountain WarfareTraining Center! I didn’t know there was such a thing. It brings the modern outside world into our little backpacking reverie in an unsettling way.

Arriving at Secret Lake there are two other groups sharing the area. We decide to rest, and cook our hot meal of the day, and see where the afternoon would take us. Turns out, not far. We opted for staying put and making camp sometime around 4:00 PM. It’s been a long-enough day.

IMG_0816

IMG_0818Good tent sites. The other two groups had moved on, and this beautiful lake nestled amid Jeffrey pine and juniper is all ours. We decided to walk around the lake, and stopped for a swim. The water is cold, but not as cold as last week’s Yuba River swims!

IMG_0822IMG_0824

IMG_0830

Flowers are everywhere: vermilion penstemon, Mariposa lilies, paintbrush, lupines, tiny white and purple flowers, wild irises. I feel so lucky to be able to do this! Only four hours from home, and the mountains are ours!

Mountain Chickadees calling, “Hey, Laurie!”, Clark’s Nutcrackers calling to each other, crawdads and fish in the lake, the occasional jay commenting on our presence. The  wind sounds like a freeway rushing by in the treetops, but down on ground level, it is amazingly calm. The sky is a deep clear blue, with a cloud or two around the edges. It’ll be a cold, dark night full of stars, but right now, I am sitting in the sun, where it’s breezy and open.

A long, slow evening and an early bed. Good night, Barbara. Good night, trees. Good night, critters seen and unseen. We walked a short 5.2 miles, and climbed the equivalent of  83 floors. Feels good to be out in the wide world in my cozy tent, and prone in a warm bag.

 

Grover Hot Springs and the road home

Grover Hot Springs and the road home

June 30, 2019

I just returned from my first backpack trip of the year, and am anxious to write about it while it’s still fresh in my mind. But I realize that I never wrote about my last day of last year’s trip. So here we go, back in history to July 19. 2018!

As you may recall, Barbara Higbie and I were in Markleeville, after having gotten smoked out of our backpacking trip in the Mokelumne Wilderness by the big fire near Yosemite. We had stayed overnight at a little motel in town, and are just waking up from a blissful night’s sleep in clean sheets after having showered and removed the dust and grime of the trail.

JULY 19, 2018

We ate breakfast at the Alps Diner, and I ordered the most excellent “Breakfast Bowl” of eggs, little yellow potatoes, sausage, cheese and salsa. When it arrived, I couldn’t imagine eating the whole thing, but I plowed right through it. We checked out at around 10:00 AM, and headed to the campgrounds and hot springs at Grover Hot Springs. The campground is beautiful, clean and well-kept. Very well-run state park. It became a park in 1959. Barbara and I checked in and chose a campsite nicely situated away from other sites, and not far from the creek.

IMG_7850

Our campsite, Grover Hot Springs State Park.

Then we checked out the hot springs. It turned out that it’s a favorite with Sacramento’s Ukrainian community. Many people speaking Ukrainian or Russian (I can’t tell the difference), very old to very young, families with babies, teenagers, and grandparents. A woman I spoke to said that they come every year and find the waters to be very healing.IMG_7922

IMG_7924

The hot and cold pools at Grove Hot Springs. So nice!

Hot cold hot cold hot cold relax. Barbara and I then went back to our campsite to set up (it’s like a hotel, with a check-in time, though we could choose our “room” in advance). I felt drugged by the heat, which reached 107 in the sun that day. So I spread out my pad in the shade and napped. Then we cooled off in town with a visit to the Alpine County Museum and one-room schoolhouse. This place used to be a town of 4,000, but now is more like 250. The tall stands of pines were cut down to furnish fuel for the silver mines, and when the timber was gone, the town was, too.

IMG_7858

A painting of Mt Hood by Markleeville’s most famous artist, Walt Monroe. He was recognized as a young child as a gifted artist, and his painting and sketches are on exhibit at the Alpine County Historical Society Museum.

IMG_7852

It was nice and cool in the museum, and there was lots of interest to read and look at.

At around 4:30, w returned to our camp and hiked the 1.5 miles to the waterfall. It was very beautiful, especially climbing up the rocks to the upper pool. We were the only ones there. It was such a magical place!IMG_7860

IMG_7864

Before we discovered the upper pool, we cooled ourselves in the creek the best we could.

IMG_7891

The upper pool was big! One could do (short) laps, if one were so inclined…

IMG_7904

IMG_7885

…or practice yoga.

IMG_7902

IMG_7916

A perfect bathtub!

IMG_7918

The walk from the creek to the hot springs led across a beautiful open meadow. You can see the hot springs buildings in the distance.

Then it was back to the hot springs for a final hot cold hot cold dip, which was disappointing after the creek. The place was filled with even more Ukrainians, and it was pleasurable to just let the language flow over and around me, not understanding a word that was being said. Then at 7:00 PM we attended the evening’s entertainment: a ranger talk on the Grover family. We were the only two people there. The ranger who gave the talk was very knowledgeable and an inspiration. He walked with the aid of crutches, probably he had polio as a child. But he had backpacked all over the Sierra, usually hiking about seven miles/day. He had really powerful arms and shoulders. He said the  Park was bought by the State of California in 1959 for the price of $62,000. Now, that was taxpayer money well-spent!IMG_7926IMG_7928

IMG_7931

One of the giant old stumps left behind from the days of logging.

We were in bed by about 9:30 or 10:00 PM. It was a day full of surprises. I remember waking up probably around 11:00 PM to the sound of crackling fire, and I freaked out, thinking the forest was alight in all that heat and dryness. I was relieved to find that the neighboring campsite had been occupied, and the inhabitants had a big fire going in their metal oil-drum fire pit. Whew. Still, I couldn’t shake the feeling that it was the wrong thing to do in those circumstances.

The following morning, we set off for home, stopping first at Lower Blue Lake (a PG&E reservoir) for a swim, and just to check it out, and then taking a short hike at Carson Pass.IMG_7935

IMG_7945

At Carson Pass, we hiked north along the PCT for a little ways, and then took off up the hill through the junipers to see the view.

IMG_7941

Where rock and wood become one.

IMG_7939

IMG_1542

The view from the top of the barren volcanic hill we climbed was spectacular. We could see for miles in all directions.

IMG_7956

 

We drove home through the Delta, to escape the horrendous traffic on I-80. It was the perfect end to a fabulous last day of our trek.

 

All Who Wander…

July 18, 2018

Wide awake at 5:00 AM, and up and puttering around camp. Took a walk up the granite slabs, enjoying birdsong and first light. Way smokier than yesterday! I can barely see the volcanic spires that were so clear yesterday. IMG_7776IMG_7780

IMG_7778

Early morning light on the granite was too gorgeous not to try to capture.

IMG_7788

One last photo of my tent before ewe pack up. I love this little guy! A DW Moment Tarp Tent, made in Nevada City, CA.

IMG_7792

Barbara consented to take the obligatory annual photo of me, naked, in tree pose, on this outcropping. And no, I will not post the results here (or anywhere).

Barbara slept in, until 7:00 or so, and we finally got going sometime around 8:30, after our lovely breakfast of oatmeal and dried blueberries and bananas and a cup of coffee, adjusting our packs, and stopping at the lake to refill our water bottles.

IMG_7810

Too much smoke!

IMG_7814From the east side of the lake, I thought it would be easy to just walk back through the trees and intersect the trail up to our north, but of course we missed it, and spend about a half hour poking around in the wrong direction looking for something that was slightly more than a deer path. We retraced our steps and found it. Such a big relief, every time that happens! It was marked with a cairn every once in a while, which really helped. I made a mental note of how sure I had been that we were going in the right direction, when actually we were 90 degrees off from it. Belief in infallibility is a real weakness. The first part of the trail is a pretty steep climb, and then we hit the meadows where we once again lost our way amid the flowers and dense growths of skunk cabbage. Lots of wandering in Beauty. One time, looking down, we found a beautiful fresh bear paw print in the mud of a little stream. Never did see who it belonged to.

IMG_1440

IMG_7825

Trails were hard to find in the meadows, and we hated to step on the flowers.

IMG_7815

Bear scat.

We finally located the trail up around the right shoulder of the volcanic cliffs, and found our way to the Underwood Valley. The glacial valley stretched down below us, a bowlful of smoke. We rested under a juniper and thought about what to do next. We had been intending to spend the day in that valley, which has a year-round stream, and just enjoy the water running over the smooth granite slabs, but it looked decidedly unhealthy to try and breathe that air. I thought that if we hiked back out to the van, we could escape the smoke by heading east over Ebbetts Pass, and possibly explore the Carson-Iceberg Wilderness or one of the other closer places on the map. So we decided to escape the smoke, which seemed to be getting thicker as the day progressed. I am disappointed that we didn’t take any photos of the “view” into Underwood Valley! I guess my inner journalist was turned off.

IMG_7822And so we once again headed back to the bear paw meadow, to find the trail back up to the saddle we had crossed over the day before, and from there back over to Wheeler Lake. Retracing our steps was, of course, easier, and we stayed on the trail more often than not. I found that I have a pretty good eye for remembering the contours of the land and individual trees.

IMG_7816

This portion of the trail was actually much more obvious than much of it.

IMG_7819

Whoa! An actual trail marker!

IMG_7820

Looks like it needs to be dug out.

IMG_7826

We stopped to enjoy the view up at 8500 feet. Very different from the previous day.

Now, at 4:00, we are at Wheeler Lake again, back at the little cold stream that feeds it. Here we stopped again to refresh ourselves in the water, rinse off the dust and sweat, and boil water for a hot meal. The stream noise blocks out any cowbells. We considered spending the night there, but decided to just push on and get out of the thickening smoke. This ended up being the right decision, as every mile we went closer to the start, the sky cleared a bit more.

IMG_7831

IMG_7834

So quiet and peaceful in the forest, except for the damn biting flies.

The trail from Wheeler Lake seemed longer and hotter and quite a bit buggier in the forest than it had been coming in a couple of days ago. The deer flies feasted on my legs, but they are so slow that I sent quite a few to their graves—and felt good about it. I really don’t like to hike with long pants on, and I paid the price for my stubbornness, with a good share of red welts and itching.

IMG_7828

These red firs were huge, but they look spindly in this photo. You’l have to take my word for it.

IMG_7836

About a mile out from Highway 4, Barbara checked her phone and answered texts while I treated a blister on one of my toes. First blister I have gotten in many a year.

We finally got back to the van at around 6:30 or 7:00, exhausted, hot and bug-bitten, and I had a nagging cough from the smoky air. But the sky was much clearer, and it looked like we had made the right decision. Looking at the map, the closest campsite was at a place called Mosquito Lakes. Something about that didn’t appeal to us (though it looked beautiful as we drove past). Barbara suggested that we drive over Ebbetts Pass to see what there was to see, and we checked out the campsites in Pacific Valley. We were both so beat and a little beat-up from our 14-mile trek that day, and, spoiled by our three days of solitude, that we didn’t want to camp cheek-by-jowl with a bunch of strangers. Then we had the great idea (or rather Barbara did) to drive to Markleeville and get a motel room.  And oh, the anticipation of a shower! We were so hot, tired and dirty.

IMG_7838

The view going over Ebbetts Pass was spectacular, and the skies were definitely clearer. The road is about 1.5 lanes wide, with no dividing line. Beautiful!

Arrived in Markleeville at about 8:00 PM, and it was completely closed up. There were people sitting in chairs along the road, and they were very helpful in telling us that there were no vacancies in town, and anyway Ron had just left in his red truck, and he was the only one who could have helped us. Luckily, as they were talking to Barbara, I spotted a young tattooed and barefoot man standing in front of an establishment with a sign that read “J. Marklee Provisions and Lodging.” I asked him if there were any rooms available, and he said, “I don’t know. I’ll look.” I followed him down the row of rooms while he opened each door, glanced inside, and closed it again. Hmmm. He turned and asked, “One bed or two?” I said two, and he said, “come back in a half hour and we will have one ready for you.” Great! Barbara asked, “What if the room isn’t any good?” and the young man responded, “Oh, they are terrible!” Turned out that the room was really comfy, with good beds, nice sheets, squeeky-clean bathroom, and a killer shower.

As we drove into town, I was pleased and surprised to see a sign for Grover Hot Springs, just 6 miles up the road from town. So Barbara and I decided to drive up and check it out while the room was being readied. I forgot to mention that earlier that day, when we were deciding where to go, I had suggested finding some hot springs and just relaxing in the healing waters. And here they were! Grover Hot Springs State Park was purchased by the State of California in 1959, to help struggling Alpine County attract some tourist dollars. It’s a beautiful place, with a lovely campground. We decided right then that we would spend the next day at the hot springs and stay at the campground.

IMG_7842

Here is the trash we collected along the trail: heavy foil, a mylar balloon, the remnants of a regular balloon with pink ribbon, a Starbuck’s bag, broken glass, and the remains of a shoe.

IMG_7967

The trail was long and dusty. Barbara documented her feet before her shower.

Back at the motel, we started thinking how nice it would be to have a cold beer. But of course, the town was closed up. We pooled our few dollars, and decided to ask a couple of men we saw grilling dinner if we could perhaps buy a couple of beers from them. They appeared to be like likely suspects, but first, Barbara said she would ask the motel people. The woman making our beds told us that some other group had left a case of Fat Tire in the communal fridge, and we were welcome to as much as we wanted. Hallelujah! We sat out under a big cottonwood in the evening’s fading light drinking some of the most delicious beer I have ever encountered. Then showers. And checking email. Egad. The world is burning up in every way.

I slept well, though something bit my big toe and the itching kept me awake until I remembered to take a benadryl from our first aid kit. Then I passed out.

14 miles, 29 flights of stairs, according to my iPhone.

Losing the Trail

Today, according to the hiking book, we should be away from people. Boy, is that the truth! There is no sign of anyone, except for the remains of a mylar birthday balloon blown in from who knows where, a metallic Starbuck’s bag, and a large piece of tin. We packed the trash into Barbara’s pack.

IMG_7675Leaving Wheeler Lake, we found a beautiful cold stream, and spent awhile there  filtering and filling our water bottles in the cool shade.

IMG_7677

There was a large flock of Canada geese at Wheeler Lake. When we first arrived, we mistook their vocalizations for dogs barking, and assumed there were humans nearby. Not so.

We started up over to Frog Lake, and missed the trail turnoff, so we hiked a couple of miles down Jefferson Canyon toward the Mokelumne River. We figured out that we had missed the trail, but thought maybe we would just keep going, and spend some time at the river. The mosquitos got thicker the lower we went, and the slow and vicious deer flies started biting, so we turned around and headed for higher ground. It’s nice to wander without a real agenda.

IMG_7693

Purple monkeyflower grew in profusion.

IMG_7687

Alpine Lilies hugged the bank of the creek in Jefferson Canyon

IMG_7684

I don’t know what this little fern-like plant is, but it was so sweet and tender-looking that I had to snap a picture. What is it?

We found the trail, and had to be constantly vigilant to stay on it. We lost it a few times under fallen trees and in lush meadows where the vegetation grew much faster than lonesome travelers could beat it down. Barbara and I are good travel companions. She has more stamina than she did two years ago, and I have less, which evens us out somewhat. I love that she is so wiling to be in the moment and go wherever. And I’m so glad to be away from the cows!

IMG_7682

Termites were hard at work clearing the forest of fallen trees.

Today, I practiced my map reading and compass skills, and luckily found the right path every time, though there were some stretches of cross-country while we looked for the very faint trail. I felt so relieved every time it reappeared, even though I was pretty certain of our direction and the map. Some of the streams shown on the map were already dried up, which made things feel iffier. I find that my eye is sharper, and more able to catch the faint deer prints, broken twigs and bent blades of grass that sometimes are the only trail markers.

IMG_7701

The view northwards from the saddle. The high point didn’t have a name, so we called it      Mount Lewigbie. May as well..

The trail led up and over a saddle at 8550 ft, in a funny area of mixed volcanic rock and glacial granite. It was wonderful resting under the windswept lodgepole pines at the top of the World.

IMG_7703

 

Finally, after more losing of the trail, we arrived at Frog Lake. I don’t know what I was expecting—probably something more alpine-looking than it turned out to be. It is a lovely lake surrounded by forest and meadow. The stream feeding it was dried up, and we had to get our water from the lake itself. It’s full of lily pads and very pretty, but after yesterday’s run-in with leeches I didn’t want to risk immersing myself. We settled for rinsing the day’s salt and grime at the water’s sandy edge.

 

IMG_7705

The volcanic rock and lichens were so colorful, compared to the smooth granite nearby.

IMG_7707

 

IMG_7715

A little stunted and gnarled ponderosa pine curved itself into a very comfy seat.

 

 

 

IMG_7699

Mariposa Lilies shared the shade of the lodgepole pine with us.

img_77051.jpg

The volcanic rock and lichens were so colorful, compared to the smooth granite nearby.

IMG_7707

IMG_7715

A little stunted and gnarled ponderosa pine curved itself into a very comfy seat.

IMG_7709

Volcanoes and glaciers formed this place. And probably earthquakes, too.

Finally, after more losing of the trail, we arrived at Frog Lake. I don’t know what I was expecting—probably something more alpine-looking than it turned out to be. It is a lovely lake surrounded by forest and meadow. The stream feeding it was dried up, and we had to get our water from the lake itself. It’s full of lily pads and very pretty, but after yesterday’s run-in with leeches we didn’t want to risk immersing ourselves. We settled for rinsing off the day’s salt and grime at the water’s sandy edge.

IMG_7729

IMG_7721

IMG_7725I decided to explore a bit to find us a campsite, and I’m really glad I did. On the far side of the lake, there was a long granite ridge, and nestled among the boulders was a real gem of a site, with views down the valley and up to the volcanic spires which we had seen on our left as we crossed the saddle, at about 8000 ft. We set up camp at about 3:30 and had a mid afternoon dinner.IMG_7730

IMG_7731

IMG_7732

The well-dressed backpacker, ready for dinner with titanium spork in hand

IMG_7735

Volcanic spires and granite slabs, the view from our campsite.

IMG_7734

The glacier-polished granite shone brightly in the magic light of late afternoon.

I was really tired, and thinking of bed by 6:00. But it was way too sunny and beautiful out to retreat to my tent. Smoke started to blow in from the Yosemite fire, but it appeared to be high up, and we couldn’t smell it. The wildflower fields continue to amaze us, with lupine and aster joined by vetch, mariposa lilies, shooting stars, columbines, penstemon, and a myriad of flowers whose names I don’t know.

IMG_7746

A natural jigsaw puzzle near or camp.

IMG_7744

still life

IMG_7742

The only other humanoid for miles around kept watch over our camp.

IMG_7764I am feeling much more comfortable with the map and compass now. For some reason, though we get no phone signal, Barbara’s iPhone is still able to find us on Google Maps. That seems rather sinister to me, but it does really help to have another point of reference to corroborate my semi-educated guesses. We walk in Beauty.

IMG_7740

Our camp, nestled among the boulders.

IMG_7738

Every tree was worthy of a portrait.

IMG_7756

It’s a hard life for plants in this environment.

IMG_7754

A perfect bonsai and cushion buckwheat

IMG_7748

Barbara glowing in the magic light.

IMG_7768IMG_7766IMG_7758

Barbara brought a small book by Thich Nhat Hanh on being present and practicing the Buddhist principle of “aimlessness.” She ripped it in half, so that we could both read it. Today, we managed to do that a lot Every day up here, without an agenda other than to keep to a very loose itinerary, keeps me very much in the moment.

We made ourselves stay up long enough to watch the sun’s fiery orange ball sink out of sight into the smoky Central Valley. Then it was off to sleep by about 8:30. I woke several times in the night to star-gaze from the comfort of my bag, watching the slow drift of the Milky Way snake across the sky. So beautiful and clear!

 

Today was 9.1 miles.

The Mokelumne Wilderness

MORE COWBELL!

IMG_7665

A dragonfly checked out my toes at Wheeler Lake. I reached for my camera, but s/he flew off.       I waited, and after a couple of minutes, s/he returned.

On July 16, Barbara Higbie and I took off for what we expected would be a 5-day backpacking trip in the Mokelumne Wilderness, in the Sierra north of Highway 4, west of Ebbetts Pass. I had purchased an older guide book at a bookstore in Oakland for $1, and the itinerary for the area seemed promising. I was interested in seeing the area that furnishes 90% of our East Bay drinking water, for one thing, and the descriptions of the mix of volcanic and glacial terrain sounded visually promising. I had purchased a topographical map of the area from mytopo.com, so that I could plot our trek. I love maps!

IMG_7987

Orange highlighter marked our travels, starting from Hwy 4 on the lower right side.

Barbara and I got together and planned out our meals, snacks, and so forth. I had been dehydrating nectarines, peaches, and blueberries, and my latest delicious find for the trail: parmesan cheese. You can get rid of 75% of the weight, and have a wonderful and welcome addition to boring trail food! We divided up packets of fruit and nuts for munchies during the day, and took packets of almond butter and crackers and a few bars for lunches. Our favorite hot meal ended up being something I had thrown together, with dehydrated  black beans from the Berkeley Bowl bulk foods section, mixed with dehydrated brown rice, carrots, spinach, and kale that I had purchased online. Throw a little of that parmesan on it, and it was delicious! Breakfast was a mix of oats and toasted amaranth flakes with protein powder and dried whole milk, with dehydrated blueberries and bananas. I’d say we ate well, except for one suspect dinner that we couldn’t force ourselves to eat. We ended up burying it somewhere in the woods. Barbara had gotten her hands on a book on ultralight backpacking, and wanted to use the suggested food amounts from there. Turns out that we don’t eat nearly as much as the guy who wrote the book (who was hiking 20 miles/day). I pointed that out before we left, and we cut our rations down somewhat, but were still left with too much food to carry for five days. Next time, I’ll probably pack too little to make up for it.

IMG_7983

Dehydrated fruits and cheese, plus nuts and milk, getting ready for the trail.

I started out to pick up Barbara before 7:00 AM on July 16, after having spent the last three days on the road with the Right Hands, playing in Winters, Santa Cruz and Rohnert Park. I was working with a sleep deficit and was pretty tuckered out by the run, but also psychically energized by the great audiences and terrific band. Of course, half-way to Babz’s house, I had to turn back because i had forgotten things that at the time seemed really important: my balaclava for cold weather and extra velcro to affix our gaiters to our shoes. After a slow start, we made it to the Sandy Meadow trailhead shortly after noon, on a clear, warm day. Left the van in the dirt parking lot, and took off up the trail. The first thing that greeted us was a large swath of Mariposa lilies —the most I’ve ever seen in one place. A good omen. Then huge meadows of lupine and purple mountain aster. We met a woman and her Jack Russell terrier out for a walk as we started up the trail, and then didn’t see another human for the rest of the hike.

IMG_7681

Barbara pauses in a field of flowers

IMG_7671

The little mountain hemlock. They rarely get bigger than about 6 feet tall.

We walked through red fir and lodgepole forests scattered with little mountain hemlocks (John Muir’s favorite tree). The new sage-green growth on the tips of the branches were so full of of life, silently singing, “Look at me! Look at me!” And how could you not? We heard a hermit thrush singing somewhere off in the woods. The trail was relatively gentle, but still kicked my tired butt. It was only that, though—standard tiredness—and really I had nothing to complain about. The streams were a rich brown from the tannins in the duff.

IMG_7653

Rich tea-stained water.

We arrived at Wheeler Lake, and were surprised to hear, out in the lush, swampy meadow surrounding the lake on two sides, the sounds of cowbells. It felt like we had walked into Switzerland accidentally. At least at first it wasn’t so annoying. The cattle were on the far side of the lake. We found a nice campsite among the granite boulders above the trail, and set up camp and had an early dinner. Afterwards, we decided to wash off the dust and sweat in the lake, and take a swim. The lake was surprisingly warm, and the bottom was squishy with decaying plant matter (and probably cow dung). Nevertheless, we got in it, and it felt great, until I suddenly remembered reading about leeches in warm mountain lakes. We swam fast to shore, and in fact I had two of the little suckers trying to attach themselves to my leg. Ugh! Barbara had been spared. It is obvious to me that the lake could use a little less fertilizer in the form of cow poop. I doubt there is a fish that could survive in it at this point.

IMG_7659

Danger! Leeches!

IMG_7661

Still, it was beautiful in its way…

At 6:30, there were, thankfully, still no mosquitos, but the cowbells started getting louder and louder. The cattle were working themselves over to our side, eating as they went. The bells must really drive them crazy in some way. There is no way they can move without the damn things ringing! There were 16 head of cattle, big and fat and feasting incessantly on the rich grasses.

Wheeler Lake is bound on three sides by tall, rugged volcanic cliffs. It looked like we must be inside some ancient caldera.

IMG_7643

Today, I read the compass backwards and told Barbara that South was North. I need to brush up on my skills!

We were in our tents by about 8:30, and even with the cowbells I slept like just another log in the forest. My phone tells me we walked 6.5 miles. My body is trying to tell me it’s more like 10.

 

The North Rim

July 13, 2017

IMG_5695

The incredible snowplant!

Katie and I were on the road back to Yosemite by 6:45 AM. We finally discovered that the reason there isn’t any information online for the Tuolumne Hikers Shuttle is that the Tuolumne Meadows structures sustained so much winter damage that they aren’t running shuttles up there. So much snow! So we drove to the Porcupine Creek trailhead on Tioga Pass Road to hike to North Dome, then along the North Rim to Yosemite Falls and down to the Valley floor in time to meet the one and only bus back up to the trailhead and the car. It was scheduled to leave to Visitors’ Center at 5:00 PM.

By 9:30 AM, we were on the trail. The weather was absolutely perfect! I had hiked this trail on my 50th birthday (16+ years ago), and remembered it as having  truly great vistas.

IMG_5696

Looking across the Valley to Half Dome

IMG_5697

The view of Clouds Rest

IMG_5698

Katie and me, stopping for a rest and the view before we head down to North Dome

Unlike the previous day, the first part of today’s hike was populated by happy duos and groups bound for the first scenic overlook and North Dome. An easy hike through forests, across creeks (I took off my shoes and waded across, while Katie took a circuitous route somewhere upstream to avoid that while I waited), and up gentle slopes led us to the first views of Half Dome across the Valley, and of the vast expanse of slick glacier-scoured granite rising up to Clouds Rest.

IMG_5702

The last bit of the trail down to North Dome is somewhat of a scramble at times, and then when you reach the saddle the trail branches in every direction leading up to the summit. It’s just wide-open stone, with very little vegetation, just a scraggly lodgepole pine hanging on here and there in a crevice. There is something about being out in all this grandeur that I think leads people to speak quietly, like being in a cathedral. Though there were lots of groups scattered across North Dome’s bald pate, it was calm and peaceful. I fought my vertigo to sit as close to the edge as I dared, among the roots and in the shade of a weather-beaten pine. We rested and just enjoyed to views for probably a little to long.

IMG_5709

I can’t imagine a place I would rather be!

IMG_5707

Katie consults the map, and we decide we had better get a move on.

IMG_5706

Next time: Clouds Rest! I’ve never hiked up there before.

IMG_5704 2

Look at how that cloud imitates the rocky outcropping on the skyline! Did the wind blowing across the rock sculpt that cloud?

As we bid farewell to North Dome, and headed west along the north rim of Yosemite Valley, the crowds dissipated, and we seemed to be the only people on the trail. It led for awhile through an old burned area, where the blackened trees stood stark in the brilliant mountain light.

IMG_5719

I wondered if this were the area that I had noticed being over-ripe for burning back in 2000. There was so much built-up branch and fallen-tree litter on the forest floor, that it scared me back then. I could imagine the devastation wrought by all that fuel catching fire. These trees couldn’t withstand the intensity of the resultant conflagration.

IMG_5720

A view into the Valley, and across to Half Dome.

Judging by the miles left to hike, Katie and I kept up a good, steady pace along the North Rim trail, and to the top of spectacular Yosemite Falls, still running full this year from the enormous winter snowpack.

As we approached the Yosemite Falls, we started to see lots more people, who had hiked up from the Valley floor.

IMG_5724

The creek looks pretty small from this view.

IMG_5726

When you add people, you can see that it’s not that little!

IMG_5727

Katie on the bridge across Yosemite Creek.

As the day wore on, we realized that it was going to be a very tight connection to catch the bus back to the car. So we picked up our pace, and didn’t stop for miles and miles. We were counting on the trail being about 12 miles, but it ended up being quite a bit more than that. So we spent the last few hours rushing, tuckered out and barely stopping except to snap a few photos. The day was hot, it was dusty, and all I wanted to do was laze around and enjoy myself up there!

IMG_5728

The first view back up to Yosemite Falls. The water thundered down to the Valley, thankfully spraying the trail on occasion with a gentle, cool mist.

IMG_5729

IMG_5732

The trail had been changed since I was last on it. At one point, I saw the old trail leading off to the left, and we debated whether to take it or not. It looked sort-of closed off and I worried that we would run into some obstruction that we wouldn’t be able to get around if we left the mail trail. This turned out to possibly be a mistake, as the new trail wound much further west and added miles to the trail (though it was a much easier grade).

IMG_5733

The hours and miles seemed to crawl by, as we hurried on to catch the bus. I am a pretty fast hiker, generally passing people on the trail and swinging along quite comfortably. These last few hours, though, I was really trying to push myself. It was reminiscent of the day on the John Muir Trail that I got separated from Betty and tried to catch her (without the emotional component: see Day 5, August 17, for that story). Finally, we hit the valley floor, and realized we were still about a mile from the bus stop at 4:40PM. We ended up doubling our pace, right when I was bonking. I was ready to give up and try hitch-hiking back to the car, but Katie proved her mettle, and led me on along the paved road. No stopping for photos. No stopping to refill water bottles. No stopping to eat anything that required stopping in order to be eaten. Tired and dusty, we walked as fast as we could through the throngs of sightseers, kids on bikes, and inadvertently bombing visitors’ souvenir photos as we barrelled through.

We arrived at the bus stop about 5 minutes before the bus. I was completely fried. My iPhone showed that we had hiked 16.8 miles that day.

IMG_5737

Finally! A place to just sit!

I have never felt so happy to be in a vehicle, I think. It meant that I was forced to just sit there and rest. By the time we returned to Yosemite bug Resort, we were somewhat recovered, but cured of hiking for a day. So we took it easy the next morning and lazed around until checkout, and then lazed around some more at the spa. On the way home, we went through Mariposa and stopped for breakfast at the Sugar Pine Cafe. It’s interesting going to a restaurant with a dedicated restaurant worker like Katie. She has a different and much more nuanced POV for all that is going on around us. We sat at the counter, and watched the highly efficient cooks and waitstaff doing their jobs with care and precision. And the food was great.

I can’t help but feel a little irritated at the maps for understating the mileage, and thereby throwing our timing off, so that the last few hours were more-or-less a blur for me. Still, it was an incredible, breathtakingly beautiful hike, and I would do it again in a heartbeat, and take more time. Maybe camp out somewhere on the North Rim, and just “be” for some precious hours. And next time, I am going to forsake the new trail and explore that old one along Yosemite Creek. I found it on some old maps, and it cuts off quite a bit of trail.

This ended Katie’s and my adventure for 2017. This year (2018), Katie will be hiking the John Muir Trail, and if I’m lucky, I’ll find a time that coincides with her schedule so that I can resupply her along the way.

IMG_5735

A sudden wind whipped up Yosemite Falls, no doubt refreshing some happy hikers along the trail.

July, Katie, and Yosemite

Here it is, getting on toward the end of May, 2018, and I am hankering for the High Country. Still a bit early for me to venture up into the High Sierra. So I have decided to take a little vacation in my mind by revisiting a couple of days of hiking last summer. Here is Day 1 for your reading enjoyment.

July 12, 2017

IMG_5657I woke at 5:45 AM and was out the door by 6:30, riding with my friend Katie Renz up to the May Lake trailhead in Yosemite. Katie and I had met the previous summer, hiking on the High Sierra Trail in Sequoia National Park. She was on her way to Mt Whitney, and I was just wandering and enjoying a certain aimlessness. Since then, we had been planning a backpacking trip for this time period, expecting to be able to hike above the treeline somewhere.But with the enormous snowpack, the high country was still too impassable and many creeks too dangerous to ford. So in lieu of the backpacking trip, we had opted for a couple of day hikes, staying at night at the Yosemite Bug Resort, where I was cashing in on a comped two nights’ stay to make up for a water problem during the Yosemite Songwriting Retreat the previous Summer.

IMG_5659

We stopped in Groveland at the venerable Iron Door for breakfast, which seemed to take forever. No, it actually did take nearly forever. So frustrating to be slowed down so near to our destination. When the food did come, it was pretty good, I have to say. Finally, we were climbing up Hwy 120 and into the park.

I had picked a loop trail that I hoped would let us avoid the snow, which in mid-July still lay deep in the high country. The first couple of miles from Tioga Pass Road up to May Lake were easy and mostly clear of snow. The lake, however, was a different story. It was still mostly frozen, and drifts lay deep under the shade of the firs and pines. There were a few other people scattered about the lakeshore, enjoying the clear day and sun. After a pleasant rest at the lake, we spent about an hour, or so it seemed, trying to track the trail through the snow. We finally located it, and for awhile the trail was clear and dry, and the day seemed like it would be an easy stroll from then on. We met only one other person on the trail all day, headed the opposite direction, and he remarked in an irritated tone on the amount of snow further along. He didn’t like it. Nor do I.IMG_5660

IMG_5662IMG_5663There were gorgeous views of the Murphys Creek drainage, and beyond to the high peaks. The next few miles were perfect hiking: deepest azure cloudless summer skies and expanses of polished granite. Everything I love about the Sierra. Katie and I were good hiking companions, well-matched speed and endurance-wise, and equally and alternately quiet and talkative.

IMG_5665

Skunk cabbage was sprouting everywhere in the saturated ground.

IMG_5673IMG_5675We came to a stream crossing where the water sluiced across slick, glassy granite. I liked to keep my phone/camera in a zippered pocket just above the knee of my pants, where it was easy to access. I had just stepped out of the creek and onto the dry trail when I felt a strange slithering, and my phone dropped to the ground out of the bottom of the pocket. The seam had just come unraveled. I spent a few moments feeling grateful for the timing of the accident. A moment earlier, and it would have landed in the stream, and possibly have been swept downstream before I could retrieve it. It might not have killed it, but it probably would have been the end of photos that day…

IMG_5677

We took a short detour off the trail to Raisin Lake, a little gem that is reputed to be a great place to swim, later in the season. IMG_5678Those trees don’t look like they could be hiding so much snow!

IMG_5680

IMG_5683

This little guy was hoping for a handout.

As soon as we came off the exposed East-facing side of the valley and were in among the trees, we hit huge drifts over the trail, which required that we were constantly searching on the frozen crust for scuff-marks and signs of the trail, which was somewhere beneath us, under four-to-six-feet of the darned white stuff. Bits of the trail showed themselves on occasion, usually streaming with runoff. So we alternately slid on the snow and splashed through the water and tried to avoid the worst of the mud.IMG_5685

IMG_5687

As we had to watch our step constantly on the slick snow, I didn’t take many photos. That often happens when I’m busy working, and then afterwards I am always disappointed that there is no photographic evidence.

At the top of the valley, we headed east for a bit before we turned sound along the west-facing slope, and eventually returned to Tioga Pass Road, a good 9 miles later. With so much snow, it was more than I had anticipated doing the first day, but I only have myself to blame. I think Katie would have been happy turning back at May Lake.

IMG_5691IMG_5693

We finally completed our little loop, and happily exhausted returned to the car. Then we had a long drive back to our lodging at Yosemite Bug. No mishaps, except that we got pulled over for speeding (going 35 in a 25mph zone) through what turned out to be a bear crossing area. Oops! Luckily, no ticket and no mishaps with the wildlife. We paid assiduous attention to all the signs after that.

Got back to the lodge just in time for dinner, but with not much of an appetite after all that work. Neither of us could finish our dinners. Now we are in our beds and I am finishing up these notes before I hit the pillow. Tomorrow: a hike that I have taken before, from Tioga Pass Road to the Yosemite Valley floor via North Dome and Yosemite Falls. Stay tuned.

Going Down, Down, Down

Going Down, Down, Down

6/22/2017

Confession: I never did get around to writing anything in my journal for the last day of this little backpacking trip. But looking at the photos and writing about the previous days brings many memories flooding back. So this entry will be based on recollections.

I can’t remember how the morning began, but I know that it featured oatmeal and a cup of tea, and a conservative use of water, as there was no water source at my campsite. Thankfully, the mosquitos had gone to ground in the relative cool of dawn, but I didn’t want to tarry too much. This was the day that I would return to the Yosemite Valley floor, get in my car, and drive home. Usually the last day of a hike is accompanied by a certain amount of restlessness, as I anticipate re-entry.

The trail from my last campsite is all downhill, and into dry forests with very few views across the valley and still, warm air. The more insular, less glorious part of the trip. And the most buggy. So I didn’t stop to photograph very often.

IMG_5534As I descended, it occurred to me that I was entering the biome where I might see Sequoiadendron Giganteum, the mountain redwoods. No sooner had I thought that, than I turned a corner and was suddenly in a small grove of relatively young beautiful, tall, straight trees (the area had been logged maybe 100 years ago or more, and there were no giants left), with late-season dogwood still in bloom in the darkness. Azaleas blossomed everywhere, and the air held a cool dampness that the rest of the route had lacked. John Muir wrote about how the Sequoia  root structure conserved water for everything else around them, and created their own environment, separate from the forest around them. That difference was palpable.

IMG_5530IMG_5533

IMG_5531

The redwoods appeared much darker than this, but I lightened it up so that the surroundings are visible. Perhaps somewhere in the middle is most realistic…

As I descended, and the day warmed, the mosquitos started becoming more and more active. I was suitably suited up, and while they sort-of drove me crazy with their incessant humming around me, I didn’t get bitten much.

It was hours before I saw the first people on the trail, day hikers coming up from the Wawona Tunnel parking lot, and completely unsuited (pardon the pun) for the bugs. A woman was wearing a tank top, and was totally miserable. I gave them my bug dope, which I hadn’t used. They were ecstatic.

IMG_5536I emerged from the forest at Old Inspiration Point, which showed the wear and tear of countless admirers over the last 100 years. The park had closed it due to overuse. It was beautiful, and I stopped to rest in the quiet and relative unbugginess of the open air. After I had proceeded down the trail a few hundred yards, my knee started hurting and I realized I had left my trekking poles behind at the lookout. Damn! I backtracked, retrieved them, and started down again. The trail had become very dry, dusty and rock-strewn, and eventually joined what used to be the old paved road. There was no sign of anyone else having walked on it for a long time, and it was littered with fallen trees, and destroyed by landslides in the gullies. This part of the trail/road wasn’t even shown in my Yosemite hiking book.

IMG_5537At one point, as I approached a small stream, I surprised a male quail, who actually quailed at the sight of me. It was fantastic. I don’t know which came first, the verb or the bird, but it was wonderful to see. He squatted down, ducking his head, and turned tail and ran. It was like a cartoon reaction.

A little later down the trail, I was surprised by a female quail, who put on a Sarah Bernhardt-quality performance of being mortally wounded, dragging her wings in circles in the dirt and peeping pitifully as I allowed her to lead me away from her chicks (which I didn’t see). When she got to what she deemed to be a safe distance, she stepped off the stage, straightened up and shook out her feathers, and walked stiffly, head held high, into the wings, with my cries of “Brava” ringing in her ears.

IMG_5540

The shady, north-facing wall was home to lots of moss and ferns.

IMG_5538

It’s difficult to get a good shot, looking into the sun.

IMG_5539The last portion of the descent paralleled the new road at a little way up the hill, and I could hear the buses and cars whooshing past. I reached level ground near Bridalveil Falls parking lot, and started looking for a shuttle stop. I didn’t want to walk into the parking lot, though, and so missed that stop completely. I continued walking along the road east through the valley. The Merced River overflowed its banks to the left. Tourists were snapping photos and posing for selfies everywhere.

IMG_5542

Ahh, civilization at last!

There was something about trudging along by the road that really got me in touch with my tiredness, so I decided that I would try to hitchhike and make the return to my car pass a little more quickly. But nobody would pick me up, and eventually I gave up and decided I would just keep walking. The trail left the road and meandered along the low slopes to the south of the valley, with the cars passing constantly off to the left. For all the movement on the roads, the trail was deserted. I finally met up with a couple of hikers and asked where the closest shuttle stop was. They directed me, and in a little while I was sitting on the curb waiting for the next bus. It arrived crowded, and my pack, poles, and I squeezed in to a seat beside a woman. I worried that I was maybe a bit rough-looking and possibly rank-smelling for civilization, but my seat mate reassured me that I wasn’t offending her, anyway.

After winding through the valley, stopping at the crowded Visitor’s Center and the various lodging areas, I exited the shuttle near Happy Isles and returned to my car. First things first: I gathered a towel, some clean clothes, and my toiletries and went in search of a shower. At a nearby campsite, I asked some elderly men where I might find a place. They knew everything, and directed me to go either to the swimming pool or try sneaking into Camp Curry. I opted for the latter, found the women’s shower house and, all the while  worried that someone would report me for trespassing, gave myself over to the joys of getting clean. I donned a sun dress, dried my hair with the hand dryers, and gathered up my sweaty, soiled clothing in my damp towel. It felt so good!

I can’t remember much about the drive home, but it was probably uneventful, hot, and with the sun in my eyes as I drove west. I recall hitting the fog in Oakland and being refreshingly chilled by the time I got home. Bless the marine layer! My phone showed a shortish walk for the day of 7.7 miles. I am so grateful for the time alone, walking in Beauty. I feel more able to come to grips with loss and to see the the Big Picture all around me. I appreciate all the mundane camping chores: filtering water, cooking (which generally consists of boiling water) and washing up, eating simply, setting up and taking down the tent, packing and unpacking, tending to the occasional hang nail or blister. Once home, it was time to deal with an overwhelming avalanche of email messages and “urgent” matters. Everybody, just take a step back and breathe!IMG_5424

IMG_6300

50 years ago, on the Mist Trail, Yosemite National Park. Photo by Mike McCarthy

The Longest Day

6/21/2017

IMG_5450

Much of the contents of my pack, waiting to be organized and packed for another day.

I just realized that today is the Summer Solstice. So I will have my full share of a good thing! The sun is just clearing the ridgeline, so I can dry the underside of the tent before I pack up and head down the trail. It’s really buggy here, and I look forward to getting to a higher elevation. I’m getting bitten through my woolen leggings that I put on this morning to fight the chill. I am using my bug net over my beanie while I write. It probably looks kind-of silly, but whatever works…

IMG_5455

The astonishing snow plant! “…the free-thinking radical of wildflower society, eschewing photosynthesis altogether in favor of a symbiotic relationship with underground fungi.” Yosemite hikes.com

I was up at 6:30 AM, and puttered around the camp until 9:00, when I finally hit the road.  As the day warmed, the mosquitos dissipated (thank you!). I saw a fat timber rattler cross the trail ahead of me, and watched as it slithered off into the chaparral.

IMG_5475

That’s some good camouflage. Can you see it? Just left of the trail.

IMG_5472Dewey Point is gorgeous! I spent a couple of hours there soaking it all in. Struck up a conversation with a young German man out for a day hike. He’s traveling the US and Canada until October, when his visa expires and he flies back to Germany. He has been working in Canada for a few years, and saving up money, planning for this trip. He’ll be hitting almost all of the western National Parks, mostly sleeping in his used Toyota van. For the second half of his trip, he will be joined by his mom. Awww. Tomorrow, he plans to hike up Yosemite Falls. I envy him the freedom and the strength of his youth.

IMG_5471

I prevailed upon a hiker to take my picture at Dewey Point.

I was spell-bound, watching two lizards in what appeared to be territorial dispute at Dewey Point. They kept circling, head to tail, keeping just out of striking distance of each other. But every once in awhile, one would lunge at the neck of the other and bite. Then they would continue their wary circling, pausing for push-ups once in awhile. Finally, one chased the other away, and he turned and went back under his rock. War is everywhere.IMG_5463

IMG_5466

This is some precipitous country!

IMG_5459

Looking northwest

IMG_5481

This little guy looked like he was carved out of jade. Please excuse the lousy photo!

IMG_5480

Way too early in the year to munch on wild currants.

IMG_5474

Bridal veil Falls, far below but clearly audible in the mountain quiet.

Farther along, I spent a little while at Crocker Point, another beauty. I couldn’t say which of these places was my favorite. Each is gives a different outlook over the valley. Now, I am at Stanford Point. From here, you can see all the way up the valley, and hear Bridalveil Falls crashing down into the depths below. The farther I go, the fewer people are on the trail. Midweek, it’s pretty sparsely populated. There are fallen trees everywhere over the path, which I have to walk around or clamber over. The trail crews haven’t gotten this far yet this year. As I was leaving, a young man running full speed passed me, on his way to the point. I watched as he got there, stopped for a few minutes, and then turned around and flew past me back the way he had come. He was on a mission, for sure! In contrast, I feel like I am dragging today. I can barely make myself walk at my standard mile-eating pace. I hear a siren coming from the valley floor. Civilization is not far away, but I feel totally alone. Sitting on the edge, I am getting the willies. Every time I look down, I get a jolt of vertigo. I may have to move…

IMG_5473IMG_5488I stopped at a little creek crossing for a bandanna bath. It was so refreshing, but it didn’t make me walk any faster. Ribbon Falls is full and beautiful across the valley. The water breaks up and turns to mist after the first 1,000 feet of fall.

I got a little blister on my left foot. Is this part of my left-side problem– hip, knee, and now foot? I doctored it, drained it, cleaned it with an alcohol wipe and applied a nice covering of Moleskin, the hiker’s friend It should be fine, now.

More clouds are approaching from the north side of the valley. Coming my way like a slow-motion invasion. I may get a storm!IMG_5490

Somewhere past Stanford Point, I have found a perfect sandy campsite off the trail, hidden by the chinquapin, very near the canyon rim. I am watching the storm clouds form over the peaks. The wind is picking up, blowing them toward me slowly, slowly, and I hear distant thunder. I suppose in a couple of hours could get a storm here. At 6:30 it isn’t yet to the far side of the valley, but over by Half Dome it is looking very dark and menacing. Brilliant blue skies behind me, and at least two more hours of sun. This day stretches on and on.IMG_5483

IMG_5484I walked back to the last stream (Meadow Brook?) I had crossed, and went a little ways upstream of the trail to bathe. There was a perfect little pool down a steep bank, clear of sediment but with the water stained the color of weak tea by the tannic leaves. I washed off the salty sweat, rinsed out my hair and clothes, and walked the half mile back to camp in flip flops. I hung my wet clothes in a tree and tried to nap. That didn’t work. I ran out o storage space on my phone and started madly deleting old photos and apps so that I can still take more pictures. Every moment the light changes, and I want to capture some of it.

IMG_5489

All cleaned up!

IMG_5510

IMG_5508IMG_5513IMG_5494Woodpeckers, robins, ruffed grouse, mountain chickadees (“Hey, Laurie”), and suddenly a little Merlin streaking past.

I am determined to stay up until sunset at least, but if it starts raining I’ll go to ground.

Granite rocks still warm from the sun. I lay back to look at the clouds, but it was too deep, too blue and white, too huge to comprehend, and I had to sit back up, dizzy from the immensity of it all.

7:15. The storm has suddenly dissipated. It’s as if hitting the far edge of the valley did it in, and the clouds just evaporated. Everything is sunny and unthreatening. Now I realize how much I was actually looking forward to the excitement of riding out a storm in a good tent. Darn!

IMG_5493IMG_5491IMG_5522IMG_5514Sunset at 8:25: the mosquitos are out in force! I have donned two pair of pants, gloves, hat, mosquito net, socks, and shoes. But they still seem to get me. Into the tent to escape.

IMG_5523IMG_5529IMG_5525I am so sad tonight. Thinking of “all my long-lost friends and lovers,” as Rosalie Sorrels sang. Phil, I am going to miss you when you’re gone. Tom Size, there is still such a sharp pain when I think of you. Sarah, Charles D, Charles S…I realize most of my lost friends are men. My women friends are mostly still here.

10:30 PM Woke up with itching legs. I guess I got a lot of bites before I suited up. Luckily, there is hydrocortisone cream in the first-aid kit. It’s still very warm at this lower elevation at 11:00. I wish it would get cold so that my bag would be useful. Hot, hot, hot… My flashlight quit, but no worries. The solar lantern is still going strong. That’s a nice piece of light-weight equipment. Starry skies! Finally, my phone agrees with my map, and shows I have hiked a scant 9.5 miles today. I forgot that my hip and knee were hurting.

 

Illilouette to Bridalveil

IMG_5391 (1)

6/20/17

Last night I went to sleep early. I crawled into the tent at 7:30, intending to just nap a bit. I woke at 9:00 in the last of the twilight, and considered going to sit by my neighbors’ fire, which looked very inviting. A tame fire is a thing of beauty, that tugs at some fundamental aspect of being a human. But I fell asleep again, waking a few times in the night to admire the clear skies and bright stars slowly arcing overhead. Illilouette “Creek” was super-loud, and I had to make earplugs out of toilet paper to quiet it down so that I could sleep. It helped a little bit.

I was up at 5:00 AM and on the trail by 6:30. Some of my neighbors were up, and I talked with them a bit. They had been too cold to sleep, in their lightweight summer bags, unprepared for the precipitous temperature drop that happens in the night at this elevation. I felt bad for them, having experienced that discomfort last year with a defective sleeping pad and inferior bag. I was so very cozy last night, though, and was thankful that I had the right tools for the job.

IMG_5399

Soon the sun will be up. I enjoyed the cool and quiet of early morning on the trail.

The heat was brutal yesterday, and I wanted to get a headstart on it today. The trail was so quiet, the air so fresh. I saw a black bear come down the slope in front of me and cross the trail. It didn’t see me, and I crept along the trail trying for a photo as it roamed among the chaparral and fallen trees of the old burn area. Every time it showed itself, I wasn’t quite prepared. It finally looked up and saw me, which stopped it long enough for me to snap a picture, and then turned tail and skedaddled down the slope and disappeared.IMG_5395

IMG_5402

The creek I fell into yesterday, looking benign and innocent at the proper fording spot.

 

IMG_5404

The Illilouette starts to build up speed for its downward rush…

IMG_5405

…and plunges into the canyon.

I passed a trail-maintenance crew laboring away clearing the winter/spring overgrowth of the path. What incredible views they had for their work! I was also stopped by a ranger, who asked if I had had any run-ins with bears. I recounted my morning sighting. He said that there was a bear in the area that they had had lots of complaints about. Not my bear, who was suitably shy and foraging as a natural bear is wont to do, without human intervention.

IMG_5406

Coming around the corner, anticipating the view up the Merced River canyon.

IMG_5412

Vernal and Nevada Falls, plummeting out of Little Yosemite Valley behind Half Dome. I am so grateful that this landscape belongs to us all!

 

IMG_5426

The view across the valley to Yosemite Falls. Amidst the beauty, I can’t help but notice all of the dead and dying trees. One good winter of snowfall can’t make up for the effect of years of drought.

It was about 8:30 when I arrived at Glacier Point. My left hip and knee have been troublesome, with sciatic pain and accompanying weakness on that side. So I rested and waited for the store to open. It was supposed to open at 9:00, but finally they unlocked the doors at 9:20. I bought a small bag of potato chips, an orange, and a bottled coffee, just because I could. It was a delicious repast.

IMG_5423

Of course I had to stop for a portrait at Glacier Point!

I took off along the Pohono Trail, and in 1.5 miles I ditched my pack and made a short detour to Sentinel Dome. There were lots of day hikers up there admiring the views, and you could see the snow still lying heavily up in the high country to the north, east and south.

IMG_5427

Sentinel Dome

IMG_5428

Panorama of the high country from Sentinel Dome. Lots of snow, and I am grateful that I opted for lower elevation.

I continued along the trail, enjoying the scents of Jeffrey Pine and honeysuckle bush.

IMG_5446In the midst of such beauty, I am occasionally overcome with sorrow, thinking of my friend Phil Brown, who is in the process of dying as I walk in his beloved mountains. I wish he could be with me. Phil is a member of my chosen family, a wonderful artist and funny guy, approaching his death with dignity, humor and openness. It breaks my heart.

Next stop was Taft Point and The Fissures. These fissures are narrow clefts in the granite which plunge 2000 feet straight down to the valley floor. There were young people there “highlining” across the fissures. This is something I had never seen, but which appears to be quite popular. They rig slack lines across the fissures, and then walk across them. I spoke to one highliner who insisted that it was quite safe, as they all wore safety harnesses. Still, it scared me to just watch (and yet I couldn’t turn my eyes away).

IMG_5433

Rigging a line across one of the Fissures

IMG_5437

I watched a guy freeze up on this line. He had to sit down and scoot back to safety. Hmmm…I wonder why…

I got a nice campsite along Bridalveil Creek, the closest to Glacier Point that backpackers are allowed to camp. It was occupied when I arrived, but by the time I had finished washing up, the guys had left and I snagged it.

IMG_5438

The bridge at Bridalveil. No camping allowed on the east side.

IMG_5443I love washing up after such a hot and dusty day. The creek water (snowmelt) is super-cold but refreshing. Rinsing out my socks, gaiters, shirt, and gloves is a chore I really enjoy. And I cherish the fleeting taste of salt as I (quickly) submerge my head in the water.

IMG_5440It was 2:00 PM when I arrived here, a nice early day. Map mileage shows somewhere around 9.5 miles, but my phone mileage shows 15.4 miles, 28,783 steps, and 76 floors climbed. I am tired!

IMG_5448A party of 15 just arrived, all young teenagers. They said they hoped they wouldn’t be too noisy. I couldn’t hear them at their campsite, but can certainly hear them whooping and hollering down by the creek. I am feeling guilty that I have the best, flattest and most expansive campsite in the area all to myself. I could rent out the extra room. Or just give it away. I feel sort-of lonesome, and wish I had brought a book (one of the other things I forgot) There are still a couple of hours to kill before I can reasonably go to bed, as it’s only 6:30 now.

It suddenly got buggy (mosquitos) at around 7:30, and drove me into my tent where I am writing about the day. I didn’t want to put bug dope on. I think it’s the Summer Solstice eve today, so nightfall is a long ways off. It’s nice and comfy in here, and soon I’ll be asleep. My limbs ache. The left hip and knee are not too bad, but I notice they are not right. I took ibuprofen, which will probably knock me out sooner than later.

2:55 AM

I just had a funny dream about someone I know (no names here) freaking out and maybe  even starting a war because people didn’t learn the “right” harmony parts to Jean Ritchie’s “Now is the Cool of the Day.” I had spent much of the day thinking about this song, and working out harmony parts in my head, wishing I had three other people to work it out with, so the dream is based in fact.

The Milky Way is directly overhead. Trees are all around, so star-gazing opportunities are limited. It’s a beautiful night, cool and quiet, aside from Bridalveil Creek, which of course won’t shut up. My ears can’t stop listening to it. Tomorrow I’ll visit Dewey Point, Crocker Point, and Stanford Point. The captains of financial industry (except Dewey…who is he?)*

*editor’s note: I just looked this up, and Dewey point is named for Admiral George Dewey, of the US Navy (December 26, 1837 – January 16, 1917). He was a war hero, and in later life a horseback-riding pal of Teddy Roosevelt. Hence the naming of the point for him. It’s all who you know.

IMG_5449

 

50 years ago this month!

IMG_5343

The Merced River at Happy Isles

6/19/17

It’s about 6:00 PM. I have a nice, flat, sandy campsite by Illilouette Creek, which is more like a raging river. It is really full, running fast and furious and rising. I started out this morning by about 7:00 AM I think, stopped at the car to get my forgotten toiletries, and started the uphill climb. I realized today that it is the month of my 50th anniversary of the first time that I hiked up the Mist Trail alongside Vernal and Nevada Falls. That time, I was 16 years old and on my way to camp in Little Yosemite Valley and from there up to Half Dome, with my sister Kristin and friend Mike McCarthy. That was my first backpacking trip, and I was completely exhausted and had no stamina. And on that trip, I received a valuable piece of information from a man who I remember as looking like the quintessential Sierra Club member of the time, wearing green and khaki, with a red backpack and big hiking boots. He was probably in his 40’s and to this 16-year-old looked really old. He stopped and said, “Always take two steps where one will do,” meaning small steady steps on a climb are less wearing on the legs than trying to pull oneself up big steps. I have found this to be absolutely true over the years, and thank him, wherever he is, for having taken the time to stop and teach a novice. On this ascent, I just steadily trudged up the trail, and felt pretty good about it. Somewhere, I have a photo that Mike took of the younger me, sitting on a rock beside the trail, looking utterly wasted. I’ll have to hunt it up and post it.

IMG_5344

View from the first bridge, Merced River

IMG_5347

Looking back down the Merced, from below Vernal Falls on the Mist Trail.

IMG_5348

Thundering Vernal Falls, looking like a painting through the mist.

IMG_5349

Looking up through the trees, on the aptly-named Mist Trail. It was warm enough that the cooling mist was quite welcome.

IMG_5353

Nevada Falls, which claimed my lovely little pocket knife two years ago. I still miss it.

IMG_5355

Nevada Falls again, without the human blocking the view.

IMG_5356

Finally, the top of Nevada Falls, where the Merced was overflowing its banks. I don’t think we needed fences and signs to warn us of the dangers.

IMG_5359

The top of Nevada Falls and Liberty Cap, where I stopped to dry my feet and have lunch. It was bustling with day hikers, and there was a happy, festive mood.

IMG_5361

This guy wanted me to share my lunch. I didn’t.

I passed a couple heading up the Mist Trail who were planning on camping on Illilouette Creek as well. Miles farther along, at Illilouette bridge on the Panoramic Trail, where I had stopped for a little nap, they caught up with me. The man said he thought I was like a little rabbit hopping up the trail past them. That was then, though, and this rabbit was pretty tired out by the time I had reached the bridge.

IMG_5368

A swallowtail takes advantage of the many blooming azaleas along the trail. There were so many wildflowers everywhere!

IMG_5369

Looking back toward Nevada Falls from the Panoramic Trail, with the back of Half Dome on the left.

IMG_5370

Across the valley, you could hear the thundering of Yosemite Falls. There were lots of dead and dying trees this year, the result of a perfect storm caused by years of drought and a beetle infestation. I heard a forester say that he expected a nearly 100% loss of pines between 5,000 and 7,000 feet elevation in the next few years.

IMG_5371

Panorama along the Panoramic.

I passed the couple again on the way up the creek. When I got to a stream crossing, I stopped to figure out the best way to proceed. The stream was basically a boulder field with water running through it—very rough and steep. I went upstream a bit to see if there was a better way to cross, but it only got worse. So back I went to the original spot. I had just decided to go for it, figuring the water would only be maybe up to my thighs for a short while, and had taken my shoes off to keep them dry and go barefoot, when the couple showed up at the same place. I showed them the route I was planning on taking, and then shoved off into the stream, stepping carefully and taking my time on the slick rocks. Unfortunately, I slipped and in very, very slow motion fell backwards into the water, trying to stop my fall with my trekking poles and very nearly succeeding. I recovered quickly, and was up again and through to the other side. From there, I could see a little further downstream where the creek widened out and crossed a flat, ankle-deep gravel bar. Damn! That was obviously where I should have crossed. I felt like an idiot, especially because those people were watching me the whole time. The only consolation for my soaked pride was that they hadn’t seen the crossing, either. I pointed it out to them, and the woman crossed easily, The man took off his big hiking boots, and not wanting them to get wet, decided to throw them one at a time to his partner. The first one caught on a finger, though, and the throw went wild. The shoe arced spinning into the air and came down nearly mid-stream. The woman clambered after it, grabbing it just before it was swept into the Illilouette where it would have been lost. So much for keeping the boots dry! The second throw whizzed past my head while I was putting my shoes back on, and bounced off my pack. No harm done. He walked across uneventfully and put on his one wet and one dry boot. I took off again up the trail, through an old burn area that was coming back nicely, with lots of low currant bushes and chinquapin. The trail wound up away from the Illilouette, with beautiful views of river canyon and the swirling green waters. I walked off the trail after awhile to explore a ledge which I thought might have a good campsite. But there were so many fallen trees, and so many still standing, that it felt sort-of spooky and unsafe in there. And I kept thinking I heard voices, but couldn’t see any people. I decided to get back up to the trail and keep walking.

IMG_5372

Illilouette “Creek” in flood stage. I’m thankful for a bridge!

IMG_5386

Farther up the Illilouette, the creek raged below me.

IMG_5384

A last view of Half Dome before the trail winds out of sight.

Finally, I came to the designated camp sites along the river, and after searching about for a nice flat spot away from other people, I opted for the far end of the same sandy beach where a group of 7 people were camped. Easy access to the water, big flat granite boulders for drying my clothes after I rinsed out the sweat and dust of the day, and they seemed like a nice group, who left me alone.

It had been a pretty busy on the Panoramic Trail, and very busy on the Mist Trail. but when I turned off to go up Illilouette, I didn’t see anyone else on the trail, other than the couple. And now here I was away off in the “wilderness” next to a bunch of friends and family from southern California. It was a hard day. The map showed 9.5 miles, but my phone listed 15.7 miles. It felt much more like the latter, especially for the first day out, following a less-than-restful night’s sleep. Originally, I had intended to take a trail that cut over at a diagonal from near the top of Nevada Falls. It would have cut miles  off of the day, but would have required crossing Illilouette Creek to get to my first camping spot. I had been advised to go around and cross by the bridge, and I’m glad that I did. The Illilouette was huge and wild, and I doubt that I would have been able to cross safely, or even that I would have tried once I saw it. In the evening, at my campsite, though, I noticed a deer across the river. I turned back and continued to set up my camp, and the next time I looked up, that deer was on MY side of the river! Braver and stronger than me!

Off to sleep early tonight.

IMG_5388

My comfy campsite beside the roaring Illilouette.

IMG_5390

Home, sweet home!

An Early-Season Walkabout

6/18/17

IMG_5340

Yosemite Falls, which a Valley bus driver proudly announced was the 5th highest waterfall in the world, reflected in the flooded valley floor. I looked it up, and it’s actually 20th on the list. But some of the others have very little volume, so maybe his list went by volume as well.

For my first outing of 2017, I had planned on a round-trip hike that would take in the Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne in June. I wanted to go early-ish in the season, to see all the waterfalls at their most glorious and wild. But as Fortune would have it, following this year’s record snowfall in the Sierra, the trails were still impassable in mid-June. Bridges had been wiped out by the floods, the Tioga Pass road had only been open a couple of days, and it was just not going to happen. So I cast about for some way to get into the Sierra without having to brave the very dangerous creek crossings and late-season snowy conditions. After consulting guide books and my personal oracles, I decided to visit Yosemite Valley, and hike the south side of the valley, starting at Happy Isles, going up past Vernal and Nevada Falls , along the Panoramic Trail to Glacier Point, and then continuing along the south rim to Wawona Tunnel and down through the Valley and back to the car. The advantage, for me, was that the trails would be clear of snow and for my first outing of the year, I wouldn’t be so alone.

IMG_5277

Just one of the puzzling sights at this year’s bluegrass festival.

IMG_5285

The week before, I had gotten the opportunity to hang out with one of my heroes, the great Alice Gerrard, at the California bluegrass Association’s Fathers’ Day Bluegrass Festival.

IMG_5290

Sunsets were gorgeous, especially when adding my very musical friend Luke “Nandi” Forrest, to the shot.

I arrived in Yosemite Valley, straight from the Fathers Day Bluegrass Festival in Grass Valley, after driving the winding Highway 49 through the sere landscape of the California foothills.

IMG_5319

Enroute to Yosemite, I watched the thunderclouds mass over the Sierra in the late afternoon.

In stark contrast, the Valley floor was flooded with Spring snow melt and rain, and the waterfalls were all pumping as I’d never seen them before!IMG_5334

I had picked up my backcountry permit just inside the park, and was told that I would need to hike the long way around to the backpackers’ campground, as there was flooding on the main entrance. Truly! The water was about up to my knees and it was impossible to see where the path might be. Off to the left, I saw a small group of backpacking tents, and I thought that might be the place I was looking for. There was one young man there, and I engaged him in conversation. It turned out that the tents belonged to a group of college researchers who were spending the summer studying recycling and waste in national parks. He pointed the way to the backpackers camp, but before I hit the water again, I asked if they might have room for one more little tent at their camp. He said, “Of course!” So I was able to save myself more wading and possibly getting lost, pitched my tent and made myself at home. I eventually met all four: Bo, Jeremiah, Montana and Mary. They were spending a month in Yosemite, followed by a month in Grand Tetons, and a month in Denali, working for the Leave No Trace Institute. Nice summer job!

IMG_5342

A dry oasis in the flood.

IMG_5341

The view from outside my tent in the morning.

I seem to have forgotten a number of important items: baking soda (for brushing teeth), dental floss, and my handy-dandy spork a cross between a spoon and a fork, which saves carrying both, but is less effective than either). Luckily, I think they are in the car, and it is parked near the trailhead. My gas canister was nearly empty. The stove lit and burned for a few seconds before it went out. Luckily, I had another full one. More bad planning, and I am relieved that the car is close by. I also forgot my water shoes, so I guess I will either be fording creeks in my hiking shoes or barefoot. Most likely the latter. That worked today, wading to camp.

3:00 AM

For some reason, my right shoulder is hurting, as is my left hip. I think it’s from apprehension about the trip. The river is rising and very loud! Keeping me awake. Part of me wonders whether I will be flooded out of my tent before morning.

My mind is flooded with worries that I have been trying to keep at bay in the daylight hours. I am hoping that this solo saunter through the mountains will give me time to turn things over in my mind, and maybe hit on some plan of action. Or if not, at least give me some breathing room by myself. It doesn’t bode well, though, that I am not sleeping…

Endless Winter

It has felt so good to have so much rain and snow in California this last winter, but I confess that i am growing increasingly anxious to get up to the high country again, and I know that it is pretty-much impassable until at least late June this year. I am not one who likes to ramble through too much snow (which for me is a pretty small amount). This last winter brought a record snowpack to the Sierra, dumping more snow than has been seen in over 100 years! Which, don’t get me wrong, is great for everything. The trees depend on the slow snow melt to water them through months of no precipitation. The rivers need the cleansing/scouring action of the Spring snowmelt to clean out algae and restore pristine salmon spawning beds. The Valley needs the flooding action of the rivers to replenish the soil. It’s all good. Except that I want to go to the mountains NOW!

I have been dreaming of mountains. Here’s a chorus that popped into my head recently:

When I close my eyes

I see the mountains rise around me—

Stark and wild above the timberline

And I find my place

When that immensity of space surrounds me—

One tiny spark in the forever flame of Time

Now, I know there are other places to go, and this agitation to be in my particular Holy Land is just a minor and inconsequential nag. There are closer, more accessible places of worship which I could stop in to at any time. So I thought I’d share some photos and stories from my recent month, mid-March to mid-April, in Ucross, Wyoming. Tom Rozum and I applied for an artists’ residency program, where we imagined ourselves hunkered down and rehearsing and working on a duo recording project. It didn’t turn out that way, because I caught the flu (or something) the first week, and it lingered on for most of the time we were there. Then, when I started to feel better, Tom started feeling bad. The best laid plans, and all that…

IMG_4772

On the way to Ucross, we passed through Thermopolis. I wanted to stop and soak, but alas, there was no time. I love a hand-painted sign!

IMG_4773

We were surprised to find an F-5 mandolin sign in Big Horn, WY. 

IMG_4779

Finally, the lights of Buffalo, WY, appeared ahead of us, after 20+ hours of driving. 15 more miles to go…

Before and after my illness, I managed to take some walks in the hills surrounding us, and to write one new song, which may or may not be any good. The hills have amazing rocks, petrified wood, and what they call “mud boulders”.

IMG_4781

The first walk I took was out to the teepee circles, that are located on a nice bluff with a commanding view of the confluence of two river valleys. I imagine that it would be a great place to camp while hunting the bison on their annual migration through there. The circles are difficult to see right off the bat, but once you see one, they all become clear. Most are probably about 18 feet across. The rocks were used to hold down the sides, I guess, and the same sites were used year after year, but it’s probably been about 150 years since they were last used.

IMG_4784

The view from the teepee circles, looking quite a bit more tame than it probably used to.

It was great watching the seasons change, seeing a beautiful undercoat of green slowly take over the dried brown grasses of last summer.

IMG_4801

We crossed Piney Creek every day on our way to dinner.

Mornings were frosty, and the frost persisted in the shadows until the sun finally hit it. Last year’s ash seed pods made a lacy curtain through which to view the river. With all the subtlety of Wyoming Spring, lichen stood out as being especially colorful.

IMG_4819

We were given bikes to ride around on. A great way to get to the trailheads.

The next outing was to a hill where Tom and I had been told we would see petrified wood. We hopped on our bikes and rode up the dirt road to the much smaller dirt road that wound up into the hills. Impassable for bikes, as the ground was still too wet.

Then we turned around and found this huge fallen tree. Or that’s what it looked like to us:

IMG_4824

IMG_4839

The striations in the rocks were so pronounced.

The next day, I left on my own to find a fossil I had heard about. From the description of the area, I figured it might be in a boulder field about a mile from where we had hiked to see the petrified wood. I was told that there was a split boulder, and right on the exposed surface there was a big “maple” leaf. So okay. Off I went.

It turned out that nearly every rock on the hillside was split open, and so I decided to methodically walk the area back and forth across the boulder field, starting at the top. It was an excellent way to get to know the area. I saw lots of little cottontail rabbits, crevices containing raptors’ nests, a lot of petrified wood, places where cattle obviously liked to shelter, and some really fascinating rock formations.

IMG_4845

IMG_4847

Is that the cross-section of a tree embedded in this boulder? Looks like it could be.

IMG_4851

A close-up of the edge of the “bark” sure looks like it could be a tree to me.

IMG_4855

Way at the top of the hill was a swirly line of rock covered with the most vibrant lichen display!

IMG_4860

I continued to search every exposed face of every rock on the hillside. This one seemed promising to me, and very strange, and maybe another giant tree part.

IMG_4888

Finally, when I was almost to the end of the last row of boulders,  found myself standing on the lower part of a nicely sliced rock. Nothing to see here, until I turned around, and BAM! there it was, about as big as my hand and just as plain as can be.

IMG_4891

As soon as I saw the one, I began to see more.

IMG_4894

How many can you see here? At least four, and some pieces.

IMG_4898

And on the other side of the split rock, there were the other sides of the leaves.

All in all, a very satisfying hike, with many happy surprises. More later. Even with the health issues, and the disappointment of not being able to do what we set out to do, there were so many wonderful small adventures in the Wyoming hills. I will post more photos later.

A Mountain of a Different Sort

tom-size_b-w

Tom Size    October 10, 1959-October 30, 2016

I am toiling up a mountain of grief these days, dealing with and processing the illness and death of my friend and musical collaborator, Tom Size. I had the great good fortune to begin working with him in 1992, when he engineered my album, True Stories. A former engineer at Fantasy Records in Berkeley, he had just recently started recording at his home studio in Pacheco, CA. I will always be grateful to Mike Marshall for bringing me there. I loved the flow of the work with him, the way nothing ever had to be said twice (or sometimes even once), the way he was always one step ahead of me and always, always listening so intently–not just to the recording mechanical aspects of the music, but to the emotional impact as well.

img_2666img_3899-1 I met and loved his four-legged companions Roger, Rosie, Red, Roxie, and a couple of others whose names have faded (except for the indubitable fact that they started with an “R”). Here are a couple of photos of Roxie, relaxing on the lawn and with her favorite item (a ball). She was found when she was a few weeks old, thrown away in a dumpster. Tom took her in and she grew into one of the happiest, most loving and trusting dogs I have ever met.

 

Tom and I worked together for 24 years on over 30 projects, from reel-to-reel through ADAT tapes to digital platforms of many iterations. Always he was learning, embracing the new, listening, listening, listening. He was a real gearhead, and always had the latest gadget, and he loved sharing what they could do. Very unlike me, who finds what she likes and then just sticks with it until forced to change.

Here is a list of albums that I worked on with Tom, either as artist or producer, not in any particular order:

True Stories (Rounder 0300)

Steve Edmunds Lonesome on the Ground

Erica Wheeler  The Harvest (Signature Sounds)

with Tom Rozum The Oak and the Laurel (Rounder 0340)

Laurie Lewis and Her Bluegrass Pals (Rounder 0461)

Seeing Things (Rounder 0428)

Earth and Sky (Rounder 0400)

Blossoms (Spruce and Maple SMM2005)

Skippin’ and Flyin’ (Spruce and Maple SMM2006)

Steam and Steel (Spruce and Maple SMM2007)

Deidre McCalla Playing For Keeps (MaidenRock 3050)

David Thom That Old Familiar (Swollen Records SW 1016)

Nell Robinson Loango

Ray Bierl Any Place I Hang My Hat

Wendy Burch Steel Open Wings (Dragon Fly Bridge Music)

with Tom Rozum Winter’s Grace (Spruce and Maple SMM2003)

Laurie Lewis and the Right Hands Live (Spruce and Maple SMM2004)

Laurie Lewis and the Right Hands The Hazel and Alice Sessions (Spruce and Maple SMM1013)

Alice Gerrard Bittersweet (Spruce and Maple SMM1008)

The T Sisters Kindred Lines (Spruce and Maple SMM1010)

Birdsong (Spruce and Maple SMM2002)

Laurie Lewis and the Right Hands The Golden West (High Tone HCD8194)

with Tom Rozum Guest House (High Tone HCD8167)

Melody Walker and Jacob Groopman We Made it Home (Maker/Mender Records MM1002)

One Evening in May (Spruce and Maple SMM1009)

Tom Rozum Jubilee (Dog Boy Records)

Peter McLaughlin Cliffs of Vermilion (Dog Boy Records)

with Kathy Kallick Laurie & Kathy Sing the Songs of Vern & Ray (Spruce and Maple SMM1012)

Kristin’s Story (Spruce and Maple SMM2001)

Susie Glaze Green Kentucky Blues

Charles Sawtelle Music From Rancho DeVille (Acoustic Disc ACD-44)

In addition, there were many one-song projects, overdubs, and guest spots on other albums recorded there.

05-2016d

Tom with the T Sisters and me, 2014          l-r: Erika, Rachel, Tom, Chloe, me

At the impressionable age of 14, I was smitten by the bare-bones, no-frills music of Doc Watson. For Tom, at the same age, it was Pink Floyd’s Dark Side of the Moon. Tom’s personal taste in music ran decidedly more to the complex, modern, electric, and metal than mine, but his ear was just as attuned to a fine pre-war Martin as to a Strat, to a mandolin chop as to a full drum set.

On the rare occasions when we were lucky enough to have Tom run the sound at concerts, it was a revelation in how smooth a sound check could be. And he helped out in so many other ways, always checking in to see that everything was good both onstage and backstage.

There was never any artifice in Tom’s dealings with me (or probably any of the other lucky enough to work with him). We had disagreements on occasion, and I always did want the banjo up louder in the mix than he did. But he always tried to understand and give me what I asked for, and together we worked and grew. When I started recording at home, Tom was remarkably generous with his knowledge. I could always call him and he would talk me through my various (usually operator-error) problems. Through his discerning ears, I developed mine, and I feel gratified to know that I influenced his art at the mixing console, too. He was a good man, a fine soul, and exceptional human being. It’s so hard to know that he is dead at the young age of 57. For 23 of the 24 years I knew him, he virtually crackled with vitality, with that great thick bush of reddish hair barely under control. He loved to sail, loved the natural world, loved his garden and the sun. The sun did him in, in the form of melanoma. He was beautiful and I loved him and will miss him always.

Dave Meniketti of Y & T posted a beautiful tribute to Tom on Tom’s gofundme page.                Read it here

Read more about Tom’s background and accomplishments on his website.

Returning Home

October 11, 2016

I didn’t take notes of my last day of my solo walkabout. So I haven’t gotten around to writing anything about that day. But it feels incomplete for me to leave my last entry in bed at Bearpaw High Sierra Camp. So I will recreate the last day for you, out of my ever-more-fuzzy memories. Here goes:

August 1, 2016

I awoke feeling refreshed from a comfy night’s sleep on an actual bed (though I did feel it was a bit too soft. I am like the Princess and the Pea when it comes to beds). I was all packed up and ready to hit the trail home when I came into the lodge for breakfast. I can’t remember what I had, but it wasn’t oatmeal. Of that, I am sure. Suitably caffeinated and ready for the 11-mile hike back out to my car, I started down the trail. After about a mile, I noticed that I was just grinning ear-to-ear, for no apparent reason. I was just, plainly and simply, happy. All alone, nobody to share it with, just damned happy!

This stretch of the High Sierra Trail is pretty tame: gentle ups and downs, with about equal parts of both. I was hoping to see Tony and Asenath again, and the outside World was starting to weigh on me. A week of no internet means that I have close to 1,000 emails to sift through. Ugh. It almost negates the beneficial effects of being away. But not quite! So I started out at a quick clip down the trail, stopping only for a water refill at Mehrtens Creek and a side trip a little ways down the canyon to check out something bright orange that appeared to be discarded. Turns out it was someone’s pack, and he was just returning to it from farther down the creek when I reached it.

It was a lovely warm day, and the wildflowers were everywhere. I only stopped a few times to snap photos, drink water, and feast on the now-ripe thimbleberries.

IMG_3372

I passed other westbound hikers, and a few groups just heading out on the trail (lucky ones). One was an all-women group from Modesto who make a yearly trip to Bearpaw. I was dressed in my hiking skirt, favorite (and not quite as dirty as it had been yesterday) shirt, Dirty Girl gaiters—essential what I had worn almost every day—and they commented that I look like I had just stepped out of an REI catalog (never mind the fact that my trekking poles, shirt, and hat were the only parts of my ensemble that I purchased there). It gave me an extra spring in my step for a half-mile or so to think that I actually looked somewhat “stylish.”IMG_3384

As I descended gently into the lower elevations, it seemed to me there were even more dead standing pines than on the way out a week ago. I found out later that this was probably true: once the beetles infest a drought-and-pollution-weakened tree, they can pretty-much finish it off in 24 hours. The air was full of smoke, which I blamed on Central Valley pollution. I found out later that it was mostly smoke from the Grouse Fire, which had started up while I was out in the backcountry and was burning not too far away. That made me feel a little better about it, in retrospect. At least it was “natural” causes, not factory farms and vehicle emissions.

About eight miles into my hike, I caught up with Asenath and Tony, and a couple from Danville we had met at Bearpaw. It felt good to have an enforced slow-down, taking up the rear of the group as we walked back toward the Sequoias and our waiting cars. Asenath told me about her family. She was one of 22 (I think that’s the correct number) siblings, born to her father’s three wives. Although there is not a tradition in Kenya of educating girls, her father had a policy of helping whoever of his children wanted to go to school, provided they got good grades. Asenath said this was very unusual in her community. And lucky for her.

We stopped for photos at the first Sequoias we encountered, where I had taken photos on the way out.IMG_3414

IMG_3418

It was a great feeling, having been out in the high country solo—though, of course, it wasn’t all that remote, or all that “solo,” for that matter. Still, I had plenty of solitude to feed my soul.

img_3423

Asenath posed next to the mileage sign. She and Tony had hiked 42 miles, to Kaweah Gap and back. I had gone a bit farther, with my side trips and foray into 9 Lakes Basin. According to my phone, I had hiked 58.93 miles in 6 days. Not bad. How I would have loved a swim in Hamilton Lake again before I got into my car! I said my goodbyes, got in my car, and started driving. I stopped at a store for a little shopping, and there wasn’t anything I wanted. So I went to the first Kaweah River crossing and immersed myself in the water to rinse off the trail dust and refresh myself for the long drive home. Thus ended my High Sierra solo walkabout, and most likely the last backpacking trip of the season. I am already longing to be back up there.

California is in such dire straits with the drought and the strain of so many people. My poor beloved state, which used to be green and golden has mostly turned a distressed gray-brown. They (the weather pundits) say that rain is expected this weekend (I’m back in October now), and that it will be the most rain we will have seen in six months. That’s not saying much… Please use water wisely wherever you are. I am planning on installing a rain catchment system for my parched yard, and am already bummed that I won’t have it in place to catch this weekend’s water.

Laurie

A Change in Accommodations

7/31/2016

IMG_3372

The thimbleberries, which weren’t ripe when I passed them five days ago, are now starting to ripen nicely. I stopped to graze often along the trail.

Some backstory is due at this point. Today, I am checking in to Bearpaw High Sierra Camp for one night. One of the reasons I originally decided to do this hike was that I figured that if I booked two nights at this incredible camp, I would be able to get Tom to backpack there with me, and he would have a chance to experience the High Country with minimal pressure to his previously injured hip and knee. In order to get a reservation, you have to call or go online on January 2, when the yearly reservations open. I did that this year, or so I thought. Turns out that I reserved two nights at Sequoia High Sierra Camp rather than Bearpaw High Sierra Camp. I didn’t realize my mistake until months later, when I was working on planning the hike in and read that you could drive to within a mile of the camp. That CAN’T be right, I thought! Turns out it wasn’t. Tom and I ended up spending two great nights at Sequoia and hiking in the Jennie Lakes Wilderness, and Tom realized that his hip and knee weren’t very happy even with that amount of hiking. But that’s a whole ‘mother story. Back to the here and now: while I was feeling distraught about my error, I went online to see if there were any openings at Bearpaw, and found a cancellation for one night, July 31. I grabbed it, thinking I would share the night with someone, and would figure it out later. I never found that person (though I know you’re out there!), and began really liking the idea of a solo sojourn into the wilderness, with the last night spent at Bearpaw. So that’s what happened. Now back to the day.

IMG_3371

Lovely azaleas!

I slept late, and didn’t get up until about 6:30 AM or so. I had a very leisurely breakfast, and spent a few hours cleaning and drying my tent and sleeping pad. Turns out the Sea To Summit pad was truly defective, and I will be returning it to REI. As the day warmed, I swam in the lake, taking advantage of the far side of the little island to strip and keep hidden from any prying eyes. So luxurious! For some reason, on this Sunday morning, Asenath, Tony and I are the only campers at this most perfect lake! It’s so peaceful. I love the feeling of the smooth granite under my bare feet. It reminds me of childhood summers spent at the Twain Harte lake, which featured a huge glassy expanse of granite in place of a sandy beach. very nostalgic!

IMG_3075

Sierra daisies

With all the chores done, and after a final dip in the lake, it’s time to head down to Bearpaw. Asenath and Tony plan on stopping in for a beer on the deck on their way, and we made plans to meet there. A beer on a Sunday afternoon in the mountains sounds pretty great right now.

IMG_3377

The spot where the trail to Elizabeth Pass meets the High Sierra Trail. I have about a mile and a half to go to camp. Easy day.

IMG_3373

Looking back up toward whence I had come, I can see where the trail winds now, but only because I know where to look.

IMG_3375

Heading back toward the lowlands and the smoke and pollution. I was actually relieved to hear that much of the pollution today was caused by the Grouse Fire burning not too far away. Weird that that should make me feel better…I guess woodsmoke seems less poisonous than whatever noxious chemicals our vehicles emit.

It was a beautiful walk down the trail to High Sierra Camp. The engineering is remarkable. My hat is off to those intrepid trail builders in the 1930’s, who must have had quite the scramble on these cliff sides, finding a place wide enough to even widen into a trail! I got to the camp at about 2:00 PM, and had my choice of tent cabins. I chose the one that the host said was the most popular, perched right on the edge of the cliff. I hate to be so mainstream, but it is a spectacular setting and I couldn’t pass it up. I took a shower, initially with my shirt on in order to more easily wash it as well as me, and I enjoyed watching the seemingly inexhaustible amount of dust and grit swirl down the drain. It wasn’t inexhaustible, of course, and I emerged lighter in both weight and color.

IMG_3381

The view inside my tent cabin. Clean sheets, towels, washcloths, and a mirror. Uh-oh…

IMG_3383

The view outside my tent cabin. Not bad.

I asked the hosts whether either Asenath or Tony could share my dinner, since after all it had been prepaid based on two people. They said that was fine, and that the other person could purchase dinner for fairly reasonable fee (considering the remoteness of the camp: everything has to be carried in on mule-back over a 12-mile trail). I munched on a fantastic brownie, drank icy lemonade, perused the excellent little library of reference books, and studied up on the sphinx moth and the wildflowers I had encountered. I identified meadow lotus, bindweed, hummingbird trumpet, rabbitbrush, thimbleberries (yum!), mountain misery, ranger’s buttons, cow parsnip, pussy paws, and mustang clover from a great book, “Wildflowers of the Coast and Sierra,” by Edith Clements. Now if I can only retain it all for next time…

IMG_3385

Arnica

When I came back to the porch, there were Tony and Asenath, enjoying their beers. We had a great visit, and I suggested that one of them utilize the shower (as I had paid for two). Tony did that, and I visited with Asenath, sitting in the shade of a gorgeous old oak on the smooth granite in front of my cabin. They stayed for dinner, and we enjoyed visiting with the other guests, all of whom had hiked in 12 miles to get there, and were leaving in the morning. It’s funny–they all seem to have done what I had done and had grabbed a cancellation. We were so happy to be there, the weather was gorgeous, and food plentiful and delicious. It’s pretty expensive for my budget, but I highly recommend the place. One of the workers there referred to me as a “trail angel” for including Tony and Asenath in my good fortune. I beamed a little inside, feeling so good that I was in a  position to be generous.

IMG_1087

Our dinner table at Bearpaw (photo courtesy of Asenath)

Toward the end of the meal, I looked across at the cliffs facing us on the other side of the Kaweah River gorge, and exclaimed at the perfect shadow of what looked like a little fat kid in a hat, with something sticking out of his back pocket. Everyone saw it, though some people saw him as facing the other direction. Just then the cook walked in and said, “Oh, you’ve seen ol’ Double-Dick!” Sure enough, with that descriptive moniker it was easy to see this weird guy with two protuberances in just the right place. Of course, I didn’t have my camera with me…you’ll have to hike in and see it for yourself.

After dinner, my friends went farther down the trail to camp, and I went to my cabin to enjoy my cushy surroundings and write about the day. Tomorrow, after what I suspect will be an excellent and large breakfast, I will hit the trail and hike back to Crescent Meadow and my car, and drive back home. I hated leaving the high Sierra, but now that I am headed in a homeward direction, I am feeling the pressures of the outside world bearing down on me, and the need to get back and take care of a million things. One of which is what to do about my car. Yes, folks, I was one of those people who bought on of the so-called “clean” diesel VW TDI’s. I am so angry at that company! I had previously loved my car, and expected it would be the last fossil-fuel vehicle I would own. Now I need to replace it, and say goodbye forever to the lovely handling, oomph, and mileage that thing had going for it. Nearly 50 miles/gallon combined with race-car road-hugging is hard to give up. Apparently, it was too good to be true. Good night.

Today’s mileage: 5.97 miles, and 40 flights of stairs climbed.

 

9 Lakes Basin

9 Lakes Basin

7/30/2016

I was up at 6:00 AM, and took care of packing for the day hike and closing up the tent. It’s nice to pack light! By 7:30 AM, I was up at Kaweah Gap. On the way up, I stopped to look a stag whose antlers were gilded by the morning sun. Tried to take photos, but of course they were out of focus. I was trying not to move much so I wouldn’t scare him away.

IMG_3274IMG_3276It’s a beautiful clear, cloudless day. I saw a flock of birds break from the lodgepole pines in the shade below and then spiral upwards into the sun. They circled and then dispersed around the basin. Two landed on a boulder close by me, and I was able to identify them as juncos. I didn’t know that flocks nested/roosted close together at night. Now I do.

IMG_3271

One of the little mini terraced gardens on the trail to Kaweah Gap.

IMG_3280

I took off cross-country into 9 Lakes Basin

Sitting among the lodgepoles in 9 Lakes Basin, I see a little nuthatch calling and climbing up and down among the boughs.

IMG_3279IMG_3281

IMG_3283

In amongst the lodgepoles, I wanted to take portraits of each one.

IMG_3285

9 Lakes Basin is pretty barren, when it comes to vegetation over 6 inches high. But under 6 inches, it is teeming with life.

I saw a tiny hummingbird or a huge bug harvesting nectar from the salvia growing along the trail. About 1.5″ long. The wings didn’t seem large enough in comparison to the body for a hummer. Also, it had two antennae sprouting from its head. A moth? Slight flash of magenta on the wings. The body looks striped. The face looks bird-like. It never sat still so I couldn’t observe better than just a blur. It continued working its way through every blossom, but as some point seemed to become aware of me. It flew around my legs and took off. NOTE: I found out later that it was a white-lined sphinx moth. Wow! The field guide I consulted said it flies during the day (unlike other moths) and acts like a hummingbird. Here’s a link to photos and more information.

IMG_3287I spent hours hiking around 9 Lakes Basin. There are no trails, so I tried to keep to the rocks whenever possible and not tread on the tender plants. I imagined if I went missing, they would hunt for me with dogs. They wouldn’t find any footprints. I wondered if anyone would comment on my careful path. I found myself on a shelf of slick granite, and considered climbing along a very tiny ledge to continue. Thought again and decided on the more prudent path of backtracking and descending along a different plane. After all, I am alone out here. I already slipped once on the granite yesterday. I navigated by sighting on one wind-blasted lodgepole and heading toward it, then finding another and heading toward that one.

IMG_3288

IMG_3290

This tree, one of my landmarks, looked like it was casually relaxing against a nice smooth boulder.

IMG_3293

The clouds were ever-changing toward the east, alternately threatening rain and then suddenly clearing up.

IMG_3292

Here, I’m looking northward toward Triple Divide, which is named for the Kern, Kings and Kaweah rivers. 9 Lakes Basin drains to the Kern. 

I only spent time at two of the nine lakes for which this basin is named. Too cold for even a ceremonial dip (for me, in any case).

IMG_3291

But my feet enjoyed it!

IMG_3296

It’s easy to tell which way the prevailing winds come from in this area. They funnel up the valley from Arroyo Grande, and all the trees bend away.

IMG_3295

IMG_3302

I almost took a dip in the creek running from the high lake, but used the excuse of too many bugs (there really weren’t that many) and too-cool air to dissuade me.

IMG_3299

Eagle Scout Peak rises above 9 Lakes Basin

IMG_3301

Even with all this grass growing, it’s pretty easy to find a route from rock to rock, to avoid trampling the growing stuff. Sun and shadows are so bold!

IMG_3303

Just me and my knees back at Kaweah Gap.

After my hours of solitude, I returned to Kaweah Gap, and decided to sit there and enjoy the view until someone came along the trail for me to talk to. In no time at all, a handsome 30-something man appeared and asked, “May we join you?” Of course! This is how I met Tony and his hiking companion, Asenath. She is a gorgeous Kenyan woman who is spending 33 days touring national parks all over the West, from Glacier through Yellowstone, Arches, Bryce, Zion and the Grand Canyon to Sequoia and on to Yosemite, mostly solo except for this one little stint with Tony. What a great trip! We instantly fell into that camaraderie that sometime happens on the trail, where like minds meet, all overcome with a common sense of awe for our surroundings. They had taken a day hike up from Hamilton, and shortly they headed back down. But not before Asenath took a couple of photos of me against the backdrop of the Gap.

Hike-1IMG_3308

There are so many little chores to do all the time, to keep all my items together and working. But even so, when they are all taken care of–the water is filtered, the tent is up, sleeping pad inflated, sleeping bag ready should I feel a nap coming on, cookware properly stowed, shirt and socks washed out–still, there are hours and hours of daylight left. What to do? Pack up and hike back to Hamilton Lake, where at least there are trees under which to shelter. Too much sun up here. My legs started getting burned, and there’s not a bit a shade. Plus, I will have a shorter hike back to Bearpaw tomorrow (more on that later).

IMG_3321 These little guys are Ranger’s Buttons. A great name for the button-sized blooms.

 

On the trail back down, the golden chinquapin was so thick in places that it scratched my legs at every step. I didn’t remember it being so overgrown on the hike up. So many flowers! The scent of pennyroyal and some sort of sage-y stuff  with clusters of tightly-packed white flowers cleansed my soul.

IMG_3315

A marmot posed for photos. At first, I thought I’d have to be quick to get a photo before it ran off, but it just came closer and closer, looking for a handout.

IMG_3319

IMG_3328

I set up my phone camera on my trekking poles to get a photo of me in the little tunnel.

IMG_3323

Looking down at Hamilton Lake on the way back down. The lighting difference between morning and late afternoon gives the view an entirely new feel.

On the trail back down from Precipice to Hamilton, I met a number of hikers heading up. A boy scout troop was on their way to climb Eagle Scout Peak. I met a lots of hikers of various ethnic origins–-an all-American mix of Korean, Chinese, Japanese, Latino, African and European. So interesting! Everyone is out here, sweating together for the same thing: a chance to feel  wonder and connectedness to our beautiful Earth. Or that’s what I imagine, anyway…

IMG_3343

IMG_3344

I love the junipers! That’s some good-looking fiddleback figure in the wood.

IMG_3336

Peeking through a juniper’s boughs down to the intense blue of Hamilton Lake.

IMG_3340

Bye-bye, Precipice Lake and Eagle Scout Peak!

Back down at Hamilton, I lucked out and got a great campsite, overlooking the lake and Tony and Asenath’s campsite. It was good to break up the hike, as my knees started hurting a bit today. I took a long swim in Hamilton, which feels perfect temperature-wise after having experienced the chill of Precipice. Mmmm!

IMG_3347

My campsite, private and flat. What more could you ask for? A view? Got that, too.

IMG_3353

These beautiful junipers formed the backdrop to my tent site.

IMG_3345

The view from my campsite, looking down at Tony and Asenath’s camp.

IMG_3352

As the sun sank, the peaks came alive with lovely pink light.

IMG_3349

I forgot to mention my mileage for the last couple of days. Yesterday was a light day: 7.48 miles and–WHOA–80 flights of stairs. I guess that is quite a climb from Hamilton to Precipice. Today I climbed 58 flights of stairs and hiked 10.71 miles, but who’s counting? Time to sleep.

Precipice Lake

7/29/2016

Up at 5:45 AM. I took a Benadryl and a Zyrtec last night, because the deer fly and other bites from Mehrten Creek were driving me bananas. I slept heavily, and woke up tremendously thirsty. But well-rested. I have been struggling with my defective air mattress every night, but last night I somehow managed to fill it and get the valve sealed before the air leaked out. Ahhh!

IMG_3191

Looking back at the Hamilton Lake camping area, I hit the switchbacks to Precipice.

IMG_3204

Katy comes up the trail behind me. She was going fast to beat the sun on the switchbacks (we both did).

I hit the trail shortly after 7:00 for the climb to Precipice Lake. I was dreading it, as everyone was talking about how brutal it was. Only 2.5 miles, but these guys were saying it was harder than the climb up to Hamilton Lake. But Katy and I cruised up there in under two hours, leap-frogging each other all the way up. Katy said that a guy told her that only the most in-shape boy scouts can manage it in two hours. Well, all right, then!

IMG_3203

The sun crept over the peaks, where we were headed.

Sunlight kissed the Valhalla heights.

Sunlight kissed the Valhalla heights.

IMG_3208

Looking down a seep to Hamilton Lake far below. Dizzying vertical drops!

There are wildflowers everywhere! Angelica, seep-spring arnica, golden aster, sierra daisy, golden yarrow, black-eyed Susans, western wallflowers, snakeweed, shooting stars, alpine columbine, ranger’s buttons, mountain pennyroyal, pussypaws, paintbrush,to name a few. Katy knew the names of quite a few. Every time the trail crossed a small waterway, the cleansing scent of pennyroyal would rise up to greet me.

The trail is engineered to snake along tiny ledges on the steep cliffs above Hamilton. In this area, there was a canyon wren singing, magnifying his voice in the narrow canyon. And this really cool little tunnel! I am full of gratitude and admiration for the trail builders of the 1930's who made this trek possible for us flatlanders.

The trail is engineered to snake along tiny ledges on the steep cliffs above Hamilton. In this area, there was a canyon wren singing, magnifying his voice in the narrow canyon. And this really cool little tunnel! I am full of gratitude and admiration for the trail builders of the 1930’s who made this trek possible for us flatlanders.

IMG_3206

This is the little lake before Precipice. There's still a lot of climbing to do to get to Precipice. I didn't know what to expect, and considered just camping here instead of continuing. I decided against it, and am glad I did.

This is the little lake before Precipice. There’s still a lot of climbing to do to get to Precipice. I didn’t know what to expect, and considered just camping here instead of continuing. I decided against it, and am glad I did.

From Precipice, you look out at the backs of the peaks that Barbara Higbie and I saw from Elizabeth Pass. I dropped my pack and took a swim. It was cold, but really refreshing. My skin tingled and I felt so alive.

Precipice Lake at last!

Precipice Lake at last!

the outflow from Precipice, looking out at Copper Mine Peak (on the right), near Elizabeth Pass.

The outflow from Precipice, looking out at Copper Mine Peak (on the right), near Elizabeth Pass.

Looking down on Valhalla from Precipice.

Looking down on Valhalla from Precipice.

Katy was continuing on over Kaweah Gap to a campsite down the other side. I decided to walk with her up to the Gap and take a look-see. Such a perfectly beautiful trail, ascending through three little perfect terraced wildflower gardens above the treeline. The view was great, and I just wanted to keep going on down the other side. I hung out there for awhile and saw Katy off. The wind started picking up and getting colder. I hadn’t brought any other layers of clothing with me from Precipice, and just a handful of trail mix to eat. It threatened rain and spit a few drops. I’ll come back up tomorrow.

I couldn't stop taking photos of Precipice. This is taken from the middle of the outflowing stream, looking back at the lake.

I couldn’t stop taking photos of Precipice. This is taken from the middle of the outflowing stream, looking back at the lake.

Here comes Katy, arriving at Precipice.

Here comes Katy, arriving at Precipice.

9 Lakes Basin, from Kaweah Gap, looks so enticing and wild! Tomorrow I will explore it.

9 Lakes Basin, from Kaweah Gap, looks so enticing and wild! Tomorrow I will explore it.

Another view into 9 Lakes Basin from Kaweah Gap.

Another view into 9 Lakes Basin from Kaweah Gap.

Looking down into the valley, into which the High Sierra Trail descends. All those people hiking to Mt Whitney get to walk through this lovely vale.

Looking down into the valley, into which the High Sierra Trail descends. All those people hiking to Mt Whitney get to walk through this lovely vale. But every step down means another two up somewhere farther along.

Eagle Scout Peak rises nearly vertically from Precipice Lake. I met a couple of boy scout groups who were intending to climb that peak. Apparently, there's a trail up the backside, but when you get to the top, there are just these little boulders to stand on. It gives me vertigo to imagine being up there.

Eagle Scout Peak rises nearly vertically from Precipice Lake. I met a couple of boy scout groups who were intending to climb that peak. Apparently, there’s a trail up the backside, but when you get to the top, there are just these little boulders to stand on. It gives me vertigo to imagine being up there. This is the view of Eagle Scout Peak from Kaweah Gap.

IMG_3228

Looking up to Mt Stewart. I thank Col. George Stewart for helping to give this park to us the people.

Looking up to Mt Stewart. I thank Col. George Stewart for helping to give this park to us the people.

Heading back down the trail, I can finally fit all of Precipice Lake in one shot.

Heading back down the trail, I can finally fit all of Precipice Lake in one shot, with Eagle Scout Peak rising above.

Beautiful granite striped with water seeps from snow melt. Water is everywhere up here at this point in time, but i'm sure there's not as much as there used to be.

Beautiful granite striped with water seeps from snow melt. Water is everywhere up here at this point in time, but i’m sure there’s not as much as there used to be.

Katy saw a pika on the way up the trail. I only saw a marmot. Darn. Flycatchers are flitting all over the place, buzzing to each other. When I got back to Precipice, I watched an American dipper (nee water ouzel) work its way around a portion of the lakeshore, diving under the water, swimming on the surface like a duck, and then running out onto a rock to do its little dipper dance. They are the coolest birds! I sat as still as I could while it worked its way towards me. At about 15 feet away, it must have sensed me, and abruptly flew back up the shoreline. When I heard the call, before I saw it, the name “dipper” floated into my brain. My conscious mind didn’t realize that I know their call. Its nice to know that I recognize it. Though I couldn’t describe it.

My little tent site above Precipice. Up here, one is usually sleeping on hard granite. So a sleeping pad that won't stay inflated is a real problem. Grrrr.

My little tent site above Precipice. Up here, one is usually sleeping on hard granite. So a sleeping pad that won’t stay inflated is a real problem. Grrrr.

The view from inside.

The view from inside.

I couldn't stop gazing at the Elizabeth Pass area, remembering being up there in the stormy weather a year ago. It's quite different this year.

I couldn’t stop gazing at the Elizabeth Pass area, remembering being up there in the stormy weather a year ago. It’s quite different this year.

Yet another view toward Copper Mine Peak and Elizabeth Pass. Somehow, the trail finds a way around and through these incredible glacier-scoured expanses.

Yet another view toward Copper Mine Peak and Elizabeth Pass.

Yesterday, I saw a rescue helicopter bringing someone down over Kaweah Gap, maybe headed to a hospital in Fresno. Today I saw it headed out again over the Gap. Really close. I thought they were going to rescue someone else, and I would see them on the return flight, but I never did. Maybe they are stationed over on the other side somewhere. It made me think about how easy it would be to get oneself in a compromised position out here. On the way back down the trail from the Gap to Precipice, I slipped on a slick granite slab and skinned my arm. Somebody call the ‘copters! Oh, wait…there’s absolutely nobody else up here.

The wind is blowing, keeping it cool. No shade to be had almost anywhere. I fixed lunch, and then napped in my tent for a half hour. I have a view of Elizabeth Pass from my tent site. That is so exciting to me. I can start to put together a mental map of the mountains around here. A family of five hikers from Fresno came up the trail.  They come to the mountains almost every weekend, and every year they do a long hike.  They are hiking to Mt Whitney this year, which is what most of the people I meet on the trail are doing. They ask me where I’m headed, and I say I’m just on a walkabout. No particular destination. Just enjoying the mountains. Though I am happy to be by myself, I realize that I DO like running into these other people and spending a few minutes with them. I like having someone to share the experience with. I met another woman, hiking solo to Mt Whitney. She had started out with a friend who turned back because of a knee problem. I feel so lucky that I can just be up here and walk relatively pain-free. Everyone (the hiker family and the solo woman) are taking dips in the lake. I had to, too. It feels so great!

Oh, the water!

Oh, the water!

Photographic proof that I got in the lake!

Photographic proof that I got in the lake.

Looking over the precipice to the lower lake.

Looking over the precipice to the lower lake.

I ate my mid-afternoon snack, and felt like I wish the sun would go down so that I could go to bed. But there are hours and hours of the day left. I am spending it trying to hide from the sun.

I didn’t write any more today, and can’t remember how I passed the hours until bedtime. Just being. Oh, yeah…and taking pictures in the ever-changing light.

IMG_3253

Panorama shot of my surroundings.

Panorama shot of my surroundings.

Shadow play 1.

Shadow play 1.

Shadow play 2

Shadow play 2.

Shadow play 3.

Shadow play 3.

The sun hits the cliffs of Precipice.

The sun hits the cliffs of Precipice.

IMG_3260

Sunset (finally).

Sunset (finally).

Last of the sunlight on the peaks above Precipice.

Last of the sunlight on the peaks above Precipice.

Up, Up, Up to Hamilton Lake

7/28/16

IMG_3147

Leaving the lowlands behind

A punishing day. It started out really nice: up at 5:30 AM and packed up and on the trail by 6:30, hoping to beat the sun for a few hours. At about 9:00 I found myself at Bearpaw, about halfway through the day’s hiking, in terms of mileage. The first few hours of the day, I had the trail to myself. I was the first hiker out, breaking through spider silk stretched across the trail. It felt good!

IMG_3152

The trail cuts across occasional little streams.

IMG_3155

At Bucks Creek bridge, I was plunged back into shade for the climb to Bearpaw Meadow. That worked out well!

IMG_3159

I couldn’t believe the colors on this guy! He looked exactly like one of those touristy artworks that you find all over the Southwest, with turquoise inlaid all down his back.

IMG_3157

Looking east up the Kaweah River canyon toward Lake Hamilton, where I am bound.

IMG_3161

Looking up toward where I know the trail winds. I couldn’t see it ahead of me, but when I came back down and looked behind me, it was easy to spot. You have to know what you’re looking for.

IMG_3160

View from the bridge above Lone Pine Creek. This is near the junction of the Elizabeth Pass trail and the High Sierra Trail, so from now on, I have a new road under my wheels.

IMG_3163

I took advantage of the scant shade along the climb up to Hamilton Lake. I’m thankful for these scrubby live oaks that manage to grow on these exposed south facing cliffs. Thank you, little tree!

The last 2.5 miles of the trail up to Hamilton Lake were very steep and hot. I started to feel physically ill, and took the last mile very slowly.

IMG_3165

Eventually, I got some welcome, albeit temporary, cloud cover, and the views were fantastic!

 

I heard a canyon wren last evening, at Mehrten Creek. That’s a song that always lifts my spirits! Heard it again this morning as I was packing up. I was the only camper on Mehrten last night. There were lots meteors. I was lucky enough to poke my head out of my tent at one point just in time to see a big one that came straight down and exploded in a brief but huge-looking flash of white light toward the east. The crescent moon rose at about 3:00 AM and chased the stars away.

I saw hummingbirds, a white-headed woodpecker, a sooty grouse, flocks of juncos, a couple of nuthatches, and I heard a mountain chickadee calling, “Here kitty, here kitty.” Oh, and the ever-present stellar jays yelling through the woods.

IMG_3167

I saw this lake on my map, and thought maybe I would stay there, rather than at Hamilton, but I see it’s inaccessible, with nary a level few feet for pitching a tent. I was disappointed, because I thought when I got here my hike for the day would be done.

IMG_3169

The peaks of so-called Valhalla rise above me. Stunning!

IMG_3174

A closer shot of that stair-step broken granite. I feel so insignificant, surrounded by this ancient (though in geological terms, fairly young) landscape.

IMG_3171

And still the trail leads upward…

IMG_3170

That little lake is nestled right below this photo, where this caption is. Couldn’t fit it all in the picture.

Here at Hamilton Lake, it’s crowded with campers, and I found a spot to pitch my tent close by a 37-year-old woman who is hiking solo to Mt Whitney. She told me that she was about to accept a very good job at the SF botanical gardens, but just decided against it because she wanted to have the freedom to hike whenever she wanted. So she kept her waitress job. She’s got her priorities straight. I can’t believe the size of her pack! It looks really heavy! I silently thank Betty Wheeler for being such a stickler about weight on our JMT hike. It got me off on the right foot in understanding that less is truly more when you have to carry it all on your back.

Hamilton Lake, at long last!

Hamilton Lake, at long last! Too big for one photo, so here are numerous ones. The constantly-changing light was captivating.

IMG_3180

 

IMG_3177

Looking back toward the peaks of Valhalla. This lake has awesome views!

Looking back toward the peaks of Valhalla. This lake has awesome views!

3:00 PM and I’m already making dinner.

5:00 PM Big windstorm! I had to help secure my neighbor’s tent, which seemed on the verge of flying away. There’s thunder and lightening up higher in the mountains, maybe right at Precipice Lake, where I’m bound tomorrow. I hope it blows through and is gone. Here comes the rain! It’s not cold, but crazy windy. Exciting (as long as we don’t blow away). My tent stayed put, but is full of dry dusty sand, because I didn’t think to close one of the flaps in the excitement while I helped my neighbor.

IMG_3183

Suddenly little whitecaps appeared on the lake and the sky over the peaks became one big plum-colored bruise.

I retreated into my tent, and took a little video of of how it felt in there. I was cozy, but the wind was whippin’!

IMG_31827:15 and I’m in my tent. The sun is back out, and Katy, my neighbor, is just finishing dinner. My phone informs me that today I climbed 51 flights of stairs and hiked 13.52 miles. I’m ready to snooze. I can hear the various groups of campers chatting away around me, and fear they will keep me awake (spoiler alert: they didn’t).

Day 1, High Sierra Trail

7/27/2016

It’s almost 5:00 AM, and I am awake after a fitful night’s sleep. Driving here yesterday, I got super-sleepy around 4:30 PM, and stopped for a pick-me-up. I picked up a cold Blue Bottle New Orleans coffee, in a little half-pint container, and it was both incredibly delicious and effective, but too late in the day for a lightweight like me. Altitude didn’t help, either. But that’s fine–an early start and I’ll be assured of getting the itinerary I want for my wilderness permit.

Sometime in the middle of the night, I heard a branch fall from a tree nearby and hit the ground hard. I imagined it falling on a tent, but I didn’t hear any screams, so I drifted back to my semi-sleep state. It was a good reminder to look around for those sorts of dangers before pitching a tent.

1:50 PM Mehrten Creek

IMG_3124

Crescent Meadow, shining in the morning sun as I start my trek.

I had a forced leisurely morning. I couldn’t get my permit until about 8:00 AM. Cost was $15, and I’m good to go. I ate a breakfast tea and a breakfast burrito at the Lodgepole market, and then drove down to Wuksachi Lodge to send my itinerary to Tom, so that someone would know where and when to start looking for me, should anything happen. There was super-slow internet there, and it took mealiest an hour to log on and send the message. Then back to Crescent Meadow and the start of the High Sierra Trail. It was nearly 10:00 AM by the time I got going. Hot, smoggy, so many dead trees. Out here, I am always aware of the life and death all around me all the time. Lately, it seems like Death is getting the upper hand. Poor trees!

IMG_3134

I balanced my iPhone on my trekking poles, which I leaned up against a tree, to take this photo with the timer. The sequoias are amazing! I’ll be leaving them behind for the rest of this hike, as I climb to higher elevations.

At every little stream crossing, there were dozens of little monarch-colored California Tortoiseshell butterflies that flew up at my approach. I tried to take a photo of one with the wings open, but they were so fast, and uncooperative. Finally, I found a wounded one lying on the trail, and managed to get a photo.

IMG_3137IMG_3141

I saw 9 people on the trail all day. I was really dragging today, wondering why I “like” doing this. My pack is heavy, though I don’t think I’m carrying anything extra. I plodded along, looking out at the visibly brown air below me, feeling hot and cranky. My right shoulder is burning, my hips are hurting. Taking time to adjust my pack straps gives a certain amount of relief.

IMG_3135

Looking back toward the way I had come. That’s Morro Rock on the right side.

IMG_3140

The air is clearing up, but I am still walking past many dying trees.

At Mehrten Creek, I rinsed the trail dust off, washed the sweat from my clothes, and now what? It’s early afternoon, still hot, and I am alone with my tent on a ledge above the creek. The deer flies are really getting to me! Luckily, they are super-slow and I can take some satisfaction in lessening the population by one every time I get bitten. I want a nap, though, and will have to cover up for it.

5:00 PM

It’s clouding over, it’s very buggy, and I am tired. I got ready for bed and got in the tent to get away from the bugs. It started raining as soon as I got in! Just little gentle drops, but it sounds lovely! Didn’t last very long, though.

IMG_3144

Afternoon thundershowers gather over the mountains. Today, it’s stormy where I’m headed. What will tomorrow bring?

 

I have made a decision to boycott all Nestlé products (again), after learning that the company is pumping groundwater from our national forests to bottle and sell. This is the people’s water! I know that nobody reads my blog to get preached to about this sort of stuff, but there’s a lot to this story. You can read all about it here. There are many, many other reasons to boycott this company, but I generally don’t buy any of these products anyway. Here’s a list of Nestlé’s water brands, followed by a list of their other products:

Unknownnestle-brands

7:00 PM

IMG_3145

My little home on the trail.

I just woke up from my nap. It looks nice outside. I emerged from the tent, ate some salmon and crackers, and inhaled a tiny piece of fish. I just spent about 20 minutes coughing and wheezing, trying to get it dislodged. I finally feel better, but I wonder what might have happened if I had needed a Heimlich maneuver out here all by myself. Luckily, I don’t need to find out. Now it’s 8:00, and I think I am going to go to bed for real this time. My phone tells me I hiked 8.82 miles today, and climbed 31 flights of stairs. Not too bad. No wonder I’m tuckered out!

 

 

 

 

The Walkabout

7/26/16, Sequoia National Park

This is the first day of a planned 6-day solo backpacking trip along the hight Sierra Trailing Sequoia National Park. Last year, when Barbara Higbie and I hiked from Roads End to Crescent Meadow, we hit the High Sierra Trail for the last 14 miles of our trip. The views up toward Kaweah Gap were entrancing, and I decided right then that I would head up there this year, just to take a look around. Here’s what it looked like then:

Looking east toward Kaweah Gap from the High Sierra Trail, July 3, 2015

Looking east toward Kaweah Gap from the High Sierra Trail, July 3, 2015

I managed to leave Berkeley at 2:45PM, surfing along at the front of the rush-hour traffic wave. Traffic was slow at first, but I still got up to Sequoia in five hours. I happily handed my senior pass to the ranger, and got my free 7-day sticker. There are some things about getting older that I just LOVE! For a one-time fee of $10, I now get in to every national park for free for the rest of my life! Plus, I get discounts in many state parks and campgrounds! By 8:00PM, all the stores and restaurants are closed up here, and I forgot to think about dinner. Luckily, I had half an avocado and some crackers, and that was enough to stave off hunger pangs until morning. When I backpack, my food is carefully rationed in advance, with each meal and snack accounted for, so that I don’t have to carry more than I need. But if I break into the stash before the trip starts, I chance coming out short at the end.

My plan was to just pull in to a campground for the night, and get my wilderness permit in the morning before I hit the trail. The first two campgrounds I passed were full and I started worrying about finding a place without backtracking and heading up on a side trip to Big Meadow. But then, the Dorst Campground loomed ahead, and there were spaces available. I pulled in, found a pretty nice site and pitched my tent in the dark, accompanied by the babble of voices from all the campers around me. There were lots of kids and more than a couple of foreign languages. There was also a campsite that had music cranked up, past the posted official noise cut-off time of 9:00 PM. That reminded me that I had neglected to bring earplugs. Generally, I don’t travel anywhere without them, so that I can deal with noisy air conditioning units, roommates who want to watch TV, noisy revelers in the hotel hallways, whatever might happen. But I hadn’t thought that I would need them in the wilderness. Granted, I wasn’t in the wilderness yet…

I had trouble filling my new inflatable sleeping pad, which had felt so very comfy (and super-lightweight) at REI. Either I don’t know the trick or it’s defective. We’ll find out, but I hope not at the expense of sleep. When I finish blowing it up, lots of air escapes before I can get the valve shut. I found that I actually had to put the entire valve in my mouth, and keep blowing while I tamped the valve into place with my tongue and the help of a finger. Sheesh!

Driving up, I was shocked by the quantity of standing dead and dying conifers. They stretched out as far as the eye could see, which wasn’t as far as I’d like, due to the smog rising from the Central Valley. On the way down, I listened to the weather report on a Sacramento station, and they consistently referred to the smog as “haze.” That seems so innocuous, and actually natural. I wish they would refer to it by what it actually is. Then maybe people would be more motivated to try and curtail it. I was talking to a very knowledgeable fellow last week about the dying-tree problem, and he said that the main cause of death was the weakening of the trees due to air pollution, and further weakening by drought, which makes them easily fall victim to beetle infestations, which finish them off. Generally, the trees fight the beetles by physically pushing them out with sap when they start to bore, but there’s not enough moisture for the sap to run freely. And the beetles, historically, were kept at bay by occasional fires (about every 15-20 years in most forests) and cold winters. The last 100 years of fire suppression coupled with climate change have done their job. Then the man said that some experts predict 100% conifer death in the band between 5,000 and 7,000 feet elevation. Oy. Here, at over 8,000 feet, the trees are looking pretty healthy, though it sure is dry.

With these thoughts, I will try and sleep.

IMG_3121

A hillside of mostly dead Ponderosa Pines greeted me as I drove up Hwy 180 from Fresno. The road winds through thousands upon thousands of dead and dying trees. Poor California!

 

Day 7, a day at the beach

Our host is leaving this morning to attend a funeral in Los Angeles, and Kristin and I are left on our own for a day in Big Sur. Before she left, Lygia took some photos of my sis and me, looking very much twin-like.

IMG_0961

IMG_0966

The walk to the beach is about two miles down a dirt road that hugs the hillside.

IMG_0970

Now we sit naked, or nearly naked, on the beach, watching seals, dolphins, pelicans, seagulls, cormorants, terns, and some other birds I can’t identify fishing and carrying on in the relatively calm waters and kelp beds. Beautiful!

IMG_0971

IMG_0973

The sand was streaked beautifully with pink from the crumbling rock cliffs.

IMG_0974

IMG_0975

A floating tree trunk kept us guessing what it might be for quite awhile. the waves would turn it, changing the shape by exposing different sets of truncated branches. Sometimes it looked more animal than vegetable. Like a Nessie sighting.

IMG_1028

Then suddenly: what’s that? A humpbacked whale, surfacing and diving just this side of the kelp beds, very close in to shore! It’s huge black rolling back keeps on showing itself for almost enough time for a good photo, and then it disappears again. It’s rare to see humpbacks here, I think. Usually, it would be the gray whales. I feel lucky!

IMG_1046

IMG_1006

OK. They aren’t very impressive photos, but to see a 66,000-pound creature rolling in the waves is impressive. I guess you had to be there.

IMG_0991

There is a little cache of items that might come in handy someday, nestled in a rocky niche

IMG_0994

A little tunnel through the rocks gave us a glimpse of further down the coast.

IMG_0984

I saw a very interesting sight on the beach: on close inspection, I determined that it was an otter who had choked on a seabird, causing them both to die. Weird.

IMG_0981

I had fun taking photos of shadows.

Lulled into complacency by perfect weather, agreeable company and delicious food, I have no more notes about our lovely few days in Big Sur. However, I do have more photos, which I will share here, from our next day’s excursion into the Ventana Wilderness:

IMG_1067

IMG_1064

IMG_1066

Then we wandered north to another beach, and met a very nice goose who seemed to want us to take him/her home.

IMG_1080

IMG_1079

IMG_1088

IMG_1094

And finally, back home to Berkeley by late afternoon.

IMG_1108

Now that I am caught up with last year’s rambles, I can start on this year’s adventures. I just spent 6 days hiking solo in Sequoia National Park, and there is much to talk about.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Day 6, August 24, 2015

IMG_0945

Very smoky today! Good idea to leave. It’s 7:00 AM and the breakfast bell just rang. There’s already a big line to get food.

At dinner last night–which was delicious, by the way–Kris and I sat with two couples who had just come to hike a short distance of the JMT, going out at Bishop Pass (from Le Conte Meadows). They had decided to scratch the trip and hike elsewhere. We sat with a very sunburned-faced, tense man of about 60, who said he was waiting for his daughter, who was out hiking the JMT solo. She had said she’d be at the ranch yesterday and hadn’t shown up. He said he wasn’t worried, that she was tough and defended death-row inmates in San Quentin. He had flown to Fresno from St. Louis, MO, rented a car and driven to Florence Lake (dodging all the cars full of vacationers fleeing the smoke on Kaiser Pass Road), and walked the 4.5 miles to Muir Trail Ranch. Suddenly, a hiker walked through the gate, and his face lit up. “My daughter!” He ran down to her, they embraced, and there were tears not only from them but in the eyes of all six of us watching the reunion. Kris took a couple of photos of them, which was so thoughtful, and arranged to email them to the father.

It felt so good to sleep in the bed, piled high with blankets. Should I awaken Kris for breakfast? I think so…

After the delicious breakfast, we packed a lunch for the trail, packed up our packs once more and walked the 4+ miles to Florence Lake. The smoke was worsening by the hour, and I was glad to be getting away from it. I’m starting to cough, and have a low-grade headache, smarting eyes, and a chronically dripping nose. No fun!

IMG_0954

At Florence Lake, waiting for the ferry, we watched two guys–a hippie and a cowboy–unload trash and empty propane tanks from a truck into a boat, and exchanged small talk. When we said that we might be headed to the ocean, the cowboy said, “Take me with you! I’ve never seen the ocean, except once from a different continent. Spent most of my life around Elko, NV, cowboying.”

I said, “Well, come along! We’ll take you.”

“Can’t. My boss wouldn’t like that. Got another month of work here.”

“Well, just walk away, and find another job somewhere else later on,” I jokingly suggested.

“A cowboy can’t do that. It wouldn’t be right.”

Good man.

It felt good to get back in the car and drive the crazy Kaiser Pass Road back to Hwy. 168. Very narrow, and many blind curves and crests. It takes an hour to drive the 17 miles or so.

When we got in email range, I wrote to my friends in Big Sur, asking if we could come to Rancho Rico for a couple of days. Then we just started heading that way. My friend Lygia called, all bubbly and sweet, and said, “Yes! Come!”

California is an amazingly diverse state. Driving from the high Sierra to Big Sur in only a matter of five or so hours, we traversed the fertile San Joaquin Valley, and rolled into the rolling and golden grassy hills that eventually became a dense oak woodland with scattered chaparral. Then to the thriving farmlands near Salinas and the artichoke fields of Castroville, on through Monterey and Carmel and the astounding Highway 1 through Big Sur. Darol Anger once said, “There’s no other landscape where the vertical and the horizontal vie so hard for your attention,” or something close to that. The steep hills plunge into the restless surf and the Pacific stretches out to the horizon.

Lygia greeted us warmly with Chappellet Pinot Noir that featured her own label art, a big salad, homemade goat cheeses, ravioli, and conversation. Then we helped to put up the goats and horses for the night, collected eggs, and listened to the coyotes calling from the rugged surrounding hills. Jag, the enormous Great Pyrenees mountain dog, warned them off with incessant barking.

IMG_0968

I didn’t take many photos today, as I was just anxious to get away from the smoke, and then I was too busy driving. Photos of Big Sur tomorrow! Now it’s off to bed in our little cabin under the redwoods.

Day 5, Muir Trail Ranch

IMG_0925

Smoky air makes for some great diffuse lighting!

We awoke early and very quickly retraced our steps down the exposed switchbacks and into the woods to Muir Trail Ranch, where I was able to snag the only room available, from a last-minute cancellation. The MTR folks were really great (I was going to say “accommodating,” but that goes without saying).

 

A little grove of birch along the switchback trail added color. The forests are so incredibly dry! And the smoky air gives me a feeling of impending doom.

IMG_0931

IMG_0941

Beautiful Blaney Meadows

Check-in time is not until 3:00, so Kris and I had the day to just wander around. We waded across the San Joaquin to Blaney Meadows with our books, a lunch, and our water bottles, and explored the hot springs there. Some are basically mud holes and not very inviting, but there was one beautiful clear steamy pool that seeped up among granite rocks, and we spent a few hours luxuriating there.

 

IMG_0933

Kristin wades the San Joaquin, looking like a real “lady hiker”!

IMG_0936

One of the Blaney hot springs

IMG_0942

Our lunch spot, beside a venerable juniper.

I read Kristin the Peattie story about Death Valley, and was surprised to find how emotional it was, read aloud (you can access it online from a link in my last post). I got all verklempt, right at the time that our idyll was invaded by other hikers. Even with the smoke (which was still fairly light), it was really lovely to be there. Talked to hikers about their ordeals walking north through the smoke, and others who were still considering heading south. As one who could say what they would be missing by not being able to see where they were, I advised against it. There were rumors that the rangers in Evolution Valley were telling people that they would have to evacuate over Bishop Pass. But what do you do, when you have saved and planned, and only have this possibly once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to hike the JMT? I met a group of young Spanish men who had been looking forward to their ramble on the trail for years. Here they were, and couldn’t see a damn thing, to say nothing of having to breathe smoke at high elevations. They decided to keep going. I guess they will have stories to tell.

 

Smoke wasn’t so bad this morning, but last night it hung heavy most of the long night, with the scent of woodsmoke constantly in my nostrils. I tried to imagine I was at home by the fireplace, and remember how much I liked that smell, but it didn’t help much.

IMG_0910

Breathe the morning air!

After checking in to our cabin, Kris and I gathered up our dirty clothes and did a load of laundry in the old washing machine, manually draining the dirty water, rinsing, and then cranking the clothes through the wringer by hand. It feels good to be clean! I got recognized by four people here. I don’t think I really like that. I haven’t seen a mirror in days, and who knows what I look like. Me, I guess. But oh, well. My fan base is definitely aging along with me. I occasionally idly wonder what I could do to attract younger listeners. Probably stop singing songs about death, for one thing. Maybe I don’t even care. My season of popularity has come and is fading like autumn leaves. Although when the 20-something kitchen worker recognized me a little later, it put a spring in my step, I must admit. She was so pleased to have us visiting the ranch. I didn’t want to ask how she knew my music. Generally, I get “Oh, my mom used to make us listen to you in the car.” I thank those moms from the bottom of my heart!

 

IMG_0943

Those strange pink splotches are the color of the sunlight through the smoke. Everything else was in shade.

Of course, we took a good long soak in the “domesticated” hot spring at the ranch, which is very sweet. Here’s a photo from when I was here in 2014:

More comments and stories tomorrow! I’m done writing for the day. Hot springs will do that to you…

 

 

 

Day 4, Selden Pass and Marie Lake

8/22/15

IMG_0893

I slept much better last night. I was in the tent by an un-heard-of 6:30 PM. I wrote, read “The Road o a Naturalist,” by Donald Culross Peattie, and slept until 11:30 PM. (Peattie wrote a wonderful and nerve-wracking story, “Death Valley Christmas, 1849”. You can read it online here) Then I read some more, and slept again until about 5:00 AM. I decided to wait for the dawn chorus to get up, and at about 6:00 AM the Clark’s Nutcrackers started hollering and making a racket. OK! I’m up! No gentle, dulcet tones of thrushes and chickadees this morning…

IMG_0889

The gentle trail to Selden Pass

Kristin and I decided to leave our camp set up and go over Selden Pass to Marie Lake, to see if the smoke conditions are better there. It’s a really nice hike, past Heart Lake and on over the pass, which looks like a movie set. Every rock is placed just so, and the trail follows alongside a little mountain brooklet lined with nodding wildflowers, and through a narrow meadow. It’s quite a different scene from last August, when Betty and I hiked through here headed south on the John Muir Trail. Everywhere is shrouded with smoke, but not nearly as bad as along the San Joaquin. At the top of the pass, Marie Lake appears suddenly spread out below us, appearing rather like a landscape from Norway, with the scoured flat expanses of glacier-polished granite.

IMG_0888

IMG_0895

Marie Lake, surrounded by smoky peaks

IMG_0892

IMG_0901

While we were enjoying Marie Lake, though, the wind picked up and we could see the smoke starting to drift over the pass. We decided to call it quits and head back to camp and pack out. Unfortunately, it took us so long to pack that we decided to spend another night only two miles from Sallie Keyes Lakes.

IMG_0896

Marie Lake

IMG_0905

Distorted panorama of Heart Lake

The light is so strange–rosy-orange in color. I hope the smoke doesn’t do damage to us overnight here! Tomorrow we’ll head out early, hopefully (OK. Kris is a great backpacker and trail companion, but she packs up more slowly than anyone I have experienced) to Muir Trail Ranch and see what can be done about our reservations there for 8/26.

IMG_0908

Rosy-orange light on the lodgepoles

Marie Lake is noticeably lower than last August. Somewhere, I have a photo to prove it, I think. Poor California! Burning up and desiccating in the wind.

We hiked about six miles today. Tonight we’re above Sanger Creek, only three miles from MTR. We shall see what conspires in the morning. My niece, Chloe, Kristin’s daughter, will be racing in Italy at about 4:00 AM Pacific Time in the World Cup Mountain Bike race in Val de Sol. I think that’s in the Dolomites. So by the time we wake up and get to the Ranch, we will be able to get some news of how she did.

At first, I found this campsite almost devoid of charms, but a second look reveals that we are among a real, mature, un-“managed” forest of lodgepole pines. Every age is in evidence everywhere, with beautiful openings filled with now mostly-spent wildflowers. A red sun is setting slowly through the smoke.

IMG_0906

Kristin filtering water, an ever-present task

IMG_0909

The lovely lodgepole forest

Day 3, a change of plans…

8/21/15

Stayed awake most of the night planning and replacing our trip to try and avoid the smoke. If we didn’t have a paid reservation at Muir Trail Ranch in six days, I would suggest aborting the whole thing and driving north into better air. But that non-refunadabl reservation puts a crimp in those plans. Sallie Keyes Lakes and Selden Pass may be better, but today it looks like the smoke is butting up against the steep slope that gives access to that area. I guess we’ll head to Evolution Valley as planned and talk to the ranger there, if he or she is around.

 

8/21 continued

IMG_0867

About 20 minutes later, the smoke started pouring in. Scratched plans for Evolution Valley and Goddard Canyon. Sallie Keyes it is! We packed up and I went with Kris to the cutoff to Muir Trail Ranch from the JMT, so that she would stay on the right trail heading out. This is that damn section of the JMT that I said I never wanted to hike again. Endless switchbacks on a hot, south-facing steep ascent through chaparral. Not many trees to shelter from the sun. I wanted Kris to get as early a start as possible. I stashed my pack in the trees and hiked unencumbered the mile to the Ranch. I used the computer there to inform Tom of our change of plans. Really slow connection! But it’s a way to communicate with the outside world, and that’s what counts. Then I poked around in the free bins of hiker stuff, and headed back out and up. It’s a very nice service that MTR provides for hikers. You can leave anything you don’t want to carry, and take anything that you might need that you find in the bins. Generally, there’s lots of oatmeal in there, but often yummy things to eat and many useful items. I heard that Evolution Valley and environs were super-smoky, though the actual fire is miles away. Talked to a hiker who came down Goddard Canyon, and couldn’t even see the canyon walls. The fire is out of control and burning rapidly. It’s a mess–a perfect storm of 100 years of fire suppression, a long drought, higher temperatures, and who knows what else.

IMG_0872

I saw a little movement along the trail, and stopped to watch this perfectly-camouflaged grouse walk nearly right up to me.

It’s almost 6:00 PM now and we are camped above the first of the Sallie Keyes Lakes. The sky is clearing! It was terrible today. Every step was difficult, with the combination of lack of sleep last night and the heavy, smoke-filled air. I hope I sleep better tonight! I have to fix whatever is wrong with my left shoulder and the bottom of my right rib cage. Neither side wants to be slept on, and I have never slept well on my back or stomach.

IMG_0873

My little tent at Sallie Keyes, among the lodgepole pines.

IMG_0887

Evening at Sallie Keyes

Day 2, World on fire, and a bat attack!

8/20/15

 

Kris and I got up pretty early, and while we were packing up, the campground manager came around to check us out. She was riding in a little golf cart decked out with red, white, and blue bunting and American flags. For some reason, she made me feel like I was breaking some rules that I didn’t know about.

We continued up Hwy 168 past Shaver Lake, which looked pretty socked-in with smoke. The air was thick and scratchy in my throat. The water level was way down, as evidenced by the bathtub ring on the exposed rocks along the shore.

IMG_0789IMG_0787

A little way further up the road, we took the turnoff onto Kaiser Pass Road, a beautiful 20-mile winding path through the mountains. Our average speed was probably under 10 mph, due to the narrowness of the road, the lack of visibility, and the many twists and turns. We stopped at the ranger station to pick up our wilderness permit, and drove on to Florence Lake (I just Googled “Florence Lake” and discovered that she was a comedic film star. I wonder if the lake was named after her). The air was thankfully clearer, but the lake was so low. I was going to blame it on the drought, until I found out that they had emptied it out in order to do work on the dam.

IMG_0793

Florence Lake, with the exposed dam to the left, and the high country rising above it all.

Kris and I took a little swim while waiting for the boat that would ferry us to the other side of the lake, cutting out something like 4 miles of dusty stock trail. It was a hot, hot day, and the water felt deliciously cool.

IMG_0795

Woo-hoo! On our way!

IMG_0814

Once on the other side of the lake, we hiked about 6 miles to a beautiful campsite along the San Joaquin River. We dropped our packs and went into the river to rinse off the salt and dust from ourselves and our clothes. We changed into dry things and hung our wet clothes to dry on some bushes by a nice sweet-smelling Jeffrey pine. It was getting on to dusk, and I noticed a bat flying around. I pointed it out to Kris, and then it suddenly became apparent that the bat was attacking us! It flew at our faces repeatedly, expertly dodging our attempts to swat it away. It chased us all around the campsite, and at one point landed on Kris’ back, holding on to her t-shirt. We feared rabies, of course, but thought that we also might be close to its nest and babies, up in that Jeff pine. It was beautiful to look at and absolutely fearless, and scary as hell!

IMG_0866

Site of the bat attack

Kris was fending it off with her shoes, and accidentally made contact when she swatted towards it. The bat fell to the ground, stunned. She felt terribly guilty, but a few seconds later, it was back up and flying at us again. We grabbed our stuff and retreated to a second-rate campsite (still beautiful) a little ways away. It didn’t follow us, and went off to hunt bugs above the river. We sneaked back over and collected our wet clothes. Kris said, “Beauty has an underbelly.”

IMG_0864

Our campsite on the San Joaquin

It was an exhausting day of less than 6 miles. I am out of shape! It’s 8:00 PM, the sliver of moon is setting over the pines and we’re hoping that the winds favor us and keep the smoke away. The fire in Kings Canyon is out of control completely and burning many acres. We are out of danger as far as the actual fire goes, but the smoke is real. I’m worried about our friend Mike W’s cabin in King’s Canyon, and him, along with other things (like the critters and trees…). I crawled into my tent fairly early, but sleep eluded me for a long time. Too much to think about, with the fire and the bat.

IMG_0863

IMG_0862

Hiking from Florence Lake, we skirted beautiful big meadows.

 

 

 

 

August 2015, smoke and surf

IMG_0788

Shaver Lake, shrunken and enshrouded in smoke

I took one other High Sierra hike last year, which I never wrote about. I just recently discovered my notebook while cleaning up my desk, and reading it made me want to relive the experiences in public. Also, I just got back from a few days in Desolation Wilderness, and I feel like I can’t write about that until I get caught up. So here goes!

My older sister, Kristin, flew out from Colorado on August 17 to join me on a hike that was intended to be about 6 days, and take us from Florence Lake along the San Joaquin River up through Evolution Valley. Then we planned to hike overland from Lake Wanda (named for one of John Muir’s daughters, btw) to Goddard Canyon, and thence back down to the San Joaquin and a night at Muir Trail Ranch before we headed back home. It didn’t turn out that way.

 

8/19/2015

Kristin and I finally managed to get out of town into early rush-hour traffic at about 3:30 PM. We arrived eventually at the Dorabelle Campground, just off Hwy 168, at 5,500′ above sea level, in Fresno County. Such a strange place: clean to the point of obsessiveness. It is situated among a grove of dusty pines, and I can’t help but feel that if the campground manager were able, she would vacuum the lower boughs, at least. All the camping areas are freshly raked, with no footprints in evidence, like a Japanese sand garden. Plus, it’s a pretty expensive place to pitch a couple of tents for the night at $24/campsite. But oh, well. It’s quiet. I can smell woodsmoke, and there are no campfires. Kris and I set up our tents and crawled in. It’s 10:30 PM and I am off to Dreamland.

July 4, the last day

End of the Trail

End of the Trail

Early on the morning of July 4, 2015, Barbara and I rose from our warm sleeping bags in the chilly crepuscular light. We ate our final breakfast of oatmeal, tea, and dried fruit, broke our camp, and packed our bags. By about 6:30 we were on the trail to Giant Forest Museum and the shuttle bus that would take us to Visalia. I left our mostly-full gas canister for a young couple who were hiking to Mt Whitney. They had started to worry that they would run out of fuel, and I was glad to give them what we could.

The day broke slowly and beautifully over the Keawah Valley and on the high country all around us. The clouds were ever-changing along with the light and I couldn’t stop taking photos.

Beautiful morning sky!

Beautiful morning sky!

more clouds

more clouds

We hiked for a long time before seeing anyone else on the trail that early, and it was a great way to start our last day. Over the tops of the tallest pines in the distance, I saw the bushy tops of the Sequoia Gigantea, unmistakable in their broccoli-head fullness and their lighter green that distinguished them from the other trees over which they towered. I was excited by the prospect, not just of seeing them, but of watching Barbara experience them for the first time.

Babz, ready to hit the trail

Babz, ready to hit the trail

Flowers grew in profusion along the High Sierra Trail

Flowers grew in profusion along the High Sierra Trail

IMG_0551

Perfect design!

Monzanita is so picture-worthy.

Monzanita is so picture-worthy.

It was a bittersweet hike out of the mountains. As the day grew brighter, we could look down to the west in the direction we were headed and see a dark band of pollution hanging in the sky. I tried to keep my focus on the surrounding peaks, but there was no escaping our future

Babz

Babz

Civilization encroaches in the shape of a floating band of smog.

Civilization encroaches in the shape of a floating band of smog.

IMG_0566

Looking west into the Central Valley. I want to turn around and go back over Elizabeth Pass. Well, maybe not…

Finally, and quite suddenly it seemed, we were among the Sequoias, and it was a beautiful sight. It was still early in the day, and the park visitors were scarce. We decided to forgo the free shuttle through the park and walk the extra mile or so to the Museum. We wandered through the Sequoias, stopping for photos and just enjoying the wonder of these giants. The Sequoia woodlands are particularly quiet, I think in part because the birds in the canopy are so far away. And every being seems to know not to raise one’s voice in church.

The Big Trees surrounded us.

The Big Trees surrounded us.

Finally, we arrived at the museum, and were stunned by the number of visitors to Sequoia National Park. They lined up in droves for the shuttles to see General Sherman (the largest of the giants) and the other sights. So many different languages blending together! German, French, Chinese, Japanese, Norwegian (or maybe it was Danish), Spanish, and some I couldn’t recognize. There was a strong penchant for red, white and blue clothing, hats, earrings and necklaces. We joined them and took a shuttle to the lodge at Cedar Grove to find some lunch.

An actual seat! And a moving vehicle. How novel!

An actual seat! And a moving vehicle. How novel!

Close-up of Babz's feet-saving shoes: New Balance Minimus trail runners. they're a discarded pair of mine that she brought to use  as water shoes and around-camp wear. Now they are REALLY worn out!

Close-up of Babz’s feet-saving shoes: New Balance Minimus trail runners. they’re a discarded pair of mine that she brought to use as water shoes and around-camp wear. Now they are REALLY worn out!

Lunch wasn’t as exciting as I thought it would be. Not much of a step up from our particular MRE’s. But honey in my tea was a real treat!

DSCN2324

Goodbye to the trail. We turn around, and walk through the tree trunk into the reality of 21st century living.

I am happy to say that Barbara is now a backpacking convert, and even through our travails her spirit and love of the trail remained bright and alive. Whew! I was so afraid that I might have killed it with an excess of nature’s bounty. The most eventful part of our trip home was our ride from Visalia to Fresno with a talkative Uber driver. I keep getting flashbacks of the trail over Elizabeth Pass. What an amazing place we have been! I feel so lucky!

Day 5, the High Sierra Trail

Day 5, the High Sierra Trail

July 3

Looking up the High Sierra Trail toward Kaweah Pass. I'm still posting yesterday's photos.

Looking up the High Sierra Trail toward Kaweah Gap. I’m still posting yesterday’s photos.

Yesterday was an exercise in being trip leader. When it looked too threatening to go over Elizabeth Pass, I figured out a new route for us: back to Roaring River, through Sugarloaf Valley and over Silliman Pass. But the sky, while not exactly clearing, indicated that the weather might hold for long enough for us to get over the pass, so new plan scratched and old plan reimplemented. We did get our 4 hours of clear weather, but it wasn’t quite enough time for us, as the going was so slow.

I realize in looking back through the photos of yesterday that I didn’t take any pictures of the path right in front of my feet. I should have. Often, it was invisible. There was foliage of various kinds up to and past our knees, and our feet just had to make educated guesses as to where the actual trail was. And then, more often than not, for miles, the foot came down in a stream that was temporarily utilizing the path to get downhill. It was, as I say repeatedly, very beautiful, but a little like bushwhacking, and we stayed very wet most of the day. When we got above the foliage, the trail was mostly clear and dry to the pass, but coming down the other side, it was extremely steep and we had to keep an eagle eye out for the cairns that marked the trail, or we could easily just start following a stream bed (they were everywhere) rather than the trail. That trail down the south side is amazing: it just snakes along these little ridges and switchbacks and you wonder almost all the time how it will manage the descent. It does, of course, but if you walked off the trail it’d be a nice long free fall.

The view from the bridge over the creek. this is the third bridge (at least) that has been built on the trail. The creek washed out the other two. I don't think it can reach this one, though!

The view from the bridge over Lone Pine Creek, Looking back up toward Elizabeth Pass. This is the third bridge (at least) that has been built on the trail. The creek washed out the other two, leaving remnants of mangled steel struts. I don’t think it can reach this one, though!

The High Sierra Trail snakes along a tiny ledge. Recognize those two peaks? We looked down on them from the other side from Elizabeth Pass.

The High Sierra Trail winds along a tiny ledge. Recognize those two peaks? We looked down on them from the other side from Elizabeth Pass.

We got caught in big rain coming down the Kaweah side of the Kings-Kaweah divide. When it finally cleared and the trail became relatively level, we stopped for our hot meal. While we were there, we were startled to see another hiker coming down the trail. Our first sighting of another human since we saw the ranger at Roaring River two days ago. Turns out he was an ultra-marathon runner from New Mexico, out for a little 180-mile jaunt. He had gone all the way from Roaring River and over the pass, and after chatting for awhile, he passed us and went on. He complained about the trail maintenance and said he thought the mileage listed on the map was wrong, that it seemed lots longer to him. We were happy to hear that, as we certainly thought so! But I did love the fact that nothing had yet been cleared or trampled down by humans this year. We saw only one other set of footprints on the trail, heading the opposite direction and at least two days old (otherwise, we would have passed whoever it was). He took the only good campsite between the Tamarack Lake turnoff and Bearpaw Meadow backpacking camp. I would have liked it for us, but that was OK. We continued on and hit the High Sierra Trail, which was/is an incredible feat of engineering. It winds along a teeny ledge high above the Kaweah River valley. It’s like no other trail I’ve ever been on (though maybe like the Grand Canyon in its spectacularity and steepness).

We finally approach civilization, any trail miles from a paved road, at High Sierra Camp. I confess, I wanted someone to invite us in for dinner.

We finally approach civilization, many trail miles from a paved road, at High Sierra Camp. I confess, I wanted someone to invite us in for dinner.

Our deer friend. Barbara didn't like him.

Our deer friend. Barbara didn’t like him.

When we finally got in to the backpacking camp last night, we took the first two tent sites we saw, and never even saw the many beautiful sites in the campground proper until the next morning. A big buck with velvet-covered antlers was snooping around, and we later found out that he hangs around hoping for salty items to lick. He could have had a time licking us! Today we were hoping for sunshine and time for washing and drying of clothes, but it still looks like it’s threatening rain. Oh, well…

Our campsite, Bearpaw Meadow.

Our campsite, Bearpaw Meadow. Barbara said she woke in the middle of the night to find her tent collapsed on top of her. From this photo, I think I can see why. Too tired to set it up right.

I had a great night’s sleep on the most level piece of ground I’ve found yet. Bearpaw Meadow is a very civilized backpacking camp, with running water. There are comparatively lots of folks on the High Sierra Trail, which continues to be spectacular. The sun is out! We stopped at Buck’s Creek and washed up, which was a very welcome activity. Clothes even dried, which we hadn’t experienced for a couple of days. Nobody came by the whole time we were hanging out there, except one young woman, hiking alone. After a very leisurely day strolling along the High Sierra Trail, we made camp early at Mehrten Creek. The only level place for my tent seems to be right in front of the bear box, so out of consideration for whoever else might want to use it, I found a less-than-ideal location. It’s hot and dry this side of the mountains, and that mean one very important thing: NO MOSQUITOS! Or, rather, very few. Yay!

Sun! Views!

Sun! Views!

Little Blue Dome in the foreground, looking out across the Keawah River valley

Little Blue Dome in the foreground, looking out across the Kaweah River valley

We take turns posing.

We take turns posing.

IMG_0512

It's so nice to walk in the sun on a relatively level trail.

It’s so nice to walk in the sun on a relatively level trail.

Lazing around on Mehrten Creek, at our last campsite.

Lazing around on Mehrten Creek, at our last campsite.

Happy trees.

Happy trees.

water cascading over lovely speckled granite.

water cascading over lovely speckled granite.

Mehrten Creek sang to us as the sun shone down.

Mehrten Creek sang to us as the sun shone down.

Our last campsite, above the creek.

Our last campsite, above the creek.

I’m watching thunderclouds form over the mountains to the east. Tomorrow, we have to pack up early and hike six miles to Crescent Meadow where we can get a shuttle to the Giant Forest Museum to catch the 2.5-hour bus ride to Visalia to contact Uber for a ride to Pat’s house in Fresno to get my car to drive 3.5 hours home. Whew! I do hate to leave these mountains.

Storm clouds gather (again), but only over the high peaks. We are at about 8,000' now

Storm clouds gather (again), but only over the high peaks. We are at about 8,000′ now

Day 4, Elizabeth Pass!

Day 4, Elizabeth Pass!

7:30 AM

It has been the longest night. More thunderstorms rolled through and near us all night long. Seemed like the lightning never stopped. I lay awake trying to count the seconds between the flashes and thunder. So much lightning that you can’t tell which thunder roll belongs to which flash. From about 1:00 to 5:00 AM, the rain abated. Now the rain has set in and is falling steadily. I am aborting the hike over Elizabeth Pass. Today we’ll go back down to Roaring River. Fording the stream may be difficult after all this rain. Tomorrow, we’ll head of Sugarloaf Valley and Silliman Pass, and see how far we get. That pass has a much better chance of being good weather-wise, as it’s quite a bit farther west and 1200 feet lower in elevation than Elizabeth Pass. Last time I left my tent during the night, the mosquitos attacked en masse. At least rain gear is impenetrable for them. We’ll wait out the weather a little while longer. I feel so responsible, if anything bad should happen. Not sure if I like being the “trip leader.” I barely slept. It’s going to be a hard day.

8:00 AM

The rain has finally stopped. Barbara and I are getting up and having breakfast, hoping our tents dry out a bit before we have to pack them up. Barbara thinks we should go ahead over the pass. I’m not so sure. I estimate we need at least four hours of clear-ish weather in order to avoid getting caught in the open in a thunderstorm. I’d hate to be responsible for getting Babz hit by lightning! She has decided to stop wearing her hiking boots in favor of my old pair of trail runners that she threw in her pack at the last minute. She claims that her feet are pain-free in them. Yes!

9:30 AM

The weather seems to be holding. We’re going over Elizabeth Pass.

The trail towards the pass. The actual pass is around the slope on the right, and can't be seen from here.

The trail towards the pass. The actual pass is around the slope on the right, and can’t be seen from here.

IMG_0399

Columbines. They came in all colors, but the pure yellow we saw only on the north side of Elizabeth Pass

IMG_0401

Somebody likes the rain!

Barbara is in harmony with her surroundings.

Barbara is in harmony with her surroundings.

The trail leads up and to the other side of these babies, and up some more.

The trail leads up and to the other side of these babies, and up some more.

Looking back the way we came.

Looking back the way we came.

Wildflowers everywhere.

Wildflowers everywhere.

The last stream crossing on the north side of the pass, Kings River watershed.

The last stream crossing on the north side of the pass, Kings River watershed.

The landscape up here looks like Scotland highlands or Norway.

The landscape up here looks like Scotland highlands or Norway. Barbara trudges upwards.

IMG_0426

The trail cuts west, and we can finally see the pass above us.

Elizabeth Pass, 11,327'

Elizabeth Pass, 11,375, looking back toward the Kings River watershed’

IMG_0433

The view east from the top.

Ahhhh...

Ahhhh… looking south into the Kaweah River watershed.

Little did we know that these peaks would be obscured in a matter of minutes.

Little did we know that these peaks would be obscured in a matter of minutes.

The first cloud whips up from the valley.

The first cloud whips up from the valley.

Another one follows. It will round that ridge and come right up our valley.

Another one follows. It will round that ridge and come right up our valley.

Where's the view?

Where’s the view?

Hearing thunder rolling in the distance. We hurry to get off of the exposed pass.

Hearing thunder rolling in the distance. We hurry to get off of the exposed pass. It’s a steep descent!

Looking toward Tamarack Lake. That side trip calls to me, but not today...

Looking toward Tamarack Lake. That side trip calls to me, but not today…

We regain the tree line.

We regain the tree line.

Thunder rolls and the weather closes in.

Thunder rolls and the weather closes in.

Wet manzanita. So pretty!

Wet manzanita. So pretty!

I have to stop myself from taking photos of every darned juniper.

I have to stop myself from taking photos of every darned juniper.

Pathfinder points the way

Pathfinder points the way

We stop for lunch and have a visitor.

We stop for lunch and have a visitor.

A glimpse of blue sky finally appears.

A glimpse of blue sky finally appears.

9:00 PM

My flashlight died. We’re at the High Sierra backpacking camp. Extremely hard day over Elizabeth Pass. Incredible beauty. Amazing views. Too tired to write. I have nothing but admiration for Barbara. She’s a real trooper. I’m going to sleep well tonight!

July 1, two days in one.

July 1, two days in one.

IMG_0290Went to bed early last night, about 8:00 PM. At a little before 10:00, I was awakened by the full moon’s light filtering through the Ponderosas. Three very loud jets chose that time to fly overhead, from the nearby air force base, I guess. I had heard stories of fighter pilots practicing flying up and down the canyons of Kings Canyon National Park, but for some reason, I thought that they had stopped doing that. I guess not…

Ponderosas basking in magic light

Ponderosas basking in magic light

Remains of Native American encampment. You can't really see the rock-lined indentation, but I know it's there.

Remains of Native American encampment. You can’t really see the rock-lined indentation, but I know it’s there.

I woke again at 2:00 and at 4:00 and finally got up at 5:30. Babz and I had our breakfast of oatmeal and tea (just like John Muir!), and hit the trail at around 7:00 AM, heading over the lip of Moraine Ridge and down to Roaring River. Before we headed out, I discovered the remains of a couple of old Native American storage pits, shallow round indentations lined with rocks, perched on the lip of the ridge. I certainly can see why they would choose this area as a camp!

A view of where we're headed, as we take the trail down from Moraine Ridge

A view of where we’re headed, as we take the trail down from Moraine Ridge

The day started with a high overcast and a muggy feeling in the air. We got down to Roaring River, and were glad that we chose to stay higher: there were people everywhere, and riders with mules loaded with chain saws and such, going off to do trail maintenance. Very busy! The ranger was listening to the weather report, and told us thunderstorms were forecast on Elizabeth Pass. We pressed on. Once we started up Deadman Canyon, it started to rain steadily, from about 9:00 AM until now (2:00 PM), where I am huddled in my tent at Upper Ranger Meadow. It’s a beautiful spot, but then again, it’s all beautiful.

Follow the sign to Deadman.

Follow the sign to Deadman.

the trail into Deadman Canyon

The trail climbs over glacial till into the mouth of Deadman Canyon

Babz is walking slowly, but seems to be enjoying herself. I am loving it, rain and all. The bugs (mostly mosquitos) kept us going until now.  Finally, the rain seems to be abating. Thunder is rolling far off in the peaks.If it doesn’t clear, we are thinking we may need to spend another day here, which would probably mean that I miss Peter Rowan’s birthday party. But we have plenty of food and will be fine.

IMG_0311

A large fungus. So puffy and light-looking that I just had to climb up on the fallen logs to get a photo.

IMG_0313

Fungi were profuse at the mouth of Deadman Canyon. Must be the rain!

IMG_0312

Sprouting life out of death.

Getting water today in the creek, I slipped and tumbled and lost my water filter, which Babz quickly rescued, though she had to get her boots wet. Lesson: remove pack before hunkering down on wet rocks. Luckily, everything stayed dry in my pack. It was a funny feeling, like an overturned beetle maybe, to be clawing at the air as my feet slipped out from under me and I fell sideways into the running water. All slow-motion.

The creek where I took a tumble.

The creek where I took a tumble.

IMG_0314

The canyon walls rose above us and started closing in.

Deadman Canyon got its name from this gravesite. A Basque shepherd died here in 1881. I stopped and sang

Deadman Canyon got its name from this gravesite. A Basque shepherd, Alfred Moniere, died here in 1887. I stopped and sang “The Lone Pilgrim” for his memory.

Dressed for the weather

Dressed for the weather

Approaching Ranger Meadows, aka Rain-grrr Meadows

Approaching Ranger Meadow, aka Rain-grrr Meadow

Our first campsite of the day, Upper Ranger Meadow.

Our first campsite of the day, Upper Ranger Meadow.

The rain stopped, the sky cleared, and by 3:00 PM the sun was out. We dried everything on the big granite boulders, and decided we should hike farther up toward the pass. We probably hiked about 9 miles today. The day became indescribably gorgeous, and the campsite we found near the wall of the canyon is spectacular. It’s in the last stand of Lodgepole before the pass. The stream is running over smooth granite slabs, and down a steep spillway (not quite a waterfall). I’d hate to slip at the top of this drop!

The stream flowed over steep glacier-polished granite.

The stream flowed over steep glacier-polished granite.

We forded the stream barefoot today. The water was cold, but not icy (no snow left to melt), and the gravel felt good on my bare feet. Mosquitos are still a problem, but not bad up here, comparatively.

IMG_0355

What are these, Heather?

IMG_0354 IMG_0322

This morning, I heard a deep thumping sound on the trail. It took me a few seconds to zero in on it and figure out where it was coming from. A gorgeous golden honey-colored “black” bear was digging at a rotten log. It didn’t notice me, and I motioned for Barbara to hurry up. She got to see it, too. I took out my camera and tried to move to a vista that was less obscured by trees, but it saw me and went galloping off upstream, huge hindquarters swiftly disappearing into the forest. That was the last we saw of it. I had been imagining a bear digging for grubs in a rotten log yesterday. And there it was, just as I had seen it in my mind’s eye! Wish I had taken a photo even though the trees were in the way…

Near our second campsite of the day, at the last stand of lodge poles before Elizabeth Pass.

Near our second campsite of the day, at the last stand of lodge poles before Elizabeth Pass.

Today was like two days, with two complete camps, two tent-pitchings. I had never done that before. At the first camp, as soon as we got our tents up and got inside, the sky let loose. I love a good tent!

The stream opened up and flowed down slick granite.

The stream opened up and flowed down slick granite.

Glacial polish

Glacial polish

The view towards the pass from our campsite.

The view towards the pass from our campsite.

Alpenglow, as photographed from my tent.

Alpenglow, as photographed from my tent.

And the storm clouds began to gather on the peaks.

And the storm clouds began to gather on the peaks.

9:30 PM.

I have been listening to far-off thunder and thinking it was jets, cursing the pilots for interrupting my wilderness experience. But a huge lightning storm is bursting upon us, moving fast in our direction. From my tent, I can see the lightning on the peaks around us. Four miles away, then 3, and now it’s raining really hard. My heart is pounding and I’m definitely scared! I called to Barbara, and she seemed quite calm. But she can’t see the lightning hitting the peaks. It’s a beautiful sight, no doubt, but the tough of it striking one of the trees near us, or us, is really scary. I realized I left clothes out to dry. Oh, well…Every time the lightning flashes and the thunder rolls, I jump. Now the flash and crash are almost but not quite simultaneous. It really was amazing, watching it come closer and closer. Now it’s moving past and I feel a flood of relief. Hope the morning is clear so we can get over the pass. Today we were so hopeful.

It seems that all that is left now is heavy rain. And it’s only been about 15 minutes’-worth of storm I think. Whew! Disaster averted so far…

Day 2 of feeling like an ant

June 30, Moraine Ridge

There were crazy mosquitos on the north side of Avalanche Pass. As soon as we were out of our tents in the morning, we hurriedly packed up in order to escape them. It was a rude awakening for me, who had gotten very blasé about the critters, based on my Muir Trail hike last year, where I could count the number of mosquito encounters on the fingers of one hand. Now there were 20 on each arm and swooping in on my face and neck. I occasionally inhaled one. Not fun! The only thing to do was to keep moving through them, hoping they would dissipate as we climbed higher. The mosquitos seemed to prefer me to Barbara, which made her happy (not me so much).

a lovely juniper at the top of Avalanche Pass

a lovely juniper at the top of Avalanche Pass

We slowly climbed toward the pass, and were suddenly there sooner than I had anticipated. It’s a wooded pass, at 10,013′ elevation. We should have lazed around at the top longer, as we descended into another cloud of mosquitos and had to keep moving.

Barbara on Avalanche Pass, our high point so far

Barbara on Avalanche Pass, our high point so far

As we descended from the pass, we walked along a beautiful somewhat marshy (read “mosquito-rich”) drainage, full of wildflowers. I kept thinking I would take photos of them all, but the bugs kept me moving. No people in sight, no fresh footprints on the trail. However, we did come across some fairly fresh evidence of bears.

Nice bear scat! My hand is there for size comparison. We saw lots of this, but so far, no bears.

Nice bear scat! My hand is there for size comparison. We saw lots of this, but so far, no bears.

Here are a few of the flowers that graced our trail. The entire mountains were exploding with blossoms!

IMG_0202

Sierra Tigerlily

IMG_0204

Common Parsnip

IMG_0281

Penstemon?

Above Moraine Creek, on a south-facing slope where the mosquitos seem to have disappeared, we stopped for our hot meal at about 1:00 PM. We ate a backpacker pre-packaged meal of “chicken risotto,” which I DO NOT recommend. Plus, there was so much of it.

We stopped at little Moraine Creek where the trail crossed, and  took a break to bathe in the last running water we’d have today. There wasn’t anybody around, and the place was ours completely. It felt so good to rinse off the salt and grit, and dunk my head in the cool water. The sky was mostly sunny, though little clouds would pass overhead on occasion and spit raindrops at us. We had decided to camp high on Moraine Ridge, to escape the mosquitos we felt certain would be waiting us at Roaring River.

Stormy weather threatened as we walked through an old fire area.

Stormy weather threatened as we walked through an old fire area.

There was rain off and on for a few hours in the afternoon. Now, at 4:00 PM, we are already camped for the night, overlooking Roaring River and with a great view of tomorrow’s hike, up Deadman Canyon. We haven’t seen another person in 27 hours, and that one was just at a distance at the Sphinx Creek campground. We don’t expect to see anyone until we hit the Roaring River ranger station tomorrow morning.

IMG_0278

Looking back the way we came.

Looking ahead to the ominously-named Deadman Canyon

Looking ahead to the ominously-named Deadman Canyon

I saw a Clark’s Nutcracker today, and heard more of them, making a racket in the trees. I know we’re in the mountains now! l also saw a Ruby-crowned Kinglet, flitting among the low-lying shrubs and flashing his red crest. And of course, the ubiquitous juncos, robins and jays, which are everywhere.

Sharing the Earth with the "real" ants

Sharing the Earth with the “real” ants

Barbara is doing great, but has blisters on both baby toes. Very painful. She didn’t stop and wrap them soon enough, so we stopped, drained the blisters, wiped with alcohol swabs and bandaged. I hope they are better tomorrow! A blister can wreck a hike really quickly!

Every moment, the light is changing on the glacier-scoured sides of Deadman Canyon as clouds gather and move and the sun appears and is obscured. So quiet, except for a few birds. Actually, quite a few birds–just not really close by. Our camp appears to be in a manicured park-like setting; tall Ponderosa pines and very little undergrowth. Dry and with nice level tent sites. I feel lucky!

Our campsite, Moraine Ridge

Our campsite, Moraine Ridge

Feeling like an ant, continued

Even though I was very concerned with weight, I ended up taking two cameras with me: my iPhone and my trusty point-and-shoot waterproof Nikon. I had forgotten about the Nikon by the end of the trip, and just now discovered the photos I took.

Here are a few from our first day. Looking fresh and hopeful, we arrived at the shuttle stop at 6:50 AM.

Pat Wolk drops us off at the AMTRAK station in Fresno. Ready to go!

Pat Wolk drops us off at the AMTRAK station in Fresno. Ready to go!

DSCN2291

Barbara and I took turns having our picture taken with a peek-a-boo tree

Barbara and I took turns having our picture taken with a peek-a-boo tree

After we crossed the Kings River, we headed up-country and left the crowds behind.

After we crossed the Kings River, we headed up-country and left the crowds behind.

Feeling like an ant

Feeling like an ant

I recently returned from a backpacking trip with my friend and sometimes bandmate Barbara Higbie. She had never been backpacking before, and left it up to me to choose the route for a 6-day adventure. It could be argued that I went overboard in the expectations department, but since we made it through, I personally don’t think so. Barbara did say that she wants to go backpacking again, which is a good sign!

On June 28, immediately following my very fun “jam” gig at Petaluma’s Roaring Donkey, I drove off to meet up with Barbara  to  drive to Fresno for the first leg of our backpacking trip in Sequoia and Kings Canyon National Parks (referred to herein as SEKI). Here is my journal from our first day: June 29, 7:30 AM Barbara and I are on the Big Trees shuttle bus, headed to Grant Grove from Fresno. I played yesterday at the Roaring Donkey in Petaluma, with Tom Rozum and Mike Witcher. Keith Little was supposed IMG_0194to be there, from 3:00 PM to 6:00 PM, but the Donkey website listed the start time as 5:00 PM, so he got there just before we quit. He got caught up in the Hwy 37 traffic jam caused by the NASCAR races at Sears Point.  There was soooo much traffic that day, with the convergence of the San Francisco Pride Parade (on the heels of the historic Supreme Court ruling) and the races.

Leaving Tom, Mike and Keith to play a few songs together, I ran out the door, jumped in my car, and proceeded to sit in traffic trying to get home for two hours. By 8:00 I was back home. Babz and I left at 8:30 and arrived in Fresno at 12:30 AM. There was work on I-5, and the freeway was shut down, causing us to spend another half-hour crawling along (that’s when I wish I didn’t have a manual-transmission car), wishing for our beds. I had set my GPS device for the Fresno address, but of course, thinking I knew better how to get there, ignored the nice lady telling me to take Hwy 99. If I had, we would have saved that wasted half hour. There’s a lesson there, which I may or may not decide to take to heart.

Our host, the irrepressible member of the Raging Grannies, Pat Wolk, woke us up at 5:30 and fixed us a lovely breakfast of cantaloupe, toast, coffee and peaches. The last fresh fruit we’ll have for 6 days. Then she drove us to the Fresno AMTRAK station where we caught the 7:05 AM shuttle. We are the only two people on the bus this morning! It must be government-subsidized. Our tax dollars at work, for which I am grateful. Writing is difficult in a moving vehicle. Hope I can read my shaky scrawl when it comes time to write the blog. Not enough sleep. I’m worried that today will be hard. Mike Weinberg will meet us at Grant Grove and drive us to the ranger station at Roads End to pick up our permit and begin our hiking part of the journey.

July 29, continued…8:00 PM

Got to Grant Grove at 9:30 and Mike was waiting for us. He drove us to Roads End, regaling us with stories of The Bench (he’s a retired traffic court judge). He said the three most common speeding-ticket excuses are:

1. I had to pee.

2. someone (wife, mother, father, daughter, son, cousin, self) is sick/dying

3. it’s a rental car, and I didn’t realize how fast I was going.

I used the #3 excuse when I was stopped in Texas a few years ago, and the very nice highway patrolman didn’t give me a ticket.

We stopped every few minutes to take photos of the amazing vistas that opened behind us as we climbed.

We stopped every few minutes to take photos of the amazing vistas that opened behind us as we climbed.

It was a beautiful day of hiking, about 6 miles and 3,000 feet of elevation gain. Going up the last part, we were really dragging. It seemed interminable. We finally found a campsite at Upper Sphinx Creek, very nice, but with TONS of mosquitos! I’m hiding out in my tent because they were eating me alive. Rinsing off in the creek was maybe crazy, but it felt so good to wash off the accumulated salt and grit of the day. But the bugs attacked me and I had to take a Benadryl. I guess I’ll sleep well tonight.

Parts of the trails are works of art!

Parts of the trails are works of art!

Today, we made our dinner (the hot meal) at about 2:00 PM, and I really liked that. The food tasted better than when you’re bone-weary at camp, and my appetite was better. Barbara and I decided we’d do that every day. Barbara seemed worried about not having enough food, so she brought all these snacks, which won’t fit in the bear canister (which we have to have out here). I hope we don’t get attacked tonight, before we’ve had a chance to eat more, and it can all fit in the canister.

The view from out dinner spot

The view from out dinner spot. We started way down there around the corner to the left.

It rained today–light but with thunder and lightning off in the distance. There’s nobody around, which is really nice. I don’t think we’ll see many people out here. A ranger on the trail looked at our permit and said it was a great itinerary, that we’d really get the “wilderness experience.” I hope so. So far, so good!

I saw a tanager today, and loved hiking up through the golden chinquapin, manzanita, sage, shooting stars, Mariposa lilts, lupines, and the different oaks, pines, junipers, incense cedars and firs. I am so excited to be back up here in the Sierra, to an area I’ve never experienced.

A lone juniper. I'd like to take portraits of them all!

A lone juniper. I’d like to take portraits of them all!

We drove past a campground today: Big Stump Camp. There were enormous Sequoia stumps scattered everywhere, and not one Sequoia still standing in the are. They cut every single one down.

Mystery Rock Explained!

Do you avid blog-readers remember the photo of the rock that I posted on Day 18, at our campsite at Rae Lakes? In case you don’t recall, here is the photo again. A natural formation? I think not...

My caption was “A natural formation? I think not…”

My friend Richard D. Smith was intrigued, and sent the photo along with pertinent location information to his friend Sean Long, a professor of geology at University of Nevada at Reno, who replied with the following message:

“As far as your rock question, to me it looks like a chunk of granite, which makes up the majority of the Sierra Nevada.  The dark-colored, triangular-shaped pieces that you can see I’m pretty sure are what we geologists call ‘xenoliths’ (funny word, I know).  Basically, when the granite was molten, and intruded into surrounding rock (what we call ‘country rock’), pieces of the country rock will often break off and fall into the melt, and will then be transported along in the melt, going along for the ride.  The xenoliths look like they are made of a rock called gabbro or diorite (hard to tell exactly from a picture), so that means they probably are sourced from the lower crust of the Sierras, maybe as deep as ~20-30 km or so.  They are the ‘roots’ that the Sierras are built on.  So…this rock is pretty neat, lot’s of history just in one little piece!  Pieces of the lower crust embedded in a granite melt that then traveled up and was emplaced and cooled and crystallized in the upper crust, and has now been eroded to be at the surface today.  Gotta love geology!”

FYI, the rock is about two feet wide. This made me very happy that I had decided to snap a photo of it. Think of it as a High Sierra jack-o-lantern. I hope you all had a happy Day of the Dead, Hallowe’en, All-Saints’ Eve, Samhain, or whatever other holiday you celebrated or may be celebrating around now.

Laurie

Day, 22, September 3, 2014

Early morning, above Guitar Lake.

Early morning, above Guitar Lake. Photo: BW

Betty is ready to climb.

Betty is ready to climb.

I didn’t write a journal entry for this day, so everything I write here is from memory, which is still very vivid. We’ll see if we can get the important stuff down.

I was awakened sometime in the middle of the night by a flashlight beam raking across my tent. Apparently, many hikers start the ascent up Whitney in time to see sunrise from the summit. That means leaving Guitar Lake by about 3:00 AM. Betty and I opted not to do that. But looking out my tent, it’s a pretty neat sight, seeing small points of light spread out all along the switchbacks ahead of us. They look like stars that lost their way and fell to the ground, moving very, very slowly up the mountain. Seeing all this activity made it difficult to go back to sleep, but I managed for a couple more hours. Then I woke up Betty and we started getting ready for the ascent. First, breakfast. I had my absolute worst meal of the trip, quite by accident. Betty had brought some sort of broccoli cheese thing (just add hot water), which I thought might be good. I had tried this at home pre-trip, and it was pretty tasty. So I decided that I would add a little oatmeal to it to give it more body. Unfortunately, I didn’t notice that the oatmeal was one of those horrible, way-too-sweet mixes. the combination of the salty cheese/broccoli and the sweet oatmeal was ghastly! But I ate most of it anyway, because I needed to eat something and there it was. Yuck! Never again!

A raven talked to everyone passing by, sending us on our way up the switchbacks.

A raven talked to everyone passing by, sending us on our way up the switchbacks. Photo: BW

We set off by about 6:30 AM, I think, and immediately began to climb seemingly endless switchbacks up the side of Whitney. Up, up, up we went, first one direction and then the opposite. The whole mountain seems to be made up of giant broken squared-off boulders, piled up to the horizon far above us. As the sunlight grew stronger, the tarns below us changed colors from deep steely blue-grey to coppery gold. All the way up the miles of switchbacks, I marveled at the trail-building skills of the people who made it possible for us to hike as easily as we did. It seems like a nearly-super-human effort of blasting and grading and moving rocks. We are on a section of the JMT that isn’t open to stock animals, unlike most of the rest of the 200+ miles. John Muir himself disliked bringing stock into the mountains, as he saw firsthand how they degraded and changed the ecosystem so dramatically in the mid-1800’s. Thankfully, these high mountains are no longer open to herds of sheep and cattle to feed in the summertime. But without mules to bear supplies of food and equipment, these trails might never have been built for us to enjoy. It’s complicated…I found myself thinking often how Muir would probably have disliked, if not outright hated, the trail named after him.

The lakes changed from India ink black to gold as the light changed.

The lakes changed from India ink black to gold as the light changed. Photo: BW

Climbing, climbing, climbing in the shade as the sun rose.

Climbing, climbing, climbing in the shade as the sun rose. Photo: BW

For some perspective, note the teeny figures at the bottom of the photo.

For some perspective, note the teeny figures at the bottom of the photo. Photo: BW

So much fractured rock! No smoothing glacier activity here.

So much fractured rock! No smoothing glacier activity here. Photo: BW

This little lake was constantly changing its face as the sun rose.

This little lake was constantly changing its face as the sun rose. Photo: BW

The mountain walls rose around us, incredibly steep and uninviting.

The mountain walls rose around us, exhilaratingly steep and uninviting. Photo: BW

Finally, the switchbacks ended, at the trail junction with the summit trail and the trail that headed down some 5,000’ and 8.7 miles to the parking lot at Whitney Portal, and the store/restaurant’s ice cream and french fries. People are talking about what they are going to have to eat first. A parking lot! How novel! At the trail junction, everyone drops their packs to make the hike to the top relatively unencumbered. When we arrived, there were probably 20 packs lined up, and it was interesting to see all the different models and hiking styles represented there. mostly very nice technically-advanced stuff, like titanium bear canisters. Betty and I rested for a bit and organized our makeshift daypacks in anticipation of the summit. My “pack” was a small zippered container tied around my waist with Tom’s Roy Rogers bandanna. Such a useful item!

Guitar Lake and our little campsite tarn are way below us to the right

Guitar Lake and our little campsite tarn are way below us to the right. Photo: BW

The trail junction sign, and backpack dumping ground.

The trail junction sign, and backpack dumping ground. Photo: BW

From the trail junction, the summit path gets very rocky, and we sometimes had to use our hands to climb over or around them. The downhill side of the trail drops off precipitously, with views of Guitar Lake, looking like a teeny-tiny ukulele below us, and spires of broken rock rising above us. We crept along the edge, fighting off vertiginous feelings, up and up the long (1.9 mile) spur trail to the top of Whitney. Every once in awhile, the trail comes to a saddle between the east and west sides of the ridge, and a window opens up to the Owens Valley, 7,000’ below us. Breathtaking! Finally, the trail turned west and wended its way over the broken granite slabs that make up the surface of the highest point in the Lower 48, at 14,505’.

The trail from the junction to the top of Whitney was crazy with fractured rock spires.

The trail from the junction to the top of Whitney was crazy with fractured rock spires. Photo: BW

Another view of the trail.

Another view of the trail. Photo: BW

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One of the "windows" that open suddenly to the other side of the ridge. That is a long, long ways down!

One of the “windows” that open suddenly to the other side of the ridge. That is a long, long ways down! Photo: BW

When we got to the summit, we found probably about 20 or 40 fellow-hikers spread out over the large gently-sloping carapace of broken granite slabs. You could walk straight up to the edge, which fell away to the valley floor far, far below.

Hikers lounging about on the top of the world.

Hikers lounging about on the top of the world. Photo: BW

The weather was perfect, warm and fresh with a gentle breeze. I called my mom from the top, but realized that while I was on the phone I had to close my eyes to prevent vertigo from overtaking me. Move away from the edge! Betty and I signed the log book at the summit hut, and a man told us that this day, September 3, was the 50th anniversary of the passage of the Wilderness Act. It was signed into law by a nearly unanimous Congress. I think there was one lone dissenter (a Democrat defying the Democrat President L. B. Johnson). Can you imagine that??! I am full of gratitude for the trail builders, the preservationists, the visionaries, the politicians who made it possible for us to spend 22 days in such uninterrupted Beauty.

Signing the logbook, Sept 3, 2014, on the 50th anniversary of the signing of the Wilderness Act.

Signing the logbook, Sept 3, 2014, on the 50th anniversary of the passage of the Wilderness Act. Photo: BW

Betty the Giant and her little sidekick.

Betty the Giant and her little sidekick.

Nice sign, but the elevation listed is no longer correct. Apparently, the depletion of ground water has made the entire Sierra range higher.

Nice sign, but the elevation listed is no longer correct. Apparently, the depletion of groundwater has made the entire Sierra range higher. Photo: BW

This guy really thought there was a good chance I was going to feed him, or at least drop some crumbs accidentally. Didn't happen.

This guy really thought there was a good chance I was going to feed him, or at least drop some crumbs accidentally. Didn’t happen. Photo: BW

We spent perhaps an hour at the summit, and then started our long trek down off the top. When we got back to the trail junction, we were happy to see Kenny there. She was suffering from altitude sickness, and had decided not to go for the summit. We exchanged phone numbers and Betty invited her to come stay with us in Independence that night, if she made it down to Whitney Portal. Neither Betty nor I had any altitude problems, and while we were tired out, we felt like Super Women.  Reunited with our packs, we started the long 8.7 miles downhill to the parking lot, where Dwight would be waiting for us (we hoped). The trail was far more populous that we had experienced in previous days, as there are lots of hikers starting from Whitney Portal and just going to the summit. It was difficult not to feel a little smug, surrounded by all these weekenders and daytrippers. The hike down made me grateful that we had decided to start from the north end of the trail. I would have hated for that climb up Whitney to be our first experience of the trail! Now that the hike was nearly finished, we were motivated to keep moving and get down the mountain. Even so, it was beautiful, and we walked through many places I would like to revisit. For a few miles, I kept a fantasy in my head of swimming in the lowest of the lakes that we would pass, imagining my cold-awakened skin and how refreshed I would feel. So Lone Pine Lake was my carrot. Turns out that Lone Pine Lake is off the main trail about a half-mile or so, and we opted not to spend the extra time or energy when we got to the turnoff. I had thought the path was going to wind right alongside it. A small disappointment.

The view from the top.

The view from the top. We’ll be walking past those lakes in a few hours. Photo: BW

Three rocky points stick up off the side of Whitney.

Three rocky points stick up off the side of Whitney. I forgot their names. Photo: BW

The trail down gave me one last time to visit the various biomes, from high above the tree line, into the stunted lodge poles and flattened willow bushes, through chinquapin and manzanita, into the tall trees, past profusions of wildflowers, and eventually to a paved road, the first that intersected with the JMT since Tuolumne Meadows 20 days earlier. The trek was marred for what seemed like hours, though, by an ear worm I couldn’t seem to exorcise. I kept hearing a loop of Homer and Jethro singing “There were nine buttons on her housecoat, but she could only fasten eight.” I finally had to put my mind to figuring why this wouldn’t go away, and then realized that a few days before we had met a guy on the trail whose nickname was “Jeffro.” We had seen him again up on the summit of Whitney. Ah-hah!

Consultation Lake, far below us. Betty spent the night there last year, when she climbed Mt Whitney.

Consultation Lake, far below us. Betty spent the night there last year, when she climbed Mt Whitney. Farther down is a glimpse of Lone Pine Lake. Sure looks like good swimming! Photo: BW

Almost down to the parking lot, feeling good, but also feeling like I just want to turn back and stay in the mountains.

Almost down to the parking lot, feeling good, but also feeling like I just want to turn back and stay in the mountains. Photo: BW

When we arrived at Whitney Portal, Dwight was there, along with Betty’s lovely dog, Molly. We dutifully bellied up to enormous plates of french fries (which weren’t nearly as satisfying as I imagined they would be. I couldn’t finish them all), loaded our packs and trekking poles into the car, and left the trail behind. I would jump at the opportunity to revisit the JMT, and immediately started wondering whether I could take a month off next year and do it again. The high country has a deep hold on my heart.

Betty and I arrive at Whitney Portal, tired but happy and ready to eat french fries. photo: Dwight Worden

Betty and I arrive at Whitney Portal, tired but happy and ready to eat french fries. photo: Dwight Worden

We pulled into our rental house in Independence, and met up with Tom. First order of business: a shower. Man, that felt good! Dwight had made a lovely spaghetti dinner, but I really couldn’t eat much. My stomach has shrunk and it needs so little to fill it. It was great to be reunited with my guitar, fiddle, and banjo! Tom and I are looking forward to two nights of rest before we played  a concert in Sugar Pine, on the other side of the Sierra above Fresno.

Epilogue:

The next day, Tom and I stayed in Lone Pine and didn’t do much of anything except play our instruments and wander about town. The following morning, September 5, we drove up Hwy 395 to Hwy 120 and crossed over Tioga Pass in Yosemite National Park. It was so smoky there that we didn’t want to get out of the car. By the way, driving again was interesting: I actually wandered onto the shoulder on three separate occasions while gazing at the landscape around me. It took awhile to get used to the speed at which we were traveling. Luckily, I got us back on the road again with no problems, and within 30 or 40 miles I guess I was back in the here-and-now and once more trustworthy behind the wheel.

On Sept 6, the dense smoke that had hung over Wawona had magically dissipated, and the skies were brilliant blue. Just a slight change in the wind direction, and you’d never know there was a massive fire burning not so far away. So Tom and I stopped at the Mariposa Grove of Sequoias for a little rehearsal before our show. We pulled out the guitar, banjo, fiddle, mandolin and mandola and walked a short way up the hill from the very busy parking lot to play in privacy. It was lovely, sitting on a perfect log in the dappled shade and quiet, reveling in the joys of music. After awhile, we packed up and headed down to Sugar Pine, about 10 miles and 30 minutes away on winding mountain roads. It wasn’t until we were setting up for the show there that I discovered that my banjo was missing. I had left it just sitting on that log back up the road. I felt sure that it was gone by now, what with the area being so crowded. One of the people at the party worked at Mariposa Grove, and he called the ranger office there and asked someone to go look. There was a tense 20 minutes or so waiting for the return call, and when it came in, the person said there was no banjo to be seen. But our hero of the day, Steve, jumped in his car, taking a hastily-drawn map of exactly where the banjo log was located, and drove up to the park. An hour and a half later, he returned with banjo in hand! Turns out that our log was quite a bit farther off the beaten path than I had thought, and the banjo was undisturbed and undiscovered by any of the many tourists. Walking distances aren’t what they used to be for me. Every stroll is so much shorter than I what have become accustomed to. I am happy to say that I am now reunited with my Deering Goodtime frailing banjo.

I am sad to be finished with my blog. As I think back on our trek, I see that it really was pretty uneventful. No bad weather, not a drop of rain, easy creek crossings, still plenty of water, relatively light packs, very little in the way of equipment or physical malfunctions, easy companionship, mostly good food. How can something so “uneventful” take such hold of me? Finishing writing about it means that it will recede into the past much more quickly, and I mourn that. Next summer, I know I’ll be in the high Sierra again. I can hardly wait. I hope and pray, as we all do, that the drought will break its hold on the West, and we will have abundant snows and rains. The experts do not expect that to happen.

If you are reading this far, I thank you for sticking with me on my journey, and urge you to get out there and make one of your own. See you down the trail somewhere.

Laurie

 

The Things We Carried

Dirty Girl gaiters, New Balance Minimus trail runners, and wool leggings.

Dirty Girl gaiters, New Balance Minimus trail runners, and wool leggings.

I imagine that some of you (probably mostly the banjo players among you!) are curious about my gear. So here is what I brought:

1 GoLite Pinnacle backpack, size M. This was a spur-of-the-moment purchase, with absolutely no pre-planning or knowledge involved. My sister picked me up at the Denver airport about 5 years ago and said “GoLite is having their annual sale! Let’s go!” So before doing anything else, we went there, wandered around, and before I knew it I was the proud owner of a new backpack, replacing my external frame Sierra Designs, ca. 1966.

2 pair of New Balance men’s Minimus 10v2 trail runners. I LOVE these shoes! They are very light-weight, fairly rugged, and I was able to go the entire 220+ miles with not one foot problem. No blisters, no swollen or sprained ankles, no nothing bad. Over my long life of walking, I have had my share of sprained ankles, and I eventually came to realize that they only happened in the aftermath of wearing hiking boots with ankle support. Hike for a few miles, take off you boots, sprain your ankle. So I figured out eventually that it was the ankle support that was the problem. Now that I hike/walk without support, my ankles don’t rely on it. After about 3/4 of the trail, I brought in a new pair of shoes (I had them in the resupply package, just in case), as I felt that the old ones just weren’t gripping the granite like they used to. Brand-new shoes, never been worn, and no break-in period. I was also very concerned about my Morton’s neuroma acting up, which is extremely painful and would have ended the trip for me, had it recurred. I am very happy to report no problems there, either.

DSCN1738

The gear and I.

1 Kühl hiking shirt. I really like this shirt, except that it had a hole in one of the two zippered pockets, which caused me to lose my very sweet customized Swiss Army knife. But it breathes well, and dries quickly.

1 pair REI pants with zippered legs. I began to regret having to carry the bottom legs, as I only used them once on the trail. I like these pants lots and have had them for a few years now. Unfortunately, the zipper started to irritate my calf and by the last 1/4 of the trip, I had jettisoned them in favor of my skirt.

1 Prana cotton jersey skirt, bought on sale years ago in Stanley, ID, at the beginning of a river trip. This skirt was a big hit with women on the JMT. Very comfy. Length is just below the knees, so you save on sunscreen application.  But it doesn’t dry quickly, and weighs more than synthetic materials would. But oh, so comfortable!

1 pair Mangrove Sun Gloves. These things, bought on the way up to Yosemite at a big sporting goods emporium in the Central Valley, were fantastic! They kept my hands from being chafed by the trekking poles, and I never had to worry about putting slippery, icky sunscreen on my hands. Plus, they kept my hands just a little bit cleaner than they might have gotten otherwise. I saw people hiking with heavy gloves on their hands, or trying to protect them with bandannas tucked in the ends of their sleeves. This solution was ever-so-much better!

1 pair Black Diamond trekking poles. I found hiking with poles to be invaluable. They kept me from a few falls, I’m sure, and also give the upper body a nice workout along with the legs. There are lighter poles, but these worked just fine for me. When I hefted Betty’s lighter poles, I was at first jealous, but then figured that my poles gave me a slight work-out advantage, just by having to move that much more weight with the arms. Everything is a trade-off in some way or another. In the interest of full disclosure, I will admit that one time, when a pole got stuck in the rocks, it caused me to lose my balance and fall on a very pointed rock. I had a really handsome purple bruise on one of my glutei to show for that.

3 pair of socks. I liked the Wright Socks quite a bit, but they had a hole in them by the end of the trip. The heavier SmartWool socks were very comfortable, and wore like iron, but didn’t dry quickly enough. The REI wool blend socks were OK, but didn’t seem to fit as well as either of the other brands.

1 cotton sun hat, 1 wool cap with earflaps.

1 titanium spork, 1 titanium mug, both Snow Peak brand.

1 little Buck knife with a snap-in plastic scabbard, very sharp and useful for opening packages and spreading almond butter on crackers.

DW Moment Tarptent

DW Moment Tarptent, Black Diamond trekking poles.

1 DW Moment Tarptent. This is a great one-person tent, designed and made in Nevada City, CA. It sets up in a flash, with one tent pole and two stakes. Doesn’t need a ground cloth, apparently. I bought mine directly from Henry Shires, the designer, when I was in Nevada City for the Fathers’ Day Bluegrass Festival this last June. It had a tiny, repaired defect, so I got a little discount and of course saved on shipping.

1 pair Dirty Girl gaiters. They were very handy for helping to keep little rocks and dirt out of my shoes. Both Betty and I had Velcro-sticking trouble with them at various times, but that wasn’t insurmountable.

1 pair of lightweight wool leggings, 1 mid-weight wool pullover (both SmartWool, and very comfortable)

1 set of light silk long underwear for sleeping. Very comfy.

1 Patagonia puffy parka

1 lightweight windbreaker

1 titanium Deuce of Spades trowel

1 Nikon Coolpix waterproof camera

a compass, a journal, 2 pens, 1 pencil, maps, 2 sets of undergarments, personal hygiene items (toothbrush, baking soda for toothpaste–I figured that it would be lighter to carry and have less impact on the environment–floss, cleansing towelettes, toilet paper, sunscreen, Dr Bronner’s soap, extra zip-lock bags, lip balm, small lightweight backpacking towel, etc)

Rain jacket and rain pants (never used throughout the trip, except as spare clothing while other items were being laundered)

1 Marmot women’s Helium sleeping bag

1 Thermarest Z-Lite waffle pad, 1 Thermarest small ProLite self-inflating pad. It didn’t really self-inflate at those altitudes, but it didn’t take much to blow it up, either. The combination was very, very comfortable (ProLite on top of the Z-Lite) and kept me well-insulated from the cold ground. I could sleep on a granite slab in complete comfort with this combo.

Snow Peak Hybrid Summit Cookset (pot, silicone lid, silicone cup-used as a water scoop)

Snow Peak LiteMax Titanium Stove

1 (sometimes 2) fuel canisters for the stove.

2 Reflectix cozys (homemade by Betty), for freezer-bag cooking.

2 Orikaso folding plates/bowls.

1 small paperback copy of John Muir’s “The Mountains of California.” It felt very strange to tear out pages when I was done reading them, and burning them. I have never burned a book before, but weight is weight.

Sawyer Mini-Squeeze water filter, and 2 1-liter-size plastic water bottles (one for clean water and the other for “dirty,” aka unfiltered, water).

For most of the trip, I carried a small pair of binoculars on my belt. They were nice to have on occasion, but when we got to Rae Lakes, I sent them off-trail with Betty, deeming them an unessential extra weight. I didn’t miss them for the rest of the trip.

Usually, I carried a set of Tom Harrison JMT maps and a copy of “John Muir Trail: The Essential Guide” (Elizabeth Wenk, 5th ed).

Every item was used repeatedly and was more-or-less essential to our comfort and well-being on the trail, except for the compass (which I never used) and the rain gear (it never rained). I really didn’t find myself missing anything that I didn’t have with me, except for a guitar or a fiddle occasionally.

Betty Wheeler posted a very detailed list of her equipment, with individual weights in grams for everything. You can check it out here: http://2014jmt.wordpress.com/gear/

 

Day 21, September 2, 2014

 

JMT 006

We enter a particularly arid landscape. Photo: BW

Snug in my tent, at the first tarn above Guitar Lake.

I had a rough day, with back pain in the old same place from the big car accident 20 years ago–middle left side, upper right side. I couldn’t get comfortable with my pack, which, though I KNOW must be lighter, felt heavier. My back burned with pain all day long. I was constantly fiddling with the straps, lengthening them, shortening them, trying to find some way to relieve the burn. I am so relieved to be at camp.

The trail led across an old rock slide area.

The trail led across an old rock slide area. Photo: BW

I couldn't help myself. I had to hug this tree. It still had one small strip of bark on the far side that kept it alive. The bare wood was so smooth.

I couldn’t help myself. I had to hug this tree. It still had one small strip of bark on the far side that kept it alive. The bare wood was so smooth. Photo: BW

The earth in the Kern River drainage is very dry. I don’t know how these big trees survive. It must be the snow that keeps them going. The ground is sandy and with very little of anything that could be called “topsoil” anywhere. The trees, wind-blasted foxtail and lodgepole pines mostly, are breathtakingly beautiful. We walked through a large area of dead trees, dead so many years ago that it was difficult to understand what might have killed them. Probably fire, but the soot had long since been washed away by rain and snow and bleached out by the sun.

Dry, dry land, and yet there is a lake!

Dry, dry land, and yet there is a lake! Photo: BW

We hiked through long sections of near-desert landscape. Tough bunch grasses and sturdy clumps of low-growing wildflowers, but not much else.

We hiked through long sections of near-desert landscape. Tough bunch grasses and sturdy clumps of low-growing wildflowers, but not much else. Photo: BW

Our first good view of Mt Whitney, still many miles away.

Our first good view of Mt Whitney, still many miles away. Photo: BW

We met up with Kenny again today. She spent the night on top of Forester Pass, just laid down at the side of the trail. It’s steep up there! Good thing she’s not a sleepwalker. She’ll summit Whitney tomorrow, same as us. She hadn’t seen her hiking partner since Dollar Lake. Said she’d take the bus down to Lone Pine, and then find a bus to Las Vegas to catch a flight home. Very self-sufficient, that one.

The meadow near where we rested and visited with Kenny.

The meadow near where we rested and visited with Kenny. Photo: BW

I am so looking forward to seeing Tom. Betty did a great job of organizing the food and schedule, given my time constraints. I would much rather have gone more slowly, but oh, well. Next backpacking trip will be a wander with no goals. I hate to leave the high country, but now that the end of the trip is near, I am smelling the barn. I just want to NOT set up/tear down/pack/unpack for awhile. And I want to shower. Soon and often. And do laundry. And play music!

Treeline Lake called me to swim. I was the only one in the water.

Treeline Lake called me to swim. I was the only one in the water. That’s Mt Whitney cut off in the background. Photo: BW

Got to Treeline Lake and took a short swim in the cold water. It felt excellent! Betty waded in to her knees almost…

The view from our campsite, looking at Guitar Lake.

The view from our campsite, looking at Guitar Lake. Photo: BW

Lovely gilding sunset over Guitar Lake– which doesn’t really resemble a guitar except that it has a narrowish neck extending off of it with a bulbous, misshapen headstock. It ain’t a Martin, that’s for sure!

Sunset on Guitar Lake was spectacular. We had to keep taking photos.

Sunset on Guitar Lake was spectacular. We had to keep taking photos. Photo: BW

A few minutes later...

A few minutes later… Photo: BW

We watched the sun receding from the heights above our campsite.

We watched the sun receding from the heights above our campsite. Photo: BW

From here on out, we have to poop in a bag and carry our waste out with us.

My tent site above Guitar Lake

My tent site above Guitar Lake Photo: BW

My tent is perched on a teeny rock ledge with a rock parapet that someone built. Windy, but cozy inside. I don’t know what time it is (my phone battery died, and we didn’t have enough solar power to charge it). The wind has died and all is quiet. A perfect half-moon is shining through my open tent flap. My sleeping pad is so comfortable, even lying on solid granite. I’m thinking of the incredible bounty of currants along the trail. Betty and I feasted regularly on the wild sweetness of them. Sometimes they aren’t so good, and other times perfect deep red round pearls of nectar in a sere landscape. Must try to sleep. Whitney in the morning.

A bounty of currants. We never saw anyone else eating them...

A bounty of currants. We never saw anyone else eating them… I felt like I was robbing the bears of their just desserts by eating so many.

Day 20, September 1, 2014

Hiking up from Vidette Meadows, we entered thick woodlands along Bubbs Creek.

Hiking up from Vidette Meadows, we entered thick woodlands along Bubbs Creek.

Writing from Tyndall Creek.

We had a great hike over Forester Pass, elevation 13,200’. I felt really good, no lightheadedness or anything. Lots of pikas today, and great scenery changes, from the dense woods to talus slopes with nary a tree in sight. Except for the extraordinary scenery, an uneventful day of walking.

Climbing toward Forester Pass.

Climbing toward Forester Pass.

DSCN1781

well, it didn’t come out in the photo, but this knob had a very distinct smiley face on it. Two eyes, a nose, and a big wide mouth. It grinned at us for miles.

DSCN1782

Betty can be seen filtering water at our lunch stop. We did this a lot.

JMT 002

Mules and horses make it possible for many people to experience the high country in relative comfort, if they have the money. Is this a good thing? The jury is still out. Photo: BW

We saw a cowboy with a pack train of 7 mules. He really looked the part, with a chin beard that a billy goat would be proud of, leather chaps, a wide- and flat-brimmed Spanish-style hat, riding a sure-footed little palomino mare. The last mule in the line was a lovely-looking jenny, who placed her feet so daintily and never let the lead rope go taut. Because of that scene, I guess, I started singing cowboy songs to myself. It seems I know snippets of many, but maybe only the all the lyrics to “I Ride and Old Paint.”

I asked Betty to take a picture of me with these gorgeous junipers. They make anyone look good!

I asked Betty to take a picture of me with these gorgeous lodgepoles. They make anyone look good! Photo: BW

We ate lunch at this lovely little lake, and observed the frogs for awhile.

We ate lunch at this lovely little lake, and observed the frogs for awhile. Photo: BW

JMT 017

A yellow-legged mountain frog posed for its portrait in our lunch-spot lake. Photo: BW

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JMT 023

Resting on the way to the top. Photo: BW

JMT 030

The road goes on forever.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finally! The highest elevation I've experienced yet.

Finally! The highest elevation I’ve experienced yet. Photo: BW

My last photo of the trip: Betty and I stand at the top of Forester Pass

My last photo of the trip: Betty and I stand at the top of Forester Pass

The south side of Forester Pass is extremely steep. The trail is an engineering and brute-strength marvel. Betty and I agreed that to hike it from the south would be a soul-crushing experience. So glad we’re headed the other direction! A couple of miles down, to the right, it looks like the Scottish Highlands while to the left it looks like the Asian Steppes.

Look carefully at the teeny-tiny tents on the lower left of this photo. It's a long way down!

Look carefully at the teeny-tiny tents on the lower left of this photo. It’s a long way down! Photo: BW

When we got to the bottom of the steep part of the pass, there were a bunch of guys pitching their tents among the rocks. It was still very early afternoon, but they insisted that if we went to Tyndall Creek, the place would be overrun with mules and horseback-riding dudes, and lots of hikers. A man informed us, in a very authoritative manner, that there just weren’t many camp sites down there, and it was better to avoid the crowd and camp where they were (which looked like it was getting pretty crowded). As it turned out, we never saw the mules or the horse people or the hordes of hikers. Just two small groups of 4 and 3 people, and many beautiful campsites among the trees to choose from. We were glad that we didn’t obey the voice of authority.

Coyotes were singing far across the valley, somewhere on the far side of this lake.

Coyotes were singing across the valley, somewhere on the far side of this lake. Photo: BW

We heard coyotes in the late afternoon, singing far away across the valley. I imagined how different I would feel about that song if I knew they were wolves instead. Scenes from Russian novels filled my head.

I ran out of memory on my camera card today. My fault. I sent the other card down the trail to Independence with Betty by mistake. So after the photo of Betty and me at the top of Forester Pass, all the photos from here to the end of the trip are Betty’s. I’m glad to have them. Thanks, Betty!

JMT 001

Getting close to the end of the trail. We kept scanning the horizon for Mt Whitney, but it was hidden most of the time, and the rest of the time we didn’t know what we were looking at. Photo: BW

While hiking toward Forester Pass, we saw a pack of cigarettes and a lighter sitting like a still-life along the trail on a rock. I couldn’t imagine anyone trying to smoke at that altitude, much less while hiking, and also couldn’t imagine just leaving that trash by the side of the trail. So I picked them up to either reunite them with their owner or dispose of them properly when we hit “civilization” again. I asked people we met if they were missing their cigarettes, and nobody claimed them. Then, when we were in our campsite, almost all bedded down, I thought to ask our nearest neighbors. Sure enough! They were reunited with their owner, who was very glad to have them back. One less thing to carry for me.

I am thankful to be camping near Tyndall Creek, which enabled me to wash out my clothes and rinse off the accumulated dust and salt of the day. Clothes are hanging all over a nice little tree next to my sleeping bag. No pitching the tent tonight.

Let it burn.

Let it burn. This sign is the only sign of this fire we saw. Photo: BW

Day 19, August 31, 2014

Leaving Rae Lakes for Glen Pass.

Morning sun on Rae Lakes, headed for Glen Pass.

A beautiful day to hike to Glen Pass.

A beautiful day for a walk. That’s the Painted Lady, peeking up from behind the ridge.

On Bubbs Creek, .3 mi. from the trail junction of the JMT and Cedar Valley. Betty misread it as “Bubba” Creek, so that’s what it is from now on.

Farewell to Rae Lakes.

Farewell to Rae Lakes.

Golden grasses caught my eye on the climb to Glen Pass.

Golden grasses caught my eye on the climb to Glen Pass.

The view back down to Rae Lakes, from somewhere on the climb to the pass.

The view back down to Rae Lakes, from somewhere on the climb to the pass. I can see my campsite!

This is a lovely wooded area with small meadows. Vidette Meadow by name. Glen Pass was like most of the passes: kick-butt, but doable at a slow and steady pace. I kept looking for mountain sheep, but they eluded my eyes. I did see a number of pikas, which cheers me.

Above the treeline.

Above the tree line in pika country.

Selfie at the top of Glen Pass. Good to be headed down again.

Selfie at the top of Glen Pass. Good to be headed down again.

It’s nice to walk alone, and then really a treat to hear someone call my name. It was the “Boys from Indiana,” who I hadn’t seen since Muir Trail Ranch. Yellie was with them (of course they know each other, in the way that everyone knows everyone out here). They were sitting in the shade a little ways up from the Charlotte Lakes trail junction, and it was good to visit a bit with Steve (who helped me silence my water bottle squeak), Mick, and the others. Then it was a long slog downhill to here. Only 7.5 miles or so today. Tomorrow is Forester Pass, the biggest and baddest of them all! Then in two days, Whitney, and the end of the trail.

These are some rocky, barren heights up here, but the most likely place to see mountain sheep. What do they eat?

These are some rocky, barren heights up here, but the most likely place to see mountain sheep, I’ve read. What do they eat?

a view down a side canyon. Makes me want to see what's there. More beauty, I suppose...

A view down a side canyon. Makes me want to see what’s there. More beauty, I suppose…

Here by the stream in Vidette Meadows, there are lots of woodpeckers. The earth looks drier than farther north. Betty and I were supposed to meet at a specific campsite today, when she returned from Independence with the resupply today. She figured that she would arrive at 5:00 PM. I made camp, set up her tent, washed out my clothes and washed off the dust and sweat of the day, and walked back down the trail to meet her at the Cedar Valley trail junction. At about 5:10, she came down the trail. Pretty good guesstimate.

Twins begged to have their picture taken, while waiting for Betty at the trail junction.

Twins begged to have their picture taken, while waiting for Betty at the trail junction.

Flowers floated among the grasses.

Flowers floated among the grasses.

We’re camped near three guys who were wearing earbuds on the trail, so I asked what they were listening to. Christian rock, Avett Brothers, some solo piano music, and some other people I didn’t know and whose names I can’t remember.

I love the junipers!

I love the junipers!

I love walking up and down through the various biomes, in and out of the chinquapin and manzanita and juniper, down to big lodgepole pine and fir forests, up to matted snow-smashed willow stands (squats?), to the stunted and twisted lodge poles, past the trees and into the area of frosted buckwheat and little flowers I don’t have names for, and then back down through it all again.

7:30 and I’m in bed. Might sleep soon. Betty brought me an new pair of reading glasses!!! What does John Muir have to say this evening?

Vidette Peak, as viewed from our campsite. A vedette is a term for a sentry

Vidette Peak, as viewed from our campsite. A vedette is a term for a sentry

Day 18, August 30, 2014

A chilly morning at Rae Lakes.

A chilly morning at Rae Lakes.

Finally pulled myself from the sleeping bag at about 6:45. Betty was long gone, I assume, to hike the 12 miles over Glen Pass and Kearsarge Pass to resupply. I have her tent, sleeping bag, and many days’-worth of food to carry to Vidette Meadows, where we will meet up (according to the plan, anyway) tomorrow.

A natural formation? I think not...

A natural formation? I think not…

This morning, I feel great gratitude for my jacket and hat.

This morning, I feel great gratitude for my jacket and hat.

Kept hoping for blue sky like yesterday, but it’s a high overcast with a little wind. Not the best day for doing laundry. After breakfast, I went back to bed for a couple of hours. Ah, the luxury of a layover day! Was waiting for the sun, but it didn’t happen so I finally got up and did the laundry anyway. My white shirt took some real old-timey scrubbing, and it is still less than clean. Now the laundry is spread all over a boulder in the weak sun, so it’s easy to see where my camp is. Everything is weighted down with stones, because the wind seems to be picking up.

The view from my lunch spot.

The view from my lunch spot.

At lunchtime, I took my meal of reconstituted refried beans and crackers up along the trail and found a beautiful place overlooking the lake to sit and munch. Saw Yellie, who we haven’t seen since Purple Lake. It’s funny: before I recognized her, I knew her by the tapping of her trekking poles. Everyone has their own distinct cadence. Saw the mother -daughter duo of Trish and Dawn who we met at Muir Trail Ranch. We saw them last when they were camped above upper Palisades Lake, before Mather Pass. They were debating whether to camp at Rae Lakes or continue over Glen Pass. So they took out their sleeping bags and took a nap. Later, they left to climb the pass today.

Even in death, the trees are perfect.

Even in death, the trees are perfect.

My campsite, and the tent where I spent a good part of the day.

My campsite, and the tent where I spent a good part of the day.

After lunch, I napped for about an hour and a half (making the most of my layover day!) and was awakened by blustery winds and a hot sun. I’d better get out and enjoy what’s left of the day.

The day cleared up for a little while. This is the view from my laundry room.

The day cleared up for a little while. This is the view from my laundry room.

Clark’s Nutcrackers are calling with such varied calls: crackles like crows, high keening seagull calls, and something that sounds almost like purring. Such interesting and talkative birds! I wouldn’t call their vocalizations “singing” exactly, but I imagine that to their ears they are producing beautiful sounds. A few evenings ago, I heard what I thought was the banging and clanging of pots and pans at a nearby camp. I went exploring in that direction to find out who our neighbors were, and found nothing. Then I saw that it was a Clark’s rubbing its beak against a dead limb on the top of a tree, making for an even more varied repertoire of sounds.

The other window from my laundry room.

The view out the other window of my laundry room.

5:25 PM– a fine dust has settled on everything inside the tent. Big winds. Time to start dinner I guess. There’s a young couple from San Francisco next door. They have a Tarptent Double Rainbow tent. Nice. I watched them set it up, which was sort-of like having a little TV show. Fairly mundane things become very interesting out here, if other people are doing them.

Sunlight on water! I wish I could capture the movement as well as the sparkle.

Sunlight on water! I wish I could capture the movement as well as the sparkle.

There are many people camped near me tonight, but no camaraderie. The wind has driven everyone into their tents. Almost 7:00 PM and I am thinking of getting ready for bed. While fixing dinner tonight, a sudden gust of wind came along and knocked over the stove, spilling my almost-boiling water everywhere (not on me, luckily. I was trying unsuccessfully to block the wind).

I sent my pants off with Betty, as they seem to have started irritating my upper calves, causing roughness and a red rash. So from now on, it’s a skirt on the trail. Both my thumbs are dried and cracking to the point of bleeding. Very tender. The heavy-duty lotion doesn’t seem to help. I doctored both this evening with antiseptic wipes and ointment, and bandaged both of them. The dual throbbing against the bandages is “interesting.” It’s hard not to have very usable thumbs. Now I’m really glad I don’t have to deal with the bear canister.

The wind seems to be dying down, and I’m hoping for a calm morning. Clark’s Nutcrackers are making up for the non-garulousness if the rest of the neighborhood.

Day 17, August 29, 2014

We finally arrive at Rae Lakes, after a long hot climb.

We finally arrive at Rae Lakes, after a long hot climb.

Rae Lakes. This is a beautiful place, though there are so many different kinds of beauty that I hate to say it’s the MOST beautiful, as many people have said. Tiny sliver of moon disappearing behind the mountains. Today was grueling–with too much uphill in the sun. But how else can you see all this? I could easily have spent two days, maybe three, hiking the eleven miles we did today.

Back in among the trees.

Back in among the trees.

We hiked above a beautiful steep creek.

We hiked above beautiful steep Woods Creek.

Suddenly, I rounded a corner and entered a fern grotto.

Suddenly, I rounded a corner and entered a fern grotto.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tomorrow Betty hikes out to Independence to resupply, and I have a day to myself here at the lakes. I broke my reading glasses, right in the middle of the frames, so it’s difficult to read, but I can still write. I tried duct-taping the glasses together, with rather unsuccessful results, but they’ll do in an emergency map-reading session, should one arise.

Saw Kenny on the trail this morning. She may catch up with her hiking partner today. that would be good, as the partner is carrying the hiking permit, and I can’t help but worry, though Kenny seems completely self-sufficient and not worried a bit.

The suspension bridge, built in the 1980's, replaces a series of bridges that had gotten repeatedly washed out.

The suspension bridge, known as the “Golden Gate of the Sierra,” was built in the 1980’s, replaces a series of bridges that had gotten repeatedly washed out by Woods Creek. Bouncy and fun to cross, one person at a time, please.

A venerable twisted tree on the south end of the suspension bridge.

A venerable twisted tree on the south end of the suspension bridge.

It was a really hot afternoon, going up from the suspension bridge to Dollar Lake and then on to Rae Lakes. I saw a gorgeous nearly black lizard, of a kind I don’t think I’ve seen before. Shiny and sleek, and probably 10” from head to tail. Gone in a flash. (NOTE: I looked it up later, and it was a Sierra fence lizard. These guys are very interesting because if a tick infected with Lyme disease attaches to a fence lizard, something in the blood of the lizard prevents the lizard from getting Lyme disease, and cleans the disease from the tick! Of course I have seen fence lizards numerous times, but never one so dark and so big)

The clouds today were gorgeous: wispy wraiths warning us of changing weather.

The clouds today were gorgeous: wispy wraiths warning us of changing weather.

More clouds.

More clouds, looking back down the south fork of Woods Creek. We came down the valley on the right side.

Betty stops for a picture.

Betty stops for a picture.

Finally! We approach Rae Lakes.

Finally! We approach Rae Lakes. Fin Dome on left.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

It's like a Japanese water garden below Rae Lakes. Everything is perfectly placed.

The grasses are so lush and gorgeous.

DSCN1734We are at a large, otherwise deserted campground with bear boxes, a little ways above the lake. I appreciate not having to open the bear canister. That thing is so difficult for me. I feel like an only-slightly-more-agile-than-average bear when I attack it.

Evening falls on Rae Lakes.

Evening falls on Rae Lakes, with Fin Dome on the right.

Day 16, August 28, 2014

 

Red mountains towered over our campsite south of Pinchot Pass

Red mountains towered over our campsite south of Pinchot Pass

We’re somewhere south of Pinchot pass. Another beautiful day. Coyotes serenaded us as the sun went down over an incredibly steep and jagged ridge. Many red mountains around here–unlike anywhere previously. I got a big burst of energy at the end of the day and powered past many possible camp sites. I feel a little guilty that I did that, but if we had stopped earlier we wouldn’t have heard the coyotes singing.

Near our campsite south of Mather Pass. Beautiful desolation.

Our campsite south of Mather Pass. Beautiful desolation.

Close-up of the rocks next to my tent.

Close-up of the rocks next to my tent.

Self-portrait in morning light.

Self-portrait in morning light.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Early morning sun and shadow.

Early morning sun and shadow.

Looking south from my tent site.

Almost ready to hit the trail. The water in that tarn was actually warm, which made me imagine leeches, so no swimming.

This morning we met a Czech man walking toward Mather Pass. We stopped to talk, as hikers often do, and he told us that he had been traveling all over the world for four and a half years, and the Sierra is the most beautiful place he’s ever seen. More beautiful than Patagonia. He was in awe, with a beatific smile plastered across his face. It made me feel even more happy to be here, if that’s possible.

In contrast, we saw a woman on the trail in the morning who was the most unhappy person we’ve seen. Betty thinks she’s trying to set a speed record and has no time to chit-chat. She seemed to be in pain, besides, with a taped-up knee. We passed her later on while she was retaping, and then she zoomed past us again a little later.

Not much grows up here, but the buckwheat is lovely!

Not much grows up here, but the buckwheat is lovely!

Climbing toward Pinchot Pass, I met a woman taking shelter from the powerful sun in the meager shade of a stunted lodgepole pine. I stopped to talk for a bit, and was struck by her lovely southern accent. She’s from Alabama, 68 years old, and a veteran hiker who had hiked the entire Appalachian Trail in segments. Kenny by name. She said she was hiking with a friend, but that she was much slower and her friend was maybe 6 hours ahead of her by then. She was having a hard time with the passes, and told me that climbing Mather was particularly difficult for her. A young man had accompanied her for awhile, and then went on ahead. After he reached the pass, he came back down to where she was and offered to carry her pack for her. She declined the offer, so he walked slowly up the trail with her, and when she got down the far side and to the tree line, he was waiting for her again and helped her hang her hammock for the night. She said she was so grateful that she cried. Of course, after hearing this story, I wanted to keep an eye on her. When Betty and I got to the pass, I dropped my pack and went back down to Kenny, to see if I could carry her pack. Of course, she declined, and said, “Oh, you’re just trying to make me cry all over again!” I walked with her to the top, we talked and rested awhile, and she started down the other side ahead of us. Turns out that Kenny is a banjo player! I passed her awhile later, when I was in the midst of my end-of-day burst of energy. I waited for Betty, and we made camp among the lodgepoles. Kenny continued on.

The surrounding are so dry, and yet there is water everywhere.

The surroundings are so dry, and yet there is water everywhere.

A glacier of rocks.

A glacier of rocks.

We camped tonight where the Clark’s Nutcrackers live. They were making their usual racket, but all is quiet now. Time to eat dinner. I’ve been trying to get in a lake every day to at least rinse off the sweat and dust. They’re cold, but I credit them with helping me make it up these afternoon passes. I am bone-weary, but in a good way. Looking forward to a day of nowhere to go at Rae Lakes, the day after tomorrow.

At the top of Pinchot Pass. It was a hard climb, but they all are.

At the top of Pinchot Pass. It was a hard climb, but they all are. We’ll be headed down past that series of lakes on the left.

A lake in which to bathe.

A lake in which to bathe.

It looks like the Scottish Highlands!

It looks like the Scottish Highlands, in yellow instead of purple.

 

Day 15, August 27, 2014

DSCN1671

Morning at Grouse Meadow.

We are at the tarns in Upper Basin, just south of Mather Pass. Big day, but both Betty and I feel good. Slow and steady from Grouse Meadow, 8,100’, down to the confluence of King’s River and Palisades Creek, at 8,000’ (the lowest point of the JMT). Then a slow climb of over 4,000’ to the pass, at 12,000’. Saw another pika. No sign or anything at the top to let you know you’ve arrived, but it’s pretty darn obvious, as the trail drops dramatically down the other side. Big loose cobblestones of granite that were hard to walk on and grabbed the ends of the trekking poles repeatedly (after awhile, I quit using them). But so stark and beautiful!

Looking back down Palisades Canyon toward the confluence with the north fork of Kings River.

Looking back down Palisades Canyon toward the confluence with the north fork of Kings River.

 

The standing dead and tender living.

The standing dead and tender living.

Hiking up Palisades Canyon, we wound our way through an old burn area. It seemed to be recovering nicely, and I find that these places have their own sort of beauty. The grasses appear taller and more tender, and the flowers seem to like it. Then there are the fallen trees, blistered and horribly burnt, reminding you of the terrible power of the inferno. The higher we went, the better the views back down to where we had been. We met a young man on the switchbacks who was through-hiking the Pacific Crest Trail, and managing over 25 miles/day. I cannot imagine wanting to do that. It seems like such a rigid agenda.

Blistered and burned.

Blistered and burned.

 

 

DSCN1678

Gold-tinted rocks lining the Golden Staircase.

The views down to Kings River from the Golden Staircase (very steep switchbacks going up Palisades Creek, and the last part of the JMT to be completed, in 1937) were breathtaking. I don’t know if anything will come out on the camera, though. It’s all too grand for a waterproof point-and-shoot.

Lower Palisades Lake, where I attempted to swim.

Lower Palisades Lake, where I attempted to swim.

Selfie after the lovely lake experience.

Selfie after the lovely lake experience.

When we finished the climb up the Golden Staircase, we were greeted by  lovely lower Palisades Lake, in which I attempted to swim. So cold! I splashed about, rinsed out my clothes and generally did everything but submerge myself. That cold water makes my skin feel so alive, and really refreshed me from the climb.

People who we had met on the trail today were all bedding down by 3:30 with the intent of getting up early to tackle Mather Pass. But we felt good, and decided to go for it today. It was just too early to stop.

Passed the last Mountain Hemlock on our way south. I’ll miss John Muir’s favorite tree.

Looking back as we climbed to Mather Pass, we had beautiful views of Palisades Lakes.

Looking back as we climbed to Mather Pass, we had beautiful views of Palisades Lakes.

Palisades Lakes retreat into the distance.

Palisades Lakes retreat into the distance.

Rocks, rocks everywhere. On our map, these lakes looked a lot bigger. Another couple of years of scant snowfall and no rain, and they'll only live on maps, I think.

Rocks, rocks everywhere. On our map, these lakes looked a lot bigger. Another couple of years of scant snowfall and no rain, and they’ll only live on maps, I think. Sorry about the sun glare…

The last mile up to the pass is always the most difficult, the longest, the one that never seems to end. But eventually, like everything, it does end. We stopped to rest and set the timer on the camera for a victory photo.

On Mather Pass, 12,000 feet high.

On Mather Pass, 12,000 feet high.

Betty has been sending messages every evening on an In-Reach device to Tom and Dwight, letting them know where we are and that all is well. Generally, we get a message back, but there’s been no message since the night before last. So all the way up the long climb to Mather Pass, my mind started wondering if something was terribly wrong, maybe with one of our aging parents or something. Only because we are able to be in touch is it a problem to NOT hear from someone. By the time we reached the summit, both Betty and I were lost in our own little private hells of imagined disaster scenarios. It’s amazing what the mind can come up with, given the uninterrupted time and space to cogitate. I was plotting how to hike out, which passes I’d have to cross, and how soon I could make it to wherever I was needed. So we were relieved to hear this evening that all is well.

DSCN1693

Starting down the south side of Mather Pass. We’re headed for the far mountains, slightly left of center. But that won’t be until tomorrow.

The landscape here is like the steppes of Mongolia (or so I imagine). It’s almost 9:00 PM and time for bed. Close to 14 miles today, and 4,000’ elevation gain. Biggest day yet, and I feel good. But too tired to eat more than a few bites of dinner. I’ll have the rest for breakfast.

 

Evening falls as we descend to the upper tarns.

Evening falls as we descend to the upper tarns.

Our campsite for the night was near this tarn.

Our campsite for the night was near this tarn.

Taking a break

DSCN1670

Dear readers,

I need to take a break from chronicling our hike, until after I finish the tour I am on. This weekend, Tom Rozum and I are playing in Tucson, AZ, and on Monday we fly out to Raleigh, NC, for the International Bluegrass Music Convention. There, we’l be joined by Kathy Kallick, with Patrick Sauber and Ira Gitlin, to play songs from Kathy’s and my new CD, “Laurie & Kathy Sing the Songs of Vern & Ray.” Then, on Friday, it’s back to San Francisco, and a weekend with the Right Hands at the Hardly Strictly Bluegrass Festival in Golden Gate Park. Whew! I need to tear my mind away from the high country. I will resume the blog on October 6. Stay tuned!

Laurie

Day 14, August 26, 2014

Lake Wanda under blue skies.

Lake Wanda under blue skies.

Another beautiful day. Started from Wanda Lake up to John Muir Pass. A steady but rocky ascent to the hut, where we ate snacks and admired the stonework of the hut. The pass is at 11,955′, the highest I’ve ever been, I think.

The Sierra Club hut on John Muir Pass looms above us

The Sierra Club hut on John Muir Pass looms above us

The ceiling of the hut is a beautiful dome!

The ceiling of the hut is a beautiful dome!

The plaque inside the John Muir hut.

The plaque inside the John Muir hut, mounted above the fireplace, the use of which is prohibited.

While we were resting and eating our snack, a ranger who looked like a superhero showed up. She had a slim waist and shapely legs with swelling calves, braids, a lovely face and broad shoulders. Maybe it’s being up here that does it. Maybe I’ll look like a superhero when we finish this hike… She was stationed for the summer at LeConte, but was on her way to McClure Meadow for some reason or other. Said to check out the yellow-legged mountain frogs in the lakes on the way south. They’re endangered, but plentiful in a few lakes near here.

The rocky jumble of the Eastern Sierra.

The rocky jumble of the Eastern Sierra.

Extremely slow and slate-y descent. We had to watch every step more carefully than ever. Very beautiful in the Eastern Sierra rubbly way. Watched a dipper along the headwaters of the Kings River. We have left the San Joaquin watershed behind, after walking through it for the last 85 miles.

The Kings River accompanied us the rest of the day.

The Kings River accompanied us the rest of the day.

Yellow-legged mountain frogs were plentiful at the lake where we had lunch.

Yellow-legged mountain frogs were plentiful at the lake where we had lunch.

The yellow-legged frogs are on the endangered species list.

The yellow-legged frogs are on the endangered species list.

10 miles later we got to Grouse Meadow, at 8,200′, where we are now. The ranger had suggested that we stop there rather than at LeConte or a little farther down the trail, because to her eyes it’s much more lovely. And it is gorgeous! I’m fried. Tomorrow will be a long uphill, up the dreaded Golden Staircase. I need to rinse out clothes, but it seems too late to get them dry by morning. Guess we’ll have to be dirty. At least, I can rinse the dust off of my feet and legs with my pack towel and water from my water bottle.

Looking down toward LeConte Meadow. How could you not want to go there?

Looking down the valley we get to follow. How could you not want to go there?

 It's customary for hikers to crawl into the jaws of this rock to have their pictures taken. Neither Betty nor I did, and now I wish I had.

It’s customary for hikers to crawl into the jaws of this rock to have their pictures taken. Neither Betty nor I did, and now I wish I had.

The grass was sparkling with white flowers.

The grass was sparkling with white flowers.

This is the day things start to break. I can feel that my shoes are more slippery. Much tread is gone. Betty’s tent needs a small but important repair: one of the cups that the pole goes through has a hole in it. The thick foam pad at the back of my pack has started to bend, creating an annoying bump against my back. So I pulled it out and cut it off, leaving only the lowest part along my hips. Hope it works out OK. Now I have a useless piece of foam that I have to carry. Also, duct tape doesn’t seem to stick to anything the way it does in Berkeley. And something is making me sneeze. Dust, no doubt. Almost 8:00 PM. Time for bed.

Near LeConte ranger station.

Near LeConte ranger station.

Getting close to Grouse Meadows and our camp for the night.

Getting close to Grouse Meadows and our camp for the night.

Beautiful Grouse Meadows! We didn't see any grouse there...

Beautiful Grouse Meadows! We didn’t see any grouse there…

Home, sweet home.

Home, sweet home.

The view from my tent.

The view from my tent.

Evening descends, and it's time for bed.

Evening descends, and it’s time for bed.

Day 13, August 25, 2014

McClure Meadows and John Muir Pass

McClure Meadow, looking toward John Muir Pass.

Evolution Valley, at Evolution Creek crossing, to Wanda Lake (about 2 miles shy of John Muir Pass). We are at 11,000’, and I am luckily not bothered by the altitude. Nor is Betty. The cold is another matter. Our beautiful sunny blue skies have turned overcast and the wind has come up a bit–just enough to make me very glad of gloves and glove liners, silks and woolies, and my cap with ear flaps. And my tent.

McClure Meadow

McClure Meadow

It was a long slow and peaceful slog. McClure Meadow was gorgeous, with grass turning gold and granite cliffs all around. Evolution Creek meandered along and we scared up many not-so-scared black-tailed deer. This morning, we forded Evolution Creek, which is the only wear crossing so far in this drought year that I HAD to get my feet wet. The creek lapped around our ankles. Cold in the early morning!

DSCN1604

Those are some pointy peaks up there!

I love these cracked rocks!

I love these cracked rocks!

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At Evolution Lake, I watched an Arctic Tern fishing, and imagined how many miles that guy must log per year. I have no idea, though I do recall reading one time that it’s lots (editor’s note: I just looked it up. The average Arctic tern flies 44,300 miles per year. That IS a lot).

Evolution Lake

Evolution Lake, with the last of blue sky in the distance.

Some hikers have ear buds in and I have started taking a survey to see what they are listening to So far:

“Everything.”
“Everything. Jazz, rock, world music, fusion. Right now, Santana”
“Beatles. But sometimes empowering women, like Destiny’s Child”
“Kings of Leon.”
“This American Life.”

That one guy who just said “everything” I like to imagine was listening to a live recording of Bill Monroe in the old barn at Bean Blossom, with the creaking sound of the fan in the background. It’s possible…

It seems so odd to me to want to take myself away from where we are. Not one person was listening to a John Muir recorded book, or even a trail guide to flora, fauna, and geology. Huh. One person asked what I was listening to. I replied, “The wind in the trees, the birds, my breathing, songs in my head.” He had to agree that those were good things to listen to, too.

The road ahead is so inviting!

The road ahead is so inviting!

I watched a mule follow his keeper across a bridge and then just watch her go down to the river. So funny, like a companionable dog. I am amazed by horses, how these huge strong creatures entered into an agreement with humans to be fed and protected in exchange for going where humans want them to go and carrying loads. I guess they thought it was a good trade-off. Depends on the humans, I guess.

Betty crossing a lake outlet on very handy stones.

Betty crossing a lake outlet on very handy stepping stones.

PIKA SIGHTING!

All other suspected pikas were ground squirrels. This guy is so cute! Big ears, and a little squeak. It is right at our campsite at Wanda Lake, hiding in the talus and peeking out at us. I started making up a song. Lots of verses, no melody yet. Feel free to use your own.

Pika Song

Way up under a Sierra peak
I thought I heard a pika squeak.
Way up yonder on John Muir Pass
I saw a pika harvest grass.

I said, “Hey pika, set a spell
I’d like to hear the tales you’d tell”
The pika said, “I’ve got no time
I gotta make hay while the ol’ sun shines.
For it’s true the sun shines on us all
But tomorrow the snow may start to fall”

The pika’s mighty for its size
with two big ears and jet-black eyes,
a nose to match and a powerful squeak
and no tail at all of which to speak.

Just like a farmer with his crops
the pika’s labor never stops
He’s got to get the harvest in
before the rain and snows begin.

Beneath the weight of mountain snow
the pika knows just where to go
to find the sweet dry summer hay
it cut and stacked and laid away.
And when the summer months descend
it starts a-haying once again.

The pika looked a little sad-eyed
So I asked “what’s wrong?” and it replied,
“As you can see there are so many of you,
but as for us, we’re a dwindling few.
The snows don’t fall like they used to, dude,
so I’m going to a higher altitude.”

The pika is a specialist–
it fills one tiny little niche
and when that niche is no longer there
the pika will vanish into the thin air
with few to notice or to weep
except, perhaps, the mountain sheep.

Lake Wanda, named after one of John Muir's daughters. I wonder if he ever took them to the mountains with him...

Lake Wanda, named after one of John Muir’s daughters. I wonder if he ever took them to the mountains with him…

It felt so good to put my feet up for awhile.

It felt so good to put my feet up for awhile.

Cold water, cold rocks, a cold wind blowing.

Cold water, cold rocks, a cold wind blowing.

We hunkered down in the cold and went to bed early.

We hunkered down in the cold and went to bed early.

Day 12, August 24, 2014

The resupply tent, a veritable back country shopping mall

The resupply awning, a veritable back-country shopping mall

The Japanese-style hot springs.

The Japanese-style hot springs.

Muir Trail Ranch. The hot springs were wonderful. I got 2 soaks, 2 showers, barbecued spare ribs, green beans and salad, and an awful dessert I wish I hadn’t eaten (strawberry short Twinkie!). I didn’t sleep well on the too-soft bed in our tent cabin, waking often very thirsty (and then having to get up and pee of course).

The showers!

The showers!

Late start out of MTR, hanging around the resupply awning divvying up the load. It’s a real haven for hikers passing through, as people leave all this stuff behind, and anyone is able to go through the buckets of food (a whole bucket of oatmeal, a giant jar of Nutella, a very heavy glass water bottle), first aid supplies, clothes and miscellany, and take what they want, as long as they are willing to carry it out.

The lounge at Muir Trail Ranch. It features a nice library, comfy chairs and couches, and conversation with other hikers and vacationers.

The lounge at Muir Trail Ranch. It features a nice library, comfy chairs and couches, and conversation with other hikers and vacationers. I didn’t want to be indoors, though.

I finally fixed my Aqua Clip on my water bottle so that it doesn’t squeak anymore. Every step I took for miles on end, it was saying “er-uh, er-uh, er-uh, er-uh,” until it was driving me crazy. A little carefully-placed duct tape, and the sound has disappeared. Now it just gives an occasional leather saddle-type squeak, which is sort-of pleasant. Thanks to Steve from Indiana for the duct tape!

While sitting in the laundry line, we ran into Richard, the guy last seen at the Garnet Lake mishap. He was feeling a little guilty about leading me down the wrong path, and glad to see us again. He met up with his  brother, who had passed a kidney stone and decided to head home. So he’s boogying through the rest of the miles alone to get back home to his wife and three sons. Being on the trail by himself didn’t seem like the way he wanted to spend his vacation.

DSCN1586

The upper reaches of the San Joaquin River.

Walking up into Kings Canyon National Park is beautiful. I’ve always wanted to go there, and now finally here I am. A hot day, the hottest yet, I think. First, a nice long easy climb along the San Joaquin River, and then a steep (but not too long) set of switchbacks up into Evolution Valley. The climb was slow and steady, and actually pretty wonderful, because the steep face was liberally dotted with mountain junipers. I am in love with the junipers! Each one is a work of art, dead or alive, or half alive and clinging to the rocky slopes. I want to take a portrait of each tree. Plus, the views down the valley were splendid. Tonight we’re at Evolution Creek, after an 8.5 mile hike. The sun is just on the highest peaks now and it’s time to have some dinner.

DSCN1587

Up higher, it was a pleasure to take respite from the heat in the cool piney woods.

DSCN1590

A mountain juniper, simultaneously dead and alive.

A nice young German couple keep leap-frogging us. They are faster hikers, but for some reason we have seen lots of them and shared conversation and M&Ms. I met a photographer, Scott Serata, who is doing a series of portraits of people on the trail. He took my picture, and in talking, we discovered that we are both from Berkeley and have friends in common. Small world.

DSCN1594

Evolution Creek, next to our campsite. It felt so good to rinse off the day’s accumulation of dust and salt.

DSCN1595

My lovely DW Moment Tarptent,perfect for one person.

DSCN1596

My hiking “boots.” I never had a moment’s foot discomfort, but I did have dirty feet. Very porous (or breathable) shoes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life on the trail is pretty busy, really. Every day, we pack up our sleeping bags, put all our various things back in their proper places, take down our tents, make sure we have enough filtered water, and stuff everything into our packs in the correct order. Then we walk for hours on end, stopping for lunch and snacks and to filter more water. And to just set a spell. And at the end of the day we unpack, set up the tents, figure out what’s for dinner, eat, write in our journals, Betty sends a message to the outside world that all is well, we clean up, and it’s generally close to time to go to sleep. Not a lot of down time, really. Except compared to my regular life, it’s all down time of a sort. Even if I had brought an instrument, I wouldn’t have much time to play.

Day 11, August 23, 2014

A cold, frosty morning at Rosemarie Meadow.

A cold, frosty morning at Rosemarie Meadow.

This morning, the meadow was frosty-gray where yesterday it was lush, sunny green with horses grazing on it. The horses are gone up the trail ahead of us. COLD this morning! A good time to hike up to Selden Pass, which was beautiful–an easy grade until the last little bit. Marie Lake, up near the pass, was a surprise: so big and very glacier-scraped Norwegian-looking gray granite.

Are we going up there?

Are we going up there?

There was a little glitch in planning, and what we had on the schedule as a 4.4-mile day turned out to be about 10 miles. I got whiney about the extra miles, as I had been looking forward to an easy day. But oh, well. There’s no way to shorten the distance between two points on the trail… I just have to woman up and make the best of it. Luckily, Beauty surrounds us, and there’s no place I’d rather be.

 

Marie Lake. We stopped and spent a little time just being there and filtering more water.

Marie Lake. We stopped and spent a little time just being there and filtering more water. That saddle on the ridge is Selden Pass.

Marie Lake, as seen from  Selden Pass

Looking back the way we came at Marie Lake, from Selden Pass.

Up at the top of Selden Pass, there was a hiker who had been out by himself for awhile, I think. Very eager to engage in conversation with anyone passing by, and so joyful! We talked for awhile, and I mentioned that we had been following the footsteps of a man and a woman that morning, the woman generally walking behind the man (I was practicing my tracking skills). He confirmed that they had gone by, and were in a hurry. They weren’t interested in stopping, much less talking with anyone. I enjoy most of the little conversations with passing hikers, now that there are fewer people on the trail. An easy camaraderie develops, and nearly everyone seems content to be where we are.

Looking south from Selden Pass to Heart Lake.

Looking south from Selden Pass to Heart Lake.

A closer view of Heart Lake, which was perfect in every way.

A closer view of Heart Lake, which was perfect in every way.

 

Then it was a long, long downhill trail (about 7 miles), past Sally Keyes Lakes (which, if you didn’t look at the surrounding mountains, looked very much like they could have been in northern Minnesota, surrounded by pines and just perfect for canoes).

A picturesque dead tree at the edge of one of the Sally Keys Lakes. If I had more time, I'd probably photograph every tree between Yosemite and Whitney, dead or alive.

A picturesque dead tree at the edge of one of the Sally Keyes Lakes. If I had more time, I’d probably photograph every tree between Yosemite and Whitney, dead or alive.

Close-up of the gnarly  tree trunk.

Close-up of the gnarly tree trunk.

Muir Trail Ranch is lovely and quiet. As soon as we got there, I weighed my pack, which by then was at its lightest since Red’s Meadow. It weighed in at 25 pounds, without water. So I must have been carrying close to 30 over the last few days. I felt like a wimp, as I was certain that it must weigh over 30 pounds. But Betty is a good planner: she said she would keep our packs under 30 pounds, and she did. I’m just not broken in to the pack yet I guess. We sat in line for showers and now I sit in line for the opportunity to wash our clothes in the old machine, which requires feeding the clothes through an old-fashioned hand-cranked wringer between the wash and rinse cycles and then again at the end. Then we’ll be in line for the hot soak in the springs, and then in line for dinner. Nice to be here, though.

DSCN1567

Our tent cabin at Muir Trail Ranch. Interesting to sleep “indoors” again. I missed my tent and sleeping pads, actually.

 

I just put the laundry in. Let it run for 10 minutes, wring, rinse, wring, hang on the line to dry. The clothes instantly turned the clean water dark gray/brown with all the trail dust and dirt. It’s 4:00. I should be done by 5:00, and then I’ll have time for the hot soak before dinner.

I would like to come up to the high Sierra with no agenda. I don’t really care about completing the JMT, though I know that I will (barring an accident). I would like to wander, stopping wherever something grabs my attention, without worrying about the miles. Next year…

Day 10, August 22, 2014

DSCN1530

The morning view back up Silver Pass Creek

A long slog today–incredibly beautiful following Silver Pass Creek from our camp to where it spills over the edge of the little valley into the deep one below. It cascades over the slick, glacier-polished granite into the dark forest.

DSCN1533

Looking downstream across the creek in the morning light.

DSCN1532

Silver Pass Creek gets ready for the Big Slide into the big valley.

DSCN1536

That’s some slick rock! The creek spreads out over the granite and races down to the valley below.

Mono Creek, still in deep shade.

Mono Creek, still in deep shade.

Walking down the long valley next to Mono Creek was very relaxing in the early morning. Everything was so peaceful, with the sun hitting the valley walls above us and leaving us in deep shade. Betty was hiking in her $5 Honduran Croc knock-offs (due to a slip while crossing Silver Pass Creek), and kept saying how that was the best $5 purchase she’d ever made. I want some!

We skirted the end of Cascade Valley, which we had been walking alongside yesterday. I love being able to see the distances that we are traveling!

Then a huge long uphill section through dry and dusty fir forests with many, many, many switchbacks called Bear Ridge. It was definitely a bear! One of the hardest climbs to date, not because of altitude or anything but the unrelenting toilsome climb. No vistas, an endless grade, a hot day, and frustrating glimpses of blue sky at what I’d think was the top of the grade, which we never seemed to actually reach. No water for 4.5 miles, which is the longest dry spell we have encountered so far.

We passed through the largest stand of aspen yet on the trail. So light and airy!

We passed through the largest stand of aspen yet on the trail. So light and airy!

DSCN1543

The trail led past these beautiful, huge mountain junipers. I couldn’t resist asking Betty to take my picture with them.

Horses grazing in the late afternoon sun in lovely Rosemarie Meadow.

Horses grazing in the late afternoon sun in lovely Rosemarie Meadow.

At about 6:00 PM we arrived at Rosemarie Meadow, where there is a herd of horses pastured for the night, watched over by at least two cowboys. A very idyllic site, though I wanted to get well past them. Betty wanted to find camp right away, and she is probably right.

I dreamt last night about Tony Rice. In my dream, he was looking good and healthy, and I was so pleased. I don’t think he’s ever visited my dreams before. We talked a bit. Then, on waking, I had “Manzanita” running through my head for miles and miles. There are worse tunes by far, and I have spent many miles with other less-desirable tunes. I won’t mention their names for fear of getting reinfected.

Looking up toward Mono Pass, which we didn't have to cross.

Looking up toward Mono Pass, which we didn’t have to cross.

I spend long miles working on remembering or learning song lyrics. I have written some wordy songs lately, and really have to drill myself on the lyrics if I want them to stick. It’s one of the tasks that gets harder as I get older. So why do I write these long songs?

The trail along Bear Creek towards the end of the day was really beautiful, but by that time, we were into getting a couple more miles before camp, and I didn’t even think of taking out my camera. Now I wish I had. Oh, well. I’ll have to go back there sometime.

14.5 miles today, and at 8:25 I am ready for bed. Early start to get over Selden Pass, which doesn’t look too hard from here–about 800’ elevation gain to the top and then about 7 miles to Muir Trail Ranch, with showers, hot springs, laundry and dinner.

The creek that I put my foot in.

The creek that I put my foot in.

 

I love the stream crossings, which in this drought year are pretty easy. I delight in my agility as I balance from rock to rock. This evening, I stepped on a tippy one and put my foot in the stream. Too much inner-gloating going on!

Day 9, August 21, 2014

Morning mist on Purple Lake.

Mist on Purple Lake greeted us when we woke up.

DSCN1506

The scenic backdrop of our campsite at Purple Lake.

This morning, Purple Lake seemed to live up to its name. In the mist, it was a lovely violet. Immediately upon leaving the lake, we started to climb, up past a big rock glacier (there’s ice under there somewhere!) and into the high country.

Goodbye to Purple Lake. Our campsite was in the trees to the far left across the lake.

Goodbye to Purple Lake. Our campsite was in the trees to the far left across the lake.

 

 

 

Beautiful Silver Pass Creek! I got naked and rinsed the dust and sweat from my body and am now feeling like an ad for Smartwool, with clean socks and long underwear. The water isn’t so cold here, as it travels at a moderate pace over exposed granite all the way from Silver Pass Lake. Lots of time for the sun to warm it up a bit. All my clothes are rinsed out, too, and lying on rocks in the sun (with little rocks to hold them down in the light breeze).

Grasses, water, rocks, trees. We climb toward Silver Pass.

Grasses, water, rocks, trees. We climb toward Silver Pass.

A good long hike today, almost 13 miles from Purple Lake and up and over Silver Pass (elevation: 10,900’). The clouds of yesterday are mostly gone and the sky is beautiful. Most of the uphill was through fir and lodgepole pine forests, which made for a more pleasant ascent (shade was plentiful). No altitude problems. I love the high country!

In every mountain bowl there was a little lake. I wanted to visit them all!

In every mountain cirque there was a little lake. I wanted to visit them all!

Thus ends my journal entry for Day 9. Not much verbiage, so I thought I’d talk about what we have been eating on the trail. Betty was the mastermind behind it, and generally (except for the salmon), everything has been great. For breakfast, I settled in to mostly having plain instant oatmeal with freeze-dried bananas and apples. It’s easy, like all our hot food: just add hot water. I also have a nice cup of Earl Grey tea with Nido milk powder and a teeny bit of sugar (at home, I’d opt for honey, but that’s too heavy to carry).

I already talked about lunch in another post, I think, so we’ll move on to dinner. For this meal, we could choose a base of brown rice, noodles, or mashed potatoes. Then we would pair it with either some sort of beans (black or pinto), tofu cubes, very occasionally (once/week) some fish for me, or lentils. To this we would add our choice of dried vegetables: squash, seaweed, daikon radish, shiitake mushrooms, sweet potatoes, and a few other things I can’t recall right now. Then came the seasoning choices: lemon or lime, coconut milk and curry paste, various hot sauces, miso soup, olive oil infused with garlic. Twice, we made a delicious chili with beans and mashed potatoes and a premixed seasoning. We would put all these ingredients together in a ziplock bag, pour hot water in, and let it “cook” in a homemade cozy made of Reflectix and tape. Then generally, we just ate the dinner out of the bag, and added the used bags to our trash. Very simple and effective. I tended to not eat very large portions at the end of the day. I just didn’t feel like it by then. But I never felt deprived or went to bed hungry.

During the day, we also had little bags of snacks, our favorite by far of which were the dried fruit combo of figs and mangos (we called these “wet fruit,” to differentiate from the freeze-dried fruit I ate for breakfast). Every day we each got a Nature Valley granola bar, generally with dark chocolate, and a small bag of mixed nuts and cacao nibs. These were easy to munch on as we hiked. And every other day, we got a treat of a fig bar! Almost everything was organic. Good work, Betty!

DSCN1518

The trail headed up over the ridge in front of us and then swung left up to the pass.

DSCN1517

Too many lakes! I think this might be Squaw Lake. This area was dotted with place names that are not PC.

DSCN1521

Almost to the pass, looking back at Squaw Lake.

Party at the Pass! We caught up with the Germans.

Party at the Pass! A good place to congregate and discuss gear.

The view from the top of Silver Pass

A view from the top of Silver Pass

Our campsite on Silver Pass Creek.

Our campsite on Silver Pass Creek.

The star of the show: Silver Pass Creek.

The star of the show: Silver Pass Creek.

Oh, the water! So clear!

Oh, the water! So clear! This is about 2 feet deep.

Day 8, August 20, 2014

The site of the Rainbow Fire, 1992

The site of the Rainbow Fire

What a difference a day makes! Early this morning (6:30), Dwight drove Betty and me up to the Red’s Meadow trailhead. Walking through the Rainbow Fire burn area was really spectacular. The fire was in 1992, I think, and now the area is much more full of life than the standing forest surrounding it. Hundreds of birds filled the sky– grouse, chickadees, juncos, song sparrows, woodpeckers, little brown birds that moved too fast for me to identify. Currant bushes were loaded with red ripe fruit, slightly sweet, watery and wild-flavored. Gooseberries everywhere. Young trees of all shapes and sizes, all evergreens. In another 20 years, it’ll be quite the little forest again. I didn’t expect the explosion of life that we experienced when we stepped into the burn area!

Our first view of Cascade Valley

Our first view of Cascade Valley and Devil’s Top (the bald peak to the left)

DSCN1501

The valley opened up to the south of the trail. Knowing what direction the trail takes now, I’d like to revisit this view.

The rest of the day was mostly steady uphill through red fir forests to lodgepole pines and an occasional juniper. Eventually it opened up to views of Cascade Valley and Devil’s Top. We walked about 12 miles to Purple Lake, where I sit right now. There is a shaley face of possibly purplish rock across the lake, which may be how it got its name. It’s a little cold, and I am glad to have my warm wool cap with earflaps that Tom brought me, along with another knife. This one is a little Buck knife that snaps into a plastic scabbard and hangs from my pack by a mini-carabiner. I found it while hiking along the Middle Fork of the Salmon River in Idaho a few years back, and have never used it. So it’s finally getting a chance to be of service. It’s very sharp and nice, and perfect for spreading almond butter on crackers. Hope I don’t lose it, too!

Purple Lake, late afternoon

The view from our campsite of  Purple Lake, late afternoon.

When we started hiking this morning, the sky was blue as could be, and devoid of even the hint of clouds. But the clouds have been quickly overtaking us. They are gorgeous. Not quite threatening rain, but weather moves fast up here, and I feel like it could rain. I feel good. We met a young woman on the trail named Yellie. I don’t know if that was her “real” name or a trail name. She’s hiking the JMT solo. Seems there are a lot of women up here doing that. In fact, I wonder if there are more women than men? It may be as a consequence of so many people having read Cheryl Strayed’s book, “Wild” (I read it, liked it quite a bit). It’s at least an equal balance. Yellie filled us in on another young woman who had passed us going the other direction. Turns out that she (the second woman) had been trying to hike/run 35 miles per day on the JMT. She quit and turned back because she wasn’t having any fun and everything hurt. Hmmm… I can’t imagine why!

Turning away from Cascade Valley, we approached Purple Lake

Turning away from Cascade Valley, we approached Purple Lake

The view up ahead. Very different geology going on!

The view up ahead. Very different geology going on!

Looks like it’ll be a cold night. Time for both the silks and the woolies.

Day 7, August 19, 2014

DSCN1511

Hello, outside world!

Betty and I decided to spend an extra night in Mammoth, as I am still exhausted from 2 days ago. Also, there was a little glitch in our restocking plans, and we (by whom I mean Betty) have lots of foodstuff to take care of. I’m rehearsing with Tom for Bill Monroe Birthday Celebration (coming up Sept 11 at the Freight and Salvage in Berkeley). Everything makes me cry. Admittedly, the songs are pretty darn sad. Here are the lyrics:

WILL THE CIRCLE BE UNBROKEN?
(recorded by the Monroe Brothers in 1936, written in 1907 by Ada R. Habershon with music by Charles H. Gabriel)
Not to be confused with the Carter Family favorite of the same name!

Vs 1
There are loved ones in the glory
Whose dear forms you often miss
When you close your earthly story
will you join them in their bliss?

CHORUS
Will the circle be unbroken
bye and bye, bye and bye
Is a better home awaiting
in the sky, in the sky?

Vs 2
You can picture happy gatherings
‘round the fireside long ago
and you think of tearful partings
when they left you here below

Vs 3
One by one, their seats were emptied
one by one, they went away
Now your circle has been broken–
Will it be complete one day?

 

I HEAR A SWEET VOICE CALLING
(written by Bill Monroe, recorded in 1947)

Our little girl took sick one evening
while walking home from school
And then her deathbed soon claimed her
It made us so sad and so blue

She called me close to her bedside
and whispered these words soft and low
“Tell Mommy to come to me quickly–
I want to kiss you both and go”

CHORUS:
I hear a sweet voice calling
way up in Heaven on high
God has made room for your daughter
Oh, Mommy and Daddy, don’t cry

“Take care of my little brother,
and tell him I’ve gone to rest
I know his little heart is broken–
He’s al that you have left”

Then she closed her eyes forever
Never to see us no more
Until we meet in Heaven
On that bright and peaceful shore

CHORUS
I hear a sweet voice calling
way up in Heaven on high
God has made room for your daughter
Oh, Mommy and Daddy, don’t cry

Now, see why I was crying? No photos today. Mammoth is your standard ski resort mountain town. A jumble of restaurants, outdoor shops, gas stations and condos, nestled close in under the mountains. It’s a good place to do some much-needed shopping. For instance, I had forgotten to bring gloves, and only brought my glove liners with the fingers cut off. So off I go to the mountaineering/hiking store.

Dwight made a fantastic veggie meal for us, as Tom and I practiced. So fun to work together…in between the crying jags… I was thinking lots about my friend Laurey Masterton, who died at age 59 this last February. Also thinking of Charles Sawtelle, Kelly Winton and all my friends who have died young, before their time. My heart was broken. Broken open, I hope.

Day 6, August 18, 2014

Got up at 5:12, after an exhaustive night’s sleep, tossing and turning, back burning, legs cramping, mostly dehydrated and worn out from yesterday’s exertion. At about 2:00 AM I got up and went down to the lake to purify more water to drink. It was an absolutely beautiful night, with shooting stars above the big fractured granite monolith that overlooks the lake, with a few scraggly trees holding onto the nearly vertical face of the cliff. The quarter moon was up, not so bright that I couldn’t see the Milky Way splashed across the sky.

DSCN1484

Rosalie Lake in the morning glow.

Gooseberries!

Gooseberries!

So at 5:12, I woke up Betty and we got packed to walk the 9 miles to Red’s Meadow. Long downhill, no time to look around much, as we heard our showers calling. Mostly red fir forest, I think. Burned areas were full of gooseberries and ripe currants, upon the latter of which we stopped to feast.

DSCN1485

A fallen giant. What must happen to make all those roots fail at once?

DSCN1489

A perfect defile between the rocks.

Red’s Meadow is close to the Devil’s Postpile, which I have never seen in real life. I’ve always wanted to go, and here I finally am. I wonder why all these columnar basalt formations are named for the Devil: The Devil’s Causeway, Devil’s Tower, Devil’s Postpile. Any explanations out there?DSCN1486

We arrived at Red’s Meadow at about 11:05 AM. Betty had told Dwight Worden to expect us there around 11:00. Damn! She’s good! I was totally spent from the bad night and the stress of the previous day. But Dwight and Tom were there waiting. Tom met me with a Haagen Dasz ice cream bar (I haven’t eaten one in years! It was good!), which we split. Then down to Mammoth to a condo we had rented. The shower felt awesome. Doing laundry now. Had a great salad for lunch, with pea sprouts and a crab cake. The first living vegetables I have eaten in a week. Now I’m imagining dinner…

Day 5, August 17, 2014

DSCN1478

Mt Ritter and Banner Peak, with Thousand Island Lake. Spectacular!

Woke up early–4:30ish–to see Orion just clearingthe horizon. Reminded me that the seasons are changing. They could change fast up here in the mountains, though there are still plenty of springtime wildflowers everywhere.

DSCN1471

Mountains and water everywhere. I am captivated.

Got on the trail at about 8:00 AM. Glorious sunrise at the edge of the World. I felt great! The pack weight was easy, and for the first part of the day there was lots of elevation loss. When we had uphills, I really felt it in my calves and glutes. I have an occasional twinge in my left knee. A reminder that the privilege of being able to do this hike could be revoked at any moment by any part of my body. Here’s hoping the occasional pain doesn’t develop into anything major. Betty is feeling better in the altitude. Yesterday at lunch I ate some salmon which tasted good at the time but didn’t set well with me. I kept thinking of Death visiting the dinner party in “The Life of Brian”– “It was the salmon mousse!” I didn’t die, though. As you see.

DSCN1474

Somewhere up on Island Pass

The next pass, Island Pass (10,200′), was also unmarked, and we never did find exactly where the highest point on the trail was. It was a beautiful, open area, full of tarns and little lakes surrounded by stunted and picturesque lodgepole pines, the songs of robins and juncos, my first sighting on the trail of an American Dipper (aka “water ouzel.” I wish they hadn’t changed the name…), and very busy and vocal Clark’s nutcrackers everywhere. The landscape reminded me of the glacier-scraped highlands of Norway.

DSCN1479

Thousand Island Lake. Imagine having lunch sitting along the shore on the left side of this photo. That’s where we were.

From there, we descended to Thousand Island Lake, where we stopped for a good long lunch. What are our lunch options? Well, generally there’s a choice of hummus, reconstituted refried beans, almond butter or hazelnut and chocolate spread (like Nutella but organic and extra delicious) and a substrate of either crackers or a tortilla. I never got tired of lunch, and generally eat almond butter. Betty said she considers this to be “famine food,” and would rather eat anything else. Glad she brought it for me! She goes for tortillas, I go for crackers. For the beans and/or hummus, there are a variety of hot sauces and spices to add, to change it up from day-to-day.

Betty would go!

Betty would go!

Then it was onward to the Gem Lakes. After a lovely dip in Ruby Lake (total immersion for both Betty and me), I started up the trail before Betty. THEN THINGS STARTED TO GO WRONG. A man had stopped to chat for a moment, saying he was going to Red’s Meadow (same as us) tomorrow. I caught up with him right before Garnet Lake, where there was a trail junction. He said, “The trail goes this way,” pointing to the right. It looked right on the map, except that I hadn’t noticed that the scale was waaaay huger than I thought. I followed him down to the lake and as we walked he revealed that he’d been hiking with his brother, but 3 or 4 miles out of Tuolumne Meadows, his brother had had to turn back because he was in a lot of pain. Kidney stones were suspected. So the brother was supposed to have caught a bus from Yosemite to Mammoth, go to the hospital and get checked out, and then meet up again at Red’s Meadow to (hopefully) continue the hike. It was an engrossing story, and obviously the lone brother on the trail was concerned and distracted, having had no way to hear from his brother for days. I figured I’d take another dip while I waited for Betty. The temperature of Garnet Lake was perfect for a restorative swim, and I swam out to a little island. By the time I got back to the shore, Betty still hadn’t shown up. I started imagining various scenarios, none of them good: she walked off a cliff, sprained her ankle, was waiting with a broken leg to get airlifted out. I was about to run back up the trail, leaving my backpack behind, when I thought that I had better ask some hikers who had just arrived at the lake if they had seen her. No sightings, but to my astonishment, one of them mentioned offhandedly, “You know, we’re not on the JMT here.” Dang! I grabbed my pack and went as fast as I could to try and catch her. I estimated that she could easily have an hour’s headstart on me by now. At first, I tried to just skirt the shore of Garnet Lake, only to realize that that lake is HUGE! The only sure way back to the JMT was the steep mile-long grade we had descended to the lakeshore. I was imagining Betty pissed off that I had left her in the dust and wasn’t stopping to wait anywhere, which spurred me on faster. I got back up to the JMT, and continued mile after mile trying to catch Betty. I asked everyone I saw if they had seen her. The first group, 3 young women swimming in the lake, said that she had asked about me and was maybe 45 minutes or an hour ahead of me. Miles farther, the next guy said maybe 20 minutes ahead of me (almost no-one has watches on the trail, except of course Betty). The trail wound up and down through beauty of all sorts, but I was trying to catch her, going as fast as I could. No time for photos. Next people said 15 minutes. I was gaining on her. The last guys I saw (handsome Italians) said maybe 5 minutes ahead of me, but they had told her that they thought they had seen the woman she asked about (me) maybe 15 minutes ahead of her!!! All this time, about 4 and a half hours, I hardly stopped, except when I dropped my water bottle. I was running on fumes. Betty thought I was ahead of her and so was trying to catch me–as if I would be out of touch for hours on end! I finally caught her on a long uphill. To my surprise, she wasn’t mad at all, just still trying to catch me somewhere ahead of her. But I was totally fried! We agreed that from there on, we would meet up at every trail junction, should we be separated again.

Now we’re camped at Rosalie Lake. I am drinking a little bit of Scotch to try and ease the day’s anxiety, and looking forward to seeing Tom tomorrow and to washing my clothes (white shirt especially–what was I thinking?) and taking a shower or two.

DSCN1473

I hiked today in my skirt, and found it very liberating.

Today was about 15 miles for me, much of it at top speed. I kept imagining Betty being angry that I had left her so far behind (which I believe I would never have done). Relieved to find no anger, but a little miffed, I must say, to think that she would assume I would be such a lousy trail companion as to purposely be out of touch for hours on end. Oh, well. All’s well that ends well. I hope that guy’s brother is OK.DSCN1472

DSCN1477

I love trees, dead or alive. This one represents me at the end of Day 5.

Day 4, August 16, 2014

It’s probably 5:00 AM. I have already been up, had a cup of tea, ate breakfast (oatmeal and freeze-dried bananas and apples–yum!), packed up my sleeping bag and pads (very comfy: a combination of a Thermarest waffle pad and an ultralight supposedly self-inflating pad), and visited the last flush toilet around for many a mile (after this, we need to start burying our poop and carrying out all waste paper, which may be more information than you want to have, but I thought it was interesting). Betty is still asleep. I have water on for her coffee. Am anxious to start the trail today because it is such a long and arduous climb up Donahue Pass (11,056’). The Lyell Fork of the Tuolumne is incredibly beautiful here, with crystalline water sluicing over great buff-colored slabs of granite. Lembert Dome, rising just past the river, is a smooth granite cap. The trail is calling. Betty! Get up!!!

Day 4, continued:

Setting off up Lyell Canyon

Setting off up Lyell Canyon

We got going around 7:15 AM. First half of the hike (but not half of the day) was through the very beautiful Lyell Canyon. No camping for 4 miles from Tuolumne Meadows, and with good reason. People would trash the place.The Lyell Fork of the Tuolumne winds in serpentine style through what was once a glacier-formed lake which then silted in to create a lovely, level meadow. The most inviting swimming holes, lined with smooth granite, beckoned to me, but the snow-melt is a bit too cold, and we had to put in miles.

DSCN1441

What took a slice out of this? Didn’t they know it was poisonous?

At lunch, I spied a coyote across the river. He/she came right out onto the rocks across the water from me while Betty was getting her camera. She may have gotten some good pics. Later, we watched the same coyote hunting in a meadow, but didn’t see it catch anything.

DSCN1443

Lyell Fork of the Tuolumne River. On a hotter day, I might have gone for total immersion in this most beautiful river. This day, I just splashed around and rinsed off the trail sweat and dust.

The remnants of the largest glacier visible from the JMT. A few years ago, it was downgraded from "glacier" to "snowfield."

The remnants of the largest glacier visible from the JMT. Last year, it was downgraded from “glacier” to “permanent snowfield.” Not enough mass to move downhill.

At the top of Donahue Pass. We begin to realize that these passes may not have signs telling you that you've made it to the top. This sign marks the boundary between Yosemite and the Ansel Adams Wilderness.

At the top of Donahue Pass. We begin to realize that these passes may not have signs telling you that you’ve made it to the top. This sign marks the boundary between Yosemite and the Ansel Adams Wilderness.

Hiked up over Donahue Pass today. It was spectacular scenically, but nearly did me in… or was it the salmon I had for lunch? A bit of both, I think. Saw a garter snake, mule deer, more marmots, and maybe some pikas. I don’t know what they look like.

Betty stops to photograph some perfect flowers on the way up to Donahue Pass.

Betty stops to photograph some perfect flowers on the way up to Donahue Pass.

DSCN1454

Talk about cold water! I should have submerged myself in the comparatively “warm” waters in the canyon. I LOVE that glacier-melt aquamarine tint.

Beautiful alpenglow. Nobody around here, in comparison to the Yosemite side of the Pass. Very busy on the trail today. Too many people. We hiked from 8,700′ up to Donahue Pass, at 11,056′, traveling 14.8 miles. Our biggest day yet!

Every night, when I crawl into my sleeping bag, I turn on my headlamp and try to read a bit of John Muir’s “The Mountains of California.” I read most of this book as a teenager, but I must confess the actual content of it didn’t stick with me very well over the years. I feel as if I’ve never read it before. I love his astute observations, and his overflowing love for the “Range of Light.”

Betty and her tent, far side of Donahue Pass.

Betty, the “kitchen,”  and her tent, far side of Donahue Pass.

Day 3, August 15, 2014

Skunk cabbage, aka California corn lily or veratrum californicum, backlit by the rising sun. It stopped me in my tracks.

Skunk cabbage, aka California corn lily or veratrum californicum, backlit by the rising sun. It stopped me in my tracks.

Hard work. Betty still felt sick, so she was moving slow We couldn’t make the miles I had hoped for. Hard to slow my pace so I stopped frequently to rest. That was probably really good, as I am not in the best of shape for starting out this trip.

Resupplied at Tuolumne Meadows. We got there a little after 2:00 PM, having walked 9.8 miles, and I was really hungry. Didn’t pack lunch for the day, since we knew we’d be stopping at the Tuolumne Grill. The place was buzzing with activity, with hikers packing and repacking and eating burgers and fries. I had a most delicious, fresh Fuji apple and a veggie burger. The U. S. Post Office at Tulolumne Meadows is only open every hour on the hour for about 10 minutes. Is that legal? We had to wait until 3:00 for the window to open again. This cemented our decision to stay at Tuolumne instead of pushing on another 4 miles to somewhere farther along the trail. Now the pack seems super-heavy!

We cross over Cathedral Pass, somewhere on a gently sloping trail

We cross over Cathedral Pass, somewhere on a gently sloping trail

Saw my first marmot of the trip up on Cathedral Pass. Very exciting! Time to start monitoring the packs carefully every time you set them down. Those critters are quick and gutsy when it comes to grabbing food. I keep my snacks in the side pockets for easy access, which works both for me and the various varmints. Apparently, the rise of the trail is so gradual at the Pass, that there is no firm agreement about where the high point of the pass actually is. No sign, no nothing. Just gradually you discover that you are going downhill instead of up. This is our highest point yet, at 9,700′ above sea level, aka “home” for both Betty and me. Seems pretty high to me…

My first glimpse of Cathedral Lake, coming down from the pass. Beautiful!

My first glimpse of Cathedral Lake, coming down from the pass. That’s aptly-named Cathedral Peak on the right. Beautiful!

Being in that area reminded me of a backpacking trip I did with my pal Dana Everts when we were about 20 years old. Did we go overland to Budd Lake? I need to ask her. I can’t remember, except that I misread the topo map and we went down a completely different side of the mountain from Budd Lake than we had intended. Wound up eventually somewhere near Merced Lake, as I recall. We were young and probably a little stupid, but it all turned out great (as I recall). Dana may remember otherwise…

DSCN1439

Sunrise on the Lyell Fork of the Tuolumne River. At Tuolumne Meadows, Lyell Fork slides over lovely gray and buff-colored giant slabs of smooth granite.

Camping at the Tuolumne Meadows backpacker campground. It is a beehive! We were lucky to find a vacant campsite. Everyone goes to sleep by around 9:00 PM, which Betty refers to as “hikers’ midnight.” Betty and I went to a presentation by Ranger Karen Amstutz at the campfire circle in the evening. Ranger Karen sang songs and told stories, about her adventures in the park, and her family history. Her grandmother used to come to Yosemite every year, back when it took 4 days of traveling by stage coach from the San Fancisco Bay area, and stayed for 2 months every summer. I can only imagine what that must have been like, living in a big tent all summer and cooking over the fire. I didn’t last too long at the presentation, interesting as it was, as it was quickly past my new bedtime. Talked to Tom on the phone from the Tuolumne Meadows store parking lot. Really nice to be in touch! Last cell phone service until we overnight in Mammoth to resupply again.

 

Day 2, August 14, 2014

It’s been a long day. Betty was very sick from altitude. Poor thing! But she soldiered on admirably. We climbed a lot, from Little Yosemite Valley at about 6100’ up to Sunrise Camp at about 9300’. It’s grueling work sometimes, but with amazing views. I saw Mt Clark and recognized it from a painting that hangs above the kitchen table at Lauren Miller’s home in Mt Shasta, where I had just stayed for a week for the Shasta Fiddle Camp. I felt like I had been there already. DSCN1419

DSCN1421

We leave Half Dome (and the throngs of hikers whose destination it is) behind us and climb into the High Country

Late in the afternoon, I saw what may have been the start of a forest fire off in the next drainage, near Merced Lake maybe? Saw and heard Clark’s Nutcrackers, and rested beneath Mountain Hemlocks (Muir’s favorite tree), big Jeff Pines and Red Firs. I feel like we’re really up there now!

 

DSCN1435

Aki

Shared our campsite at Sunrise backpacker camp (which was very crowded!) with a young Japanese man name Aki, from somewhere near Fukuoka. He had hiked from Bishop, 11 days on the trail, eating white rice every night. his pack weighed over 50 lbs. (his one-person tent weighed more than both Betty’s and mine put together).   Made me feel grateful for Betty’s careful planning, which kept our packs down to around a manageable 25 lbs. most of the time.

Met some hikers on the same schedule as us to get to Whitney. The woman, Annie, had a small backpacking guitar. I was so jealous! But then I hefted it, and decided I didn’t want to have to carry that much more weight. I took comfort in the thought that we would be meeting up with Annie more on the trail and I’d have a chance to play a bit.

DSCN1423

Finger Rock, an obvious trail marker

DSCN1434

Sunset on Cathedral Peaks, near High Sierra Camp

ADDENDUM: well, the painting above Lauren’s table in Mt. Shasta is NOT of Mt Clark, but of Royce Peak. I guess the sense of deja vu was caused by something else… maybe my own version of altitude sickness.

The forest fire I saw was most likely the start of the Meadow Fire that is now burning in Yosemite.

AND we never met up with Annie and the guitar again for the rest of the trip.

Day 1, August 13, 2014

Betty and me at Glacier Point, before we set foot on the trail.

Betty and me at Glacier Point, before we set foot on the trail.

We started from Glacier Point, above Yosemite Valley, at around 11:00 AM. “We” were Betty Wheeler, Tom Rozum, and me. Tom carried my pack for the first 3+ miles, for which I was grateful. It was an easy way to break into my new life. Betty will be celebrating her 59th birthday on the hike, so maybe Tom should have carried her pack, but I didn’t suggest it. “Why did you start from Glacier Point?” you might well ask. Well, that was the only permit we could get for the day we wanted to start. The John Muir Trail “officially” starts at Happy Isles, on the Yosemite Valley floor, which necessitates lots of elevation gain and a steep climb past Vernal and Nevada Falls immediately upon starting the hike. Since I have hiked that segment numerous times, I didn’t feel the need to do it again. Starting from Glacier Point meant that we actually lost altitude the first day, and we got a bit of an overview of where we were headed.

DSCN1406

Tom says goodbye after lunch, leaves me his Roy Rogers handkerchief (which came in very handy), and I have to carry my own weight from here on.

The views along the Panoramic Trail were, of course, spectacular. The weather was perfect: warm in the sun, cool in the shade, with a light sometimes breeze. I had butterflies in my stomach about starting the trip, but as soon as I started walking they disappeared. Tom turned around after lunch and Betty and I kept going.

DSCN1393

Betty and I hike on (photo by Tom Rozum)

DSCN1399

Warning sign above Illilouette Falls. I should have heeded it for my knife!

I had my first “accident” above Nevada Falls. I had put my Swiss Army knife in my (so I thought) zippered pocket, and when I stood up at the top of Nevada Falls, it fell out and quick as a wink skittered down the smooth granite and was gone over the edge of the falls. I miss that knife! It was the “executive” model, I think, with tiny scissors, two blades, a toothpick, and an orange peeler. Everything you need right there. Plus, it was a lovely ivory color and was customized with “Lewie” written on it in black script. A souvenir from Berne, Switzerland a number of years ago. Oh, well…

DSCN1396I was happy to see the mountain chinquapins so often on the path. Carroll Best’s lovely tune, “Chinquapin Hunting” played often in my head.

Staying in Little Yosemite Valley. Lots of campers and almost no Americans as far as I can tell. Our closest neighbors are a couple of hearing-impaired guys, so it’s very quiet here.

DSCN1400

The tail end of the rattler, as it disappeared. It was HUGE!

 

Excitement on the trail! The dry, clear sound of a rattle came to my ear and I looked up to see a very large rattlesnake just finishing crossing the trail ahead of me. Beautiful sinewy body, maybe pushing 6 feet in length, with ten rattles. I was relieved that I didn’t get a huge adrenaline jolt. We watched it until it disappeared into the manzanita.

 

 

ADDENDUM: My knife WAS in a zippered pocket! My new hiking shirt (Kuhl brand) has a hole in the right front pocket Damn! At least it wasn’t carelessness on my part.

Sunset on the Merced River, Little Yosemite Valley

Sunset on the Merced River, Little Yosemite Valley